What We Didn’t See

by Lee Duigon

July 4, 2024

In last week’s debate the world saw the president of the United States as a doddering, confused old man.

What we didn’t see was whoever is pulling the old man’s strings behind the scenes: invisible, and therefor unaccountable. “Transparency in government” has become LOL material.

It’s not like Biden’s deficiencies have been a well-kept secret, by string-pullers and nooze media alike. Now assorted Democrat bigwigs are crying the blues—“We’ve been deceived! Sharp as a tack, they told us. Always on the ball. And it was all a lie!”

No—they wanted to be fooled, didn’t they? Anything to stay in power. Biden was only nominated because all the other candidates were so much worse. “Beto” O’Rourke. Kamala “Word Salad” Harris. Creepy little Peter Buttigig. Elizabeth “Pocahontas” Warren. So it was Biden as the least indigestible choice.

And now he’s blown up in their faces.

I am reminded of a dark, early morning in 1989 when my wife came into the bedroom with a startling announcement: “No more Soviet Union! The Soviet Union has collapsed. I just heard it on the radio!”

I grew up in the midst of the Cold War, in the 1950s and 60s. Khrushchev vowing, “Your grandchildren will live under communism.” Sputnik. The SALT talks. The rise and fall of the Berlin Wall. The Cuban Missile Crisis. What—all over that was over? You wake up in the morning and all of that is over?

Thank you, Ronald Reagan, Margaret Thatcher, Pope John Paul II.

And we were very much blessed, in that the end of the USSR didn’t dissolve into chaos: maybe even a third world war.

So much for gradual change. And to think it was only a few years earlier that Jimmy Carter was wondering how good a surrender deal we could get from Leonid Brezhnev.

But today is the Fourth of July. Independence Day. The birth of the greatest republic in the world. Where we don’t jail our political rivals. Freedom of speech, the right to public assembly, trial by jury—in 1776 those were all new things. And the armed might of the British Empire couldn’t make us give them back.

Until now. The slow strangulation of our republic, at the hands of Democrats and RINOs. This was the “fundamental change” they had in mind. Re-elect their puppet and seal the deal.

If only SloJo had ducked that first debate!

All those resources at their fingertips, to get him ready for the show. Plus they could’ve postponed it any time (“Sorry! Got a crisis to manage. Busy president, y’know”). Everything they could have wanted or needed—and staged in the friendly confines of CNN.

And yet with all of this at their disposal… they still blew it! Oh, their spin doctors are busy: you didn’t see what you saw, you didn’t hear what you heard. But we did see it and we did hear it; and it can no longer be denied, by anyone, that you Democrats have been lying to America every day for the past three years. Nor can it be denied that you don’t care what happens to our country, as long as you can stay in power. The rest of us—we’re all expendable.

Well, now they don’t know what to do. There was no reason for them to fail on Debate Nite, but fail they did. The whole thing went up in smoke.

It looks a lot like divine intervention. Let’s give thanks.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and try to figure out how the Biden Gang could’ve failed so utterly. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




UFO Second-Hand Hearing: Another Distraction?

By: Devvy

July 31, 2023

Do UFO’s really exist?  Well, I can tell you I know a few people who absolutely believe with every ounce of their being UFO’s and extra-terrestrials do exist. The proof is in the sky and crash sites!  The government’s been covering up such a phenomenon so as to not create panic.  It’s also a national security issue – alien “beings” attacking earth.

I’ve been to Roswell, NM; made a relax time stop during one of my many road trips.  Visited the Roswell UFO Museum and Research Center out of curiosity as I am, by nature, a curious person.  Really nice people, true believers.  I learned nothing new at the museum nor did it change my mind.

After my late husband retired from the military in 1991, we moved from Colorado Springs, CO (He was DEH at Ft. Carson; 06 Colonel) to Lakewood, CO., a suburb of Denver.  That whole region (including near Denver) is heavy military installations like the amazing Cheyenne Mountain; I was fortunate enough to go inside for one of my contracts when I worked at Peterson AFB Space Command NORAD.  (Cheyenne Mountain is inside a huge mountain.)

One night while driving home from some event, in the sky there was an odd light formation.  Six lights one side, six on the other, kind of like a cylindrical shape.  It hovered for a few minutes and then slowly moved into space.  Of course, the nightly snooze and Denver [Com]Post all had a hey-day with a UFO sighting!  Except me.  You see, even back then I didn’t believe there were spaceships, flying saucers and non-human aliens flying around the country.  I thought it’s something being tested by the Air Force.  I’ve always thought if there’s other life out there, we would know by now.

NASA:  “Our solar system is made up of a star—the Sun—eight planets, 146 moons, a bunch of comets, asteroids and space rocks, ice, and several dwarf planets, such as Pluto. The eight planets are Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune… It takes the Earth one year to go around the Sun.”

No life (human or non-human) on any planet except Earth has ever been detected.  How many gazillion miles would an alien space craft have to travel to get to us in our solar system?  Pluto is 4.7 BILLION miles from earth.  If aliens are manning space ships traveling billions/trillions of miles – how come they keep crashing once they get here?  Not a single verified landing, just crashes.  The alleged crashes have been rural or desert areas, never near someplace like NYC, LA or New Orleans.  Same in other countries.

Many UFO sighting stories all seem to have the same theme:  Not long after the crash witnessed by Mr. Smith, conveniently along comes some government types who threaten them to keep quiet so vamoose.  So many crash sites yielded nothing more than spy balloons, meteor debris and metals.  Unless and until we get a fully intact space craft with or without alien beings, I’m not convinced.

The first “proof” of aliens and UFOs began in 1947.  This is a short history piece:  Roswell Incident.  By the early 1960’s, UFO’s, flying saucers and extraterrestrials became a new cottage industry – especially for Hollywood.  Who can forget the loveable 1982 movie, E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial? All around the country kiddies were joyfully chanting, ET Phone Home!

Over the decades there’s been no provable remains of an extraterrestrial being – unless the government has one stored in Iron Mountain (PA).  Over the decades it’s been kind of a cat and mouse game the government has been playing with those who absolutely believe we’ve been ‘visited’ by aliens from outer space.

Dozens and dozens of testimonials from average every day sincere people who saw with their own eyes a flying saucer.  Or, “I was taken by space aliens”, but somehow still ended up at home.  Or, like me and probably ten thousand people in the Denver area just happened to see those lights which obviously was not a commercial air plane.  Over the decades, pilots, Air Force and private, have seen what can’t be explained, no question about that.  Pentagon double-speak responses only fanned the interest and claims of a cover-up.

There’s been UFO or ‘strange’ sightings in the skies all over the planet since 1450 A.D.  Lots of crashes by alleged space ships, however, no provable space craft or aliens ever recovered going back many decades from Greece to Russia and the U.S.  Interesting but no proof of extra-terrestrial life.

The hearing last week is available on C-SPAN in full:  “During the first congressional hearing on UFO sightings in more than 50 years, Pentagon officials told lawmakers extraterrestrial life is not the cause of what the government calls “Unidentified Aerial Phenomena.” During the hearing, three unclassified videos of UAPs were shown to members of the House Intelligence Subcommittee on Counterterrorism and Counterintelligence.

“Scott Bray, deputy director of naval intelligence, told lawmakers after a UFO sighting is reported, an investigation usually results in one of the following categorizations: airborne clutter, natural atmospheric phenomena, U.S. government or U.S. industry developmental programs, foreign adversary systems, or unexplained sightings that merit further investigation. Pentagon officials said they conduct lengthy investigations on any report due to possible national security implications.”

One take-away from the hearing.  Non-Human Body Recovered From Crashed UFO –“ While she understands that Grusch can’t answer some questions, Mace asks about the “bodies of the pilots” from the shattered ship.  To that, Grusch responds that the UFO victims were not of a human body but of something from another planet.

“To further bolster his claims surrounding the UFO crash, Grusch says that the pilot’s body that was found at the site was biologically studied by specialists who still work for the program that he was attached to. Pushing for proof, the South Carolina Representative asks Grusch if there is any physical or eye-witness evidence that could back up his statements.

“To this, Grusch said that there was evidence but that he wasn’t allowed to release it and that it would be something to address another member of the team about.”  Not allowed to release the evidence?  Who won’t let him release the evidence?  While Wikipedia cannot be trusted because of political and cultural bias, the posting on Grusch is quite balanced.  I clicked on a lot of the links which proved to be accurate.  It is worth the time to read.

Grusch has never seen a UFO space craft/ship or extra-terrestrial alien.  Don’t get me wrong.  I fully support whistleblowers who see something wrong or have uncovered government corruption that have evidence to back up allegations.  What bothers me is second hand “someone told me” or “had knowledge of” without anything to back it up.  Time will tell what comes of that hearing.  I do have an open mind because truth matters.

I read a lot of books.  Always striving for truth, I read a couple on UFOs that were unconvincing.  One however, I’ve kept because it’s well-written and backed up by sources a mile long.  The Great UFO Hoax:  The Final Solution to the UFO Mystery by Gregory M. Kanon published in 1997.  170 pages plus all the sources.  For those interested, I highly recommend Kanon’s book so you can make up your own mind.  If someone wants to believe in UFOs and alien creatures, no problem.

Kanon is very thorough in his research listing known hoaxes, sightings and very interesting, verified facts in Chapter 2:  Ignore That Man Behind the Curtain.  “Ostensibly, the so-called Robertson Panel was set up to scientifically analyze recent reports of unidentified flying objects, but it soon became apparent that the CIA had a hidden agenda.  The agency’s real focus turned out to be not UFOs per se, but rather the effects of UFO reports upon the general public.

“The CIA focused on the potential of such reports for use in ‘psychological warfare.”  The panel’s final report emphasized the public’s “current gullibility…and consequently their susceptibility to clever hostile propaganda.”

Chapter 9:  Lights! Camera! UFO’s!  Oh, boy. Remember the really good movie, Wag the Dog? “The movie starts with a scandal at the White House where the unseen and nameless President of the USA is accused of fondling a young girl scout visiting the Oval Office just a few weeks before Election Day. Being the third-party observers, we know the truth: he’s guilty.

“Conrad Brean (Robert DeNiro), a notorious political “spin doctor” is called to a secret midnight meeting at the White House underground command bunker by Winifred Ames (Anne Heche), one of the President’s many advisers, where she asks for his help to engineer a way and a means to divert the news of the scandal when it breaks in the newspapers the next day. Brean suggests creating an artificial war for television only to distract the American public and let the President get on with the job at hand… thus protecting the free world.

“Brean and Ames fly to Hollywood where Conrad hires brash Hollywood producer Stanley Motss (Dustin Hoffman), whom worked for Conrad several times in the past, to help fabricate this non-existent war with the selected country of Albania to divert the public with the real news about the President’s extra-marital trysts. Motts is glad to help out of blind loyalty to service for his country.”

Wag the Dog was released in January 1998. Bill Clinton was impeached by the U.S. House on Dec. 19, 1998.  Wag the Dog: Bill Clinton Unleashed, Nov. 19, 2019:  “The investigation into Clinton’s sexual affair with Lewinsky was getting worse by the day for the president. His emphatic denials were learned to be outright lies. It was learned he encouraged Lewinsky and others to lie. The final nail in Clinton’s coffin occurred when Lewinsky turned over to federal investigators her semen-stained blue dress. Testing proved the DNA belonged to Clinton. The president could no longer lie his way out of his difficulties.

“Desperate times call for desperate measures, and Clinton had his own wag-the-dog moment. On the same day Monica Lewinsky was to testify before the grand jury regarding Clinton’s attempts to suborn perjury, Clinton ordered strikes against the Al-Shifa pharmaceutical factory in Khartoum, Sudan. Clinton claimed the medicine plant was producing chemical weapons for Osama bin Laden and that there were financial ties between the plant and the Al-Qaeda leader. Neither Clinton claim was true.”

Do I believe the government – specifically scientists and military personnel – have been creating the UFO/UAP “phenomenon” using technology so far advanced very few over the decades had/have knowledge of?  Yes, I do believe under DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) and other ‘black’ budget programs we have no idea what exists and maybe only a handful in Congress do.  Just my speculating.  I doubt an imbecile like Gen. Milley would be in the loop.

One of the reasons I’m convinced is Nikola Tesla, a true genius way ahead of the world.  Over a decade ago I started reading about Tesla here and there.  Curious me.  The Mystery of Nikola Tesla’s Missing FilesThe FBI has finally declassified its files on Nikola Tesla, but questions remain. June 1, 2023 – “After Nikola Tesla was found dead in January 1943 in his hotel room in New York City, representatives of the U.S. government’s Office of Alien Property seized many documents relating to the brilliant and prolific 86-year-old inventor’s work.

“It was the height of World War II, and Tesla had claimed to have invented a powerful particle-beam weapon, known as the “Death Ray,” that could have proved invaluable in the ongoing conflict. So rather than risk Tesla’s technology falling into the hands of America’s enemies, the government swooped in and took possession of all the property and documents from his room at the New Yorker Hotel.

“What happened to Tesla’s files from there, as well as what exactly was in those files, remains shrouded in mystery—and ripe for conspiracy theories. After years of fielding questions about possible cover-ups, the FBI finally declassified some 250 pages of Tesla-related documents under the Freedom of Information Act in 2016. The bureau followed up with two additional releases, the latest in March 2018.”

Very interesting article to say the least:  “The scientist’s name undoubtedly rings a bell, as John G. Trump was the uncle of the 45th U.S. president, Donald J. Trump. The younger brother of Trump’s father, Fred, he helped design X-ray machines that greatly helped cancer patients and worked on radar research for the Allies during World War II…

“At the time, the FBI pointed to Dr. Trump’s report as evidence that Tesla’s vaunted “Death Ray” particle beam weapon didn’t exist, outside of rumors and speculation. But in fact, the U.S. government itself was split in its response to Tesla’s technology. Marc Seifer, author of the biography Wizard: The Life & Times of Nikola Tesla, says a group of military personnel at Wright Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio, including Brigadier General L.C. Craigee, had a very different opinion of Tesla’s ideas.

“Craigee was the first person to ever fly a jet plane for the military, so he was like the John Glenn of the day,” Seifer says. “He said, ‘there’s something to this—the particle beam weapon is real.’ So you have two different groups, one group dismissing Tesla’s invention, and another group saying there’s really something to it.”

Is it possible Tesla’s inventions have something to do with UFO/UAPs?  I absolutely believe so but that’s just my opinion.  There are still many unanswered questions.

There were additional submissions before the hearing started worth reading; they are embedded in this article:  Russian UFO engagements, secret ‘Tic Tac’ report and 3 key figures slip under radar at Congressional hearing, July 29, 2023 – “The Times story claimed that Sen. Reid and two colleagues in the Senate (Daniel Inouye and Ted Stevens) had secured $22 million in black budget funds to investigate UFOs.”  Reid, Inouye and Stevens are all deceased. 

As for George Knapp’s submission, he wrote, “An initial report was compiled by DIA personnel then shared with AAWSAP.”  John Ratcliffe, who I believe is actually one of the good guys was Director of National Intelligence (DNI) under President Trump.  He would know so let’s get him under oath.

As the whole world knows, career crook and liar, illegitimate president, Joe Biden, is in deep legal trouble stemming from his drug addicted son’s stupidity in leaving his computer at a repair shop and never coming back to pick it up.  Not just the filthy porn, but Hunter’s big mouth regarding his father, influence peddling and foreign business dealings.

The IRS whistleblower hearing on July 19, 2023, which I covered in my last column, is just the tip of the iceberg.  Rep. Comer and his people have done more in six months to ferret out the truth than the corrupted Federal Dept of InJustice – by design.  Of course, the slime on “the left” have been frothing at the mouth trying to defend Uncle Joe.  It’s not going to work this time.  Those GOP Republicans on the Oversight & Accountability Committee are out for blood (metaphorically speaking) and are not going to retreat.

Devon Archer is due to testify today.  Archer is Hunter Biden’s very long-time friend and business associate.  Archer has been hiding out in an undisclosed location for safety reasons.  Ya think?  Allegedly, Archer’s testimony is going to bury both Hunter and poppa Joe.  I will be watching on C-SPAN.  Or, maybe not:  BREAKING: Corrupt DOJ Requests Court to Order Devon Archer’s Surrender for Imprisonment Prior to Testimony on Biden Crime Family (VIDEO), July 30, 2023 – “In an unprecedented move, the Department of Justice (DOJ) has issued a letter to a federal judge in the Southern District of New York, suggesting that Devon Archer, a business associate of Hunter Biden, be ordered to surrender and begin his term of imprisonment.

“This development comes amidst Archer’s ongoing appeal and just before his scheduled testimony about the criminal activities involving the Biden crime family.”

Time to Wag the Dog for Joe Biden.  Bring on a much-ballyhooed committee hearing about UFOs.  Saturation by the liars for hire in the “mainstream” media, boob tube, Internet.  Conspiracy!  Government cover-up!  They’re (extra-terrestrials) so far advanced from us!  Whip up the scare appetizer.

WH spokes mouths, Democrat professional liars on the IRS committee hearing and the Mockingbird media want Americans to focus on UFOs and bury any talk of impeaching Joe Biden.  We’ll see if a new ‘crisis’ hits (perhaps a medical emergency for Joe which would garner sympathy) after Archer’s testimony – IF he’s allowed to testify – to divert people away from impeachment talks if the UFO hearing fizzles out.  Show your support by calling or emailing your Congress critter:  Impeach Biden.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Of interest: 

This web site is a treasure trove on Tesla.

The Great UFO Hoax:  The Final Solution to the UFO Mystery by Gregory M. Kanon is available at Amazon, Barnes & Noble and on-line here.

‘Non-human intelligence’: Schumer proposes stunning new UFO legislation, July 18, 2023

Furious Judge Noreika Banned Hunter Biden’s Attorneys from Contacting Clerks Again After Tricking Them into Removing Filing Under False Pretense of Representing GOP Lawyer, July 29, 2023

WHISTLEBLOWER: Biden Crime Family – Possibly Joe Biden Himself – Are Hiding Money in OFFSHORE BANK ACCOUNTS, July 28, 2023




Compounding Errors in Favor of Religious Liberty

By Paul Engel

July 31, 2023

  • When is America’s judicial system like the child’s game of “telephone”?
  • You’ve probably heard about the case Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General, but I doubt you’ve heard anything about just how bad the underlying jurisprudence is.
  • When is a religious liberty win not as good as we’ve been told? When it’s based on a house of cards.

Our judicial system today works like a bad case of the game “telephone”. You probably remember that game from grammar school. The teacher would whisper something into one child’s ear, who would then whisper it into the next child’s ear, and on and on until the message got all the way around the room. Then the teacher would compare what they had whispered in to the first child’s ear with what the last child heard, and it would be completely different. This child’s game shows the dangers of what I call a “compounding replication error”, the idea that small errors that occur when something like a message is replicated, compounded with each new replica, until the original message is lost. This is how our judicial system works today, often with disastrous effects. In the case of Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General most people see a win for religious liberty. I, however, see another generation of a compounding replication error in judicial opinion that, while granting the correct outcome today, lays the groundwork for the destruction of our rights and the rule of law tomorrow.

On it’s face, the case Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General seems quite simple. Can the United States Postal Service punish an employee for refusing to work on Sunday’s for religious reasons?

Petitioner Gerald Groff is an Evangelical Christian who believes for religious reasons that Sunday should be devoted to worship and rest. In 2012, Groff took a mail delivery job with the United States Postal Service. Groffs position generally did not involve Sunday work, but that changed after USPS agreed to begin facilitating Sunday deliveries for Amazon. … Groff received progressive discipline” for failing to work on Sundays, and he eventually resigned.

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

This seems simple enough. Mr. Groff took a mail delivery job with the United States Postal Service (USPS), which did not generally involve working on Sundays. When the USPS signed an agreement with Amazon which included Sunday deliveries, Mr. Groff moved to another station, a more rural one that did not offer Sunday deliveries. When that station began to offer Sunday deliveries, Mr. Groff refused to work those days, forcing the USPS to redistribute his work to other employees. This led to progressively increased discipline, which caused Mr. Groff to resign and file suit.

Groff sued under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, asserting that USPS could have accommodated his Sunday Sabbath practice without undue hardship on the conduct of [USPSs] business.” … The District Court granted summary judgment to USPS. The Third Circuit affirmed based on this Courts decision in Trans World Airlines, Inc. v. Hardison, …, which it construed to mean that requiring an employer to bear more than a de minimis costto provide a religious accommodation is an undue hardship.” … The Third Circuit found the de minimis cost standard met here, concluding that exempting Groff from Sunday work had imposed on his coworkers, disrupted the workplace and workflow, and diminished employee morale.”

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

Both the District and Circuit courts sided with the USPS, concluding that they only had to show a de minimus (Latin for “of minimum importance”) cost to be able to deny a religious accommodation. These courts came to this decision based on a previous decision called Trans World Airlines, Inc. v. Hardison. This is where we pick up our game of Judicial Telephone.

Undue Hardship

Let’s start where all legal cases should start: With the law. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibited discrimination in public places, provided for the integration of schools and other public facilities, and made employment discrimination illegal. Title VII, dealing with employment discrimination, was added to the U.S. Code until Title 42, Sections 2000e-2000e-17. Within that law we find:

It shall be an unlawful employment practice for an employer-

(1) to fail or refuse to hire or to discharge any individual, or otherwise to discriminate against any individual with respect to his compensation, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, because of such individuals race, color, religion, sex, or national origin;

42 USC §2000e–2

Later the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission added regulations requiring that employers make a reasonable accommodation for religious practice.

After an employee or prospective employee notifies the employer or labor organization of his or her need for a religious accommodation, the employer or labor organization has an obligation to reasonably accommodate the individuals religious practices. A refusal to accommodate is justified only when an employer or labor organization can demonstrate that an undue hardship would in fact result from each available alternative method of accommodation.

29 CFR § 1605.2(c)(1)

First we need to note that the regulation is 29 CFR §1605.2(c)(1) not §1605.1 as the court claims in the opinion’s syllabus. This religious accommodation requirement was eventually codified in the U.S. Code under §2000e(j):

The term religion” includes all aspects of religious observance and practice, as well as belief, unless an employer demonstrates that he is unable to reasonably accommodate to an employees or prospective employees religious observance or practice without undue hardship on the conduct of the employers business.

42 USC §2000e(j)

The law quite clearly states that employers cannot discriminate against an individual because of their religious observance and practice unless they can show doing so would be an undue hardship on their business. What is an undue hardship?

exceeding or violating propriety or fitness EXCESSIVE

Undue Merriam-Websters Online Dictionary

something that causes or entails suffering or privation

Hardship – Merriam-Websters Online Dictionary

In other words, employers must make accommodation for religious practices unless it would cause excessive suffering or privation. However, in Mr. Groff’s case, the Third Circuit did not base their decision on the law, but on their interpretation of a previous case, Trans World Airlines, Inc. v. Harrison. The Supreme Court noted the error in using this precedent in their decision.

Instead, the Courts opinion stated that the principal issue on which TWA and the union came to this Court” was whether Title VII require[s] an employer and a union who have agreed on a seniority system to deprive senior employees of their seniority rights in order to accommodate a junior employees religious practices.” … The Court held that Title VII imposed no such requirement.

But the Courts opinion in Hardison contained this oft quoted sentence: To require TWA to bear more than a de minimis cost in order to give Hardison Saturdays off is an undue hardship.” Although many lower courts later viewed this line as the authoritative interpretation of the statutory term undue hardship,” the context renders that reading doubtful. In responding to Justice Marshalls dissent, the Court described the governing standard quite differently, stating three times that an accommodation is not required when it entails substantial” “costs” or expenditures.”

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

Do you see how Judicial Telephone is so dangerous to our rights and the rule of law? How many lower court decision were made on the faulty reasoning found in Hardison? How would Mr. Groff’s case have been decided if this court had not gone to the text of the law?

To determine what an employer must prove to defend a denial of a religious accommodation under Title VII, the Court begins with Title VIIs text. The statutory term, hardship,” refers to, at a minimum, something hard to bear” and suggests something more severe than a mere burden. If Title VII said only that an employer need not be made to suffer a hardship,” an employer could not escape liability simply by showing that an accommodation would impose some sort of additional costs. Adding the modifier undue” means that the requisite burden or adversity must rise to an excessive” or unjustifiable” level. Understood in this way, undue hardship” means something very different from a burden that is merely more than de minimis, i.e., “very small or trifling.” The ordinary meaning of undue hardship” thus points toward a standard closer to Hardisons references to substantial additional costs” or substantial expenditures.”

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

By now you may be thinking, “Great, Paul! The Circuit Court got it wrong, but at least the Supreme Court came to the right conclusion because they went back to the law.” If that is what you’re thinking, you’re wrong.

Equal Employment Opportunity

You see the Hardison decision was based on a previous decision, Dewey v. Reynolds Metals Co..

This is an action arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, which provides, among other things, for relief against religious discrimination in employment.

Dewey v. Reynolds Metals Co.

OK, Paul, so what is wrong with Dewey? Dewey, which is the first case I found regarding Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, does not appear to have even considered whether or not Title VII was even constitutional.

Because an application of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, will permit the court to decide the case, it is not necessary to reach the question of whether plaintiffs constitutional rights have been violated.

Dewey v. Reynolds Metals Co.

The Dewey court recognized that the Constitution, either directly or indirectly, had to be considered, but not because the Constitution said so, but because another court had.

An agreement which violates a provision of the federal constitution or of a constitutional federal statute, or which cannot be performed without violating such a provision, is illegal and void. Ewert v. Bluejacket,

Dewey v. Reynolds Metals Co.

Because of these views, the Dewey court never appears to question whether or not Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 violated the Constitution of the United States in the first place, which would have made the law void. This despite the fact that the court pointed out the unconstitutional nature of the law in their opinion.

In relation to Sherbert, one might question its relevance, since in that case there was state action,” while in the instant case there is only private action. That distinction would be important if this opinion were dealing with whether defendants overtime rule is unconstitutional. But the issue before the court is whether the defendant has violated a federal statute a statute which restricts the activities of private employers and does not require state action.” The importance of Sherbert to this analysis is not its holding on constitutionality, but its definition of discrimination a definition which is equally valid whether employed to measure private or state action.

Dewey v. Reynolds Metals Co.

Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 restricted the activities of private employers, which is not a power delegated to the United States by its Constitution.

The term employer” means a person engaged in an industry affecting commerce who has fifteen or more employees for each working day in each of twenty or more calendar weeks in the current or preceding calendar year, and any agent of such a person,

42 USC §2000e(b)

But Congress is not granted the power to regulate commerce, only:

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

Furthermore, Title VII does not regulate commerce, it regulates employment. While it’s assumed that Congress can regulate employment within the federal government, they have not been delegated any power to regulate employment outside of that sphere. This means Title VII violates the Tenth Amendment.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Since Title VII is a U.S. Law not made in pursuance of the Constitution, it is not the supreme law of the land.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2 (emphasis added)

And, since the judges in every state are bound to the supreme law, including those of the Supreme Court who take an oath to support the Constitution, they should have found Title VII unconstitutional and therefore void.

The One Good Thing Found in This Mess

There is one good thing found in this mess, and that’s the actual decision. You see, the USPS is part of the federal government (https://www.usa.gov/agency-index/p#P). Its very existence came from Congress, and therefore, it’s subject to the First Amendment:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; …

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The United States Postal Service, as an entity created by Congress, is barred from prohibiting the free exercise of religion, including observing the Sabbath.

Held: Title VII requires an employer that denies a religious accommodation to show that the burden of granting an accommodation would result in substantial increased costs in relation to the conduct of its particular business.

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

So while the Supreme Court got it wrong, the outcome for Mr. Groff is correct.

The judgment of the Court of Appeals is vacated, and the case is remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

Groff v. Dejoy, Postmaster General

Conclusion

When I was young my mother used to say, “Two wrongs don’t make a right.” That is true for this case. With everyone focusing on the court deciding in Mr. Groff’s favor, lost are the numerous wrongs that brought them to it. You may be asking, “Paul, how can you be upset with a win for religious liberty?” The answer is simple: Because it depends solely on the largess of nine black robed oligarchs, and what the oligarchs give, the oligarchs can take away. This decision is founded on nothing but a towering house of cards waiting for the slightest breeze to blow it down. What happens when the next judge or justice arbitrarily decides that an employee’s Sunday off is an undue hardship? Are you willing to bet your financial future, not to mention your rights, on how burdensome some judge might find your accommodation?

We used to have courts of justice, then we had courts of law, but now we are saddled with courts of opinions. How can we build a just and stable judicial system on such shifting sands?

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Live Life On Your Own Terms

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 31, 2023

In this high-speed society we created for ourselves, Americans live in traffic-congested cities with skyscrapers piercing the sky.

On the ground floor, humans race to catch crowded busses, packed subways and Yellow Cabs. With expressways gridlocked from dawn to dusk, people overflow sidewalks and sirens slash through the air 24/7. The evening news reports robberies, accidents, homicides and a plethora of calamities too numerous for human emotions to endure.

But if you look at all the people living in cities, whether in their workplace or their office cubicle, what do you see on the partition wall?

You see posters of what they would rather being doing: windsurfing, skiing, sunbathing on a beach in the Caribbean, scuba diving, dancing, mountain climbing, camping, rafting, bicycling and a dozen other activities they would rather be living.

If you’re one of those people wishing you lived a different life or wishing you could live your dreams, then why don’t you go after it?

Why not live your poster instead of wishing you were windsurfing across Lake Tahoe or sunning on the beach in Hawaii?

Did you ever wonder how those people you see traveling around the world with a backpack or bicycle, or climbing mountains or taking a winter off to go ski bumming do it?

A couple of people hiking in the mountains Description automatically generated

(Al Wilson and Frosty Wooldridge backpacking the Colorado Trail.)

They defeat the tyranny of resistance.

Henry David Thoreau said, “The mass of men and women live lives of quiet desperation”.

In 2023 America, anyone at any station in life, at any age, can renew his or her life by choice, by intention and by action. Such individuals learn how to defeat the “tyranny of resistance.”

First of all, what constitutes this modern-day tyranny that locks people into cubicle prisons in cities or into humdrum jobs that provide zero meaning?

Such persons yield to an inner resistance to transform themselves because they feel afraid, don’t know how to break their cubicle-bonds and, often times, none of their office mates know any better. It’s easier to be safe with the constancy and comfort of a paycheck and friends.

Do you remember the TV sitcom “King of Queens” with the overweight Kevin James and co-star Leah Remini, who also got overweight in the series, staged in New York City? They never showed any happiness, but mostly conflict. Their jobs: meaningless! They didn’t know how to escape their relationship or their jobs.

If you live such a scenario, how can you avoid a lifetime of regrets?

§ Find your gift of what turns you on to life. Discover your talent, your ability, your genius and your expertise. You can find it by examining what you do in your spare time. Pursue it, love it and live it.

§ Practice self-awareness. Socrates said, “The unexamined life is not worth living.” Instead of going through the motions, create your own wave and ride it.

§ Incorporate your independent will as a “course correction” on your way to your life’s destination. As Jack London said, “You can’t wait for inspiration to change your life; you have to go after it with a club.”

§ Discover your True North in the scheme of your life. That’s your soul’s true knowing and what you desire most about your life. It’s your deepest truth.

Finally, you must engage your physical, emotional, mental and spiritual well-being.

Exercise daily to blow off excess energy in the body to release your mind to express itself. Eat healthy foods to maintain a lean frame. That, in turn, allows you emotional balance that originates with your relationship with friends, families and co-workers. For your mental well-being, read books, take classes and express yourself through journaling, painting, sculpting or other art forms. Finally, feed your spiritual being via inspirational books, church or nature, and the peace you find from a walk down a tree-lined path.

You will find the tyranny of resistance fades as you walk or gallop toward your happiness in work, play and friends. You won’t wish for what you see in the poster on your cubicle wall, you will live it for real.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




1972 & The Club of Rome; the Beginning of the Climate Change Agenda

By Lewis Brackett

July 30, 2023

Climate Change: Conspiracy, Alarmism, or Science?

Or maybe a bit of all three? Let us look at the evidence.

Some fifty years ago now, in 1972 a number of compulsive do-gooders of the financial / intellectual elite met in a gathering of their self styled “The Club of Rome.”

This was an annual event, a pre-cursor to today’s Davos Switzerland meetings of the word’s elite. One of their leaders, the Italian billionaire Aurelio Peccei, co-authored a book titled “The limits of growth.” The pretext of this volume was that we had better change humanity’s course on population growth or face famine, world war, and possible human extinction.

The source of this study came from a series of computer models created by professors at MIT.

These Club of Rome elite demanded the formation of a world government as the only way that massive population reduction could be carried out. Nothing much has changed in 50 years.

My recollection is that this book was a world-wide sensation. The records I have found say it sold over twelve million copies! I also remember that the soon coming predicted global food shortage was delayed by the “Green revolution.” The genetic manipulation of wheat crops increased their yield several fold.

However, with the world population now over seven billion, even the effectiveness of that miracle seems to be coming to an end. What with today’s war in one of the primary wheat belts of the World, an imminent famine is likely very soon.

Many of us in the conservative community today see this 1972 seminal volume as the precursor to this “Climate Change” hysteria evident today. The serious population reduction goals set half a century ago are even more loudly repeated today.

The eugenics elite such as Bill Gates have stated their desire to implement this  massive de-population goal by any means, to thunderous applause at Davos.

Many of us have noted the deliberate viral gain of function research creating bio-weapons, carried out at research centers across the globe.

Many of us believe the recent pandemics were deliberate attempts at massive global population reduction of  those who the elite consider “useless eaters.” The global elite’s definition of “useless eaters” are the elderly and those who contribute nothing to society. This is the perverse “science” of eugenics.

Remember the recently demolished “Georgia Guide-stones?  On them was written in several languages the mantra to reduce the global population down well below one billion by 2030.

This “Climate Change” hysteria deliberately begun by the world elite some 50 years ago is coming full circle. The four horsemen of the apocalypse; book of Revelation, are about to ride fourth.  Lewis Brackett 7/16/23

The Green Revolution:

Climate change: alarmism?

Georgia Guide-stone

See my latest published article on NewsWithViews 7/16/23

© 2023 Lewis Brackett – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lewis Brackett: Lewishb@yahoo.com




Religion? Jesus Is the Only Way; Not Religion!

By Reverend Glenn Adams

July 30, 2023

Blessings to those who read and understand this article that it may help you be successful in following the way of Jesus Christ and that it may also help you understand how radical this way of Kingdom living and following Jesus is!!!   False pastors and their religion in this nation will not tell you that to follow Jesus Christ is a way of controversy, you will be hated, persecuted, reviled, criticized, you will be sent out as lambs among wolves and hauled before judges and even face death.

We are in a spiritual war not against flesh and blood but against the powers of world forces of darkness and against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places and we are to walk in His Spirit as He walks putting on the full armor of God daily in order to fight the good fight of faith!!!!!  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!   Yes!!, and God warns us not to be deceived and ignorant of the devices of Satan.

Is it any wonder that there is a great falling away from the faith in America in these last days and difficult times?   We have corrupted the way of Jesus Christ and many are deceived and ignorant.   To say that Jesus loves you and to ask you if you love Jesus, then declare you are “born again” is a lie.  Jesus said unless one is born of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter the Kingdom of God.    If the presentation on how to enter the way of Jesus is wrong, then the way you will live that way will be wrong!!!!!

We have presented the way of Jesus to people without them counting the cost and the lie that it is easy to be a follower of Jesus Christ.  Very few realize just how radical it is to be to a follower of Jesus.  Are you all in with Jesus with absolute obedience, submission, commitment, faithfulness, and allegiance to live this way to face the demonic world and resist this evil coming against us?   If you search for your comfort zone or hide to avoid conflicts and controversy to save your life, Jesus said you will lose your life!!!!  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!  In the Book of Revelation, the first people cast into hell are the cowards!!!

As hard as it is to follow Jesus, we have way too many pastors in our religious institutions in America who preach an easy gospel and are living according to James 3:13, “But if you have bitter jealousy and selfish ambition in your heart, do not be arrogant and so lie against the truth.  This wisdom is not that which comes from above but is earthly, natural, demonic.  For where jealousy and selfish ambition exist, there is disorder and every evil thing.

Too many pastors today have one goal.   To gather numbers in order to build a mega church, a bigger staff,  and more buildings.  Did not Jesus say HE WILL BUILD HIS CHURCH?!!!  These false pastors have no conviction for Ephesians 4:12, for the equipping of the saints for the work of service, to the building up of the Body of Christ until we obtain unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God.  If these pastors were sent by God, they would announce God’s word to God’s people but instead they preach their God- loves- everybody- non-threatening sermons.  For them to preach truth, the whole council of God, to reprove, rebuke, exhort, repent of sin, and to obey, is too negative.

Their smooth words do not build strong followers of Jesus because they hear words that have no authority, power, or life from God in them.  And when the trials of life come (and they will) and the demonic world shows up (and they will) and they are overtaken by Satan, they fall away from what little faith they have!!!  Religion never speaks about what is going on in culture, dying to the flesh, renewing the mind, the spiritual war, and how to resist evil.  Religion sees no evil and they do not cast out Satan because Jesus said, “Satan does not cast out Satan.”

But God has a faithful Remnant but how strong and effective are we?   I see a lot of spiritual activity but no plan.  Where are the leaders?   Some are busy in resistance to Satan but are we effectively stopping the Global Elites and Klaus Schwab and Satan advancing in our nation?   Are we recovering what Satan has stolen from us?  What really concerns me is that many citizens are waking up but where do they go and what do they do?  That makes planning and organization all the more important!!!

While the Remnant is not divided theologically- we must come together with a plan and organize to be an effective resisting unit and to give those who are waking up a place to belong and get involved.    Satan and his forces are unified but God’s Remnant does not talk about unity and becoming organized while the elites and Satan have plans years ahead of us!!!    If the Remnant of God ever becomes into unity, then everything we purpose to do will be possible for us.

Jesus said in John 14:6, “I am the way, and the truth, and the life; no one comes to the Father but through Me.”  Paul says in Colossians 2:2a-4, that in Christ Himself, in whom is hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.  I say this in order that no one may delude you with persuasive argument.

“See to it that no one takes you captive through philosophy and empty deception, according to the traditions of men, according to the elementary principles of this world rather than according to Christ.” (Colossians 2:8.)  “For in Him dwells all the fullness of the Godhead bodily; and You are complete in Him who is the head of all principality and power. (Colossians 2:9 NKJV)

The Bible, regardless of translation, is very clear that Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life and no one comes to the Father but through Him.   But the religious systems of this world have developed many different ways to God.  If Jesus is the way and His word clearly explains that way, then why do we need all these religious ways in America; the Southern Baptist way, the Methodist way, the Pentecostal way, the Charismatic Way, the independent Way, the Catholic way, and on and on without end?

The problem with the various religious ways to God is they divide us.  Paul had that problem in the First Century, he asked, “Is Christ divided?”   No, and we are not supposed to be divided.  To me it is simple:  If Christ is the only way, then if those who follow Christ must follow His way.   The Bible says there is only one body.   In Matthew 16:18,   Jesus said, “I will build My church……”  That word church is singular.  In Ephesians 5:23, “Christ is head of the church.”  Not churches but one church.

Paul says it very well in I Corinthians 1:10, “Now I exhort you brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all agree and there be no divisions among you but you be made complete in the same mind and in the same judgment.”  Some of us in America are going to have to adjust!!!!

In the First Century, Jesus went up, the Holy Spirit came down, and the disciples who Jesus had trained, went out to make disciples of Christ.    These disciples, were in one accord, made many new disciples.  Most of the New Testament is written to the church explaining the way of Jesus and correcting those who had strayed from that way.

Today in America, the way we do church is terribly wrong.  How did this happen when Jesus and His disciples have so clearly shown us the way?  John the Baptist came preaching repentance – repentance is not going down to the altar crying and confessing your sin – repentance means to change your thinking- the Kingdom of God is near you.

Not only have we missed the Kingdom in our America religious systems but we have missed so much more.  How did we get to where our religious systems are not about Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life but we now have many false pastors who are not teaching the whole council of God to the Body of Christ?   There is false teaching, there is no correction, and there is no change going on.  We remain the same year after year!!!!   As a result, we have lost our influence in our nation!!!

God came to earth in an earthly suit and His Name is Jesus.  Jesus is the Logos of God and He came speaking God’s ideas to cultivate a Kingdom belief system in us.   The only message Jesus preached was about the Kingdom of God.  Repent for the Kingdom of Heaven is near you.  He mentioned the Kingdom of God over a hundred times from Matthew to Acts.   He said in Matthew to seek first the Kingdom of God.  Jesus explained the kingdom in the parables.   He said in Luke 4:43, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also for I was sent for this purpose.”  He sent His disciples out to preach the Kingdom.  In Acts 1:3, after the resurrection Jesus spent 40 days speaking of things pertaining to the Kingdom of God; not the cross, the resurrection or His suffering.  These are very important but the Kingdom was the message.

Evidence abounds that Jesus did not come to earth to start a religion called Christianity.  Nowhere does Jesus call us Christians.  We are sons of God.  He came to restore what was lost in the garden because of the disobedience of Adam and Eve – they lost a kingdom – a government, and dominion.  Now the question is how did we get so far away from the message Jesus preached -the Kingdom of God “the rule of God” that He demonstrated to us while He was on this earth?  Why does Satan rule us today and not God?

Let’s begin here.  Everyone has a belief system.  Your belief system came from your ideas.  Your ideas came from everything you see, hear, and experience in life that you have accepted.  Your belief system can come from someone that taught you or a movie, television, or something on a digital devise.    If the source of your ideas about God came from false pastors, then your ideas about God will be wrong.

All this leads to your philosophy – your way of thinking.  If someone says they have a philosophy about a thing – it is what your belief system thinks about this thing.  Your belief system is very powerful.  If someone tells you something, you put it into your belief system and it interprets it for you – tells you what to think about that.

Your philosophy forms your state of mind or mentality.  Your mentality produces something we see as attitude.  Attitude is the manifestation of your belief system or your belief system producing a conclusion.  Whether we realize it or not, we are a product of the ideas we have collected over our lifetime and we have turned them into a belief system and we feed everything we see, hear, or experience into that belief system.

The problem is we live our belief system every day and it is very hard to change.  Many today in our churches have lived their life with the wrong belief system.  They have sat under false pastors and they preach their positive sermons and never challenge you or your belief system.  They make you feel comfortable and lead you to believe you have fulfilled your spiritual duties by attending or coming to a building.

They do not equip you to live the life of Christ, to seek first the Kingdom of God, to have a personal relationship with Jesus and to abide in Him.  They do not prepare you for the war you are in and how to resist evil.   We are not growing in the Lord, being conformed to His image and likeness, we don’t know how to die to the flesh, renew your mind, and take thoughts captive to the obedience of Christ.

You come to church, you never change and you are the same person year after year after year.  Then the day comes when you shut the door to your belief system and you no longer receive any new information into your belief system and you remain permanently stuck in your belief system and life.  This is where the traditions of men make void the Word of God in your life and your belief system is now what the Bible calls a demonic stronghold.

Once you have those demonic strongholds, you can hear a teaching of truth or a new idea and you will not accept it.  You are stuck in time and you think what you know is true and sufficient and you feel no need for study or correction.    People will approach you with the Word and tell you the truth but you will smile and agree with them but you will continue to believe what you have practiced for years.

You have been taken captive by the philosophy of men and the empty deception of false pastors.  You can sit in a church under a false pastor and your belief system will take it all into agreement and you will feel so good and boast how much you love your good church and enjoy the teaching of your wonderful pastor.

Jesus encountered people like this in Matthew 13:13 in the Parable of the Sower.  Jesus said these people while seeing they do not see, and while hearing they do not hear, nor do they understand.  And in their case the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says, “you will keep on hearing but will not understand and you will keep on seeing but will not perceive for the heart of this people has become dull and with their ears they scarcely hear, and they have closed their eyes lest they should see with their eyes and hear with their ears and understand with their heart and return and I should heal them.”

When people who are in these institutional churches in America under these false pastors and have shut down their belief systems and have a demonic stronghold, they will in the last days when the antichrist speaks, their corrupted belief system will link up with the ideas of the antichrist and in their deception, they will take the mark of the beast.  These false pastors teach the philosophy of this world system and Jesus said the people who sit under them will become like their teacher.

No matter how hard you try, you cannot live by any other belief system than the one you have created and are living by.   You can challenge it but change only comes when your mind will accept truth and you begin living by it.   All of us must be on a journey of getting rid of our ignorance and lack of knowledge.   God said in Hosea 4;6, “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge.  Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being My priest.  Since you have forgotten the law of your God, I also will forget your children.”  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

The knowledge, power, and authority of God is in His Kingdom way.  Look at all the false teachers in America and what is happening to our children.  We are going the wrong way and there are consequences for our wrong belief systems!!!!  Evil never rests and if unopposed, it grows exponentially.  If we don’t take a full-frontal-attack on this darkness overtaking our nation immediately and I mean soonest, then God could enable our enemies to complete our judgment!!!  God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the many pastors and teachers in the Body of Jesus who have received His revelation and share it.  Thanks especially to the late Myles Munroe and his tapes on the Kingdom of God on You Tube)

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Count It All Joy

By Rob Pue

July 30, 2023

There’s no question that we’re living in troubled times. And every day I hear from people who are extremely discouraged, fearful, anxious, depressed and many have lost all hope. These are not “worldly” people — these are Christians and they’re in despair as they see what is coming upon the world now. They seek God but feel far from Him. They pray but receive no answers. They look for God’s blessings but all they find is adversity and hardship.

It’s not sinful or a lack of faith when these feelings and emotions seem to overtake you.  Even Jesus, on the eve of His crucifixion, cried out to His Father, “Father, if Thou be willing, remove this cup from Me: nevertheless, not My will, but Thine, be done.” Even after an angel came and ministered to Him, as He prayed even more earnestly, the Bible tells us His sweat was like “great drops of blood falling down to the ground.” Our Savior did not doubt His Father or lose His faith, but He certainly was in turmoil as He knew what was coming.

1 Peter 4:12 & 13 tells us, “Beloved, do not think it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened to you; but rejoice to the extent that you partake of Christ’s sufferings, that when His glory is revealed, you may also be glad with exceeding joy.”

Jesus told His disciples that in this world they would have tribulation.  And so will we.  All who are true Christ-followers will have to endure tribulation and fiery trials.  But He also said we are to “be of good cheer” because He has overcome the world… and because we belong to Him, because we are His children, we also have overcome the world.

I can’t count the number of times I’ve been at what I thought was the lowest possible point of my life. All the times that, because of the circumstances I found myself in, I thought things couldn’t possibly get any worse, ever.  My life has been one of continuous “fiery trials” and tribulations.  Many times I’ve found myself at the point of despair, discouraged, fearful, anxious, deeply depressed and more times than I can count, hope has eluded me.  In some cases, these horrible situations passed rather quickly.  In others, the trials have lasted for months and even years.

But every time, they’ve eventually passed and afterwards, sometimes years afterwards, I’ve been able to look back at those situations and see how God was true to His promise: He did work everything together for good.  He did restore the things that were lost.  He did bring beauty out of ashes. And every single time, I learned the valuable lesson of trusting God through the worst of situations because as I look back at those awful times, I can clearly see that He never left me and I was never forsaken by Him — quite the contrary — He was teaching me the most valuable of all lessons — to “trust in the Lord with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding.” 

You see, friends, it’s only the doubting that causes anxiety, depression, discouragement, fear and despair. When we know that our God is with us and His Holy Spirit is in us, in every situation, we can look for the lesson He’s teaching us with hearts of hope and joy, and we can be blessed with peace that passes all understanding.  When you truly know that God is with you, then honestly, who can be against you?  Is any trial, trouble our tribulation too big for God? Do you truly believe that Jesus has overcome the world and that as His children, we have as well?  If so, then embrace the trials you must endure. They’re for a purpose, and ultimately, God will work them all together for good. Evil will not prevail against God’s people.

So, if you’re feeling like this is the lowest point in your life, and God is not opening doors or answering prayers or providing solutions and you’re wondering where His blessings are, just know that He is blessing you, right now, in the midst of great adversity. The blessing is the teaching you’re receiving right now. The blessing is the sanctification that this “wilderness experience” is building in you. The blessing is the character cleansing and the faith building that’s happening right now, even as you live through awful, terrible dark days.

Romans 8:28, “We know that for those who love God, all things work together for good, for those who are called according to His purpose.”

2 Corinthians 4: 8 & 9, “We are afflicted in every way, but not crushed; perplexed, but not driven to despair; persecuted, but not forsaken; struck down, but not destroyed.”

James 1: 2-4, “Count it all joy, my brothers, when you meet trials of various kinds, for you know that the testing of your faith produces steadfastness. And let steadfastness have its full effect, that you may be perfect and complete, lacking in nothing.”

Of all people, I am keenly aware of what we’re facing in this world from the Globalist agenda. The kings of the earth set themselves and the rulers take counsel together against the Lord and His anointed.  The heathen are raging and the people are imagining vain things.  Certainly there’s no shortage of things to be concerned about.

Today we’re on the brink of civil war and world war. Our country is being invaded by foreign enemies and our own government is not only allowing it, but facilitating it.  There’s an all-out war on morality, goodness, righteousness and on God Himself.  The kings of the earth are conspiring together to depopulate the earth, murder millions and enslave the rest. They’re manipulating the weather to bring about unnatural climate disasters, droughts, and famine. The sorcery of pharmakea is killing and enslaving people. Insanity and madness is rampant. Sexual immorality and delusion is worse than any of us could ever have imagined. Children are being openly groomed for sexual abuse and exploitation under taxpayer-funded government mandates, and sodomites have gone past the point of pride and have now turned to an agenda of violence.

Many are enduring homelessness, poverty, drug abuse and extreme mental illness, even as the Great Healer, Jesus Christ, is forbidden to even be spoken of in many places.  True Christ-followers are being persecuted like never before in America today.  If you haven’t yet experienced such persecution, then I’d examine your heart to see if you really are in the faith, or just a “Christian” in name only — which, by the way, equates to taking the Lord’s name in vain.

And meanwhile, with very few courageous Christ-following shepherds, the people have lost their moral compass and only a small remnant even know who God is anymore, much less teach and train up their children in the way they should go.

I understand the future looks bleak. I also understand there are many just enduring all this in quiet despair, waiting for the rapture to take them out of this world. That’s a very poor choice to make, and I believe, even a sinful one. We’ve been called to occupy until He returns. Not bury our talents or hide our lights under a bushel. We’re called to be warriors for Christ in the midst of these times of tribulation, and that involves more than just leaving Bible tracts on the table in a restaurant or in a restroom stall at the gas station.  If we’re serious about our faith, we’re going to have to get our hands dirty, and when we do, we’re going to face persecution. As I said, if you’re not already experiencing such persecution, I’d advise that you examine your heart to see if you’re a true believer or if you’ve been deceived by “easy believism.”  Remember 2 Timothy 3:12, “all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution.”

Have you been transformed by the renewing of your mind, or have you been conforming to this world, trying to fly under the radar, a “closet Christian” that avoids confrontation and controversy at all costs?

The world is growing more and more dark by the day. Wickedness abounds. Even God’s faithful can be fearful and deeply discouraged at times. My advice is to know and understand what’s happening — don’t tune out the news, because we need to know what the enemy is up to. But at the same time, don’t submit to fear.

There are many who search the daily headlines and seem to thrive on bad news. They seem to get some sort of “thrill” out of the latest thing the Globalist devils are planning and doing.  Yeah, it’s good for us to know what’s happening. But don’t focus on it with an attitude of defeat. Set your hearts and minds on the things of God. Build your spirit up in faith and know that one day, every knee will bow and every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord…and that the plans of those who hate us will blow back upon them and they themselves will be crushed by the very things they intended for us.

In Isaiah 35:4, we have this: “Say to those who have an anxious heart, ‘be strong; fear not! Behold, your God will come with vengeance, with the recompense of God. He will come and save you.”

As I see the plans of the Globalist Luciferians for this world, it’s very clear that God’s true remnant people are their mortal enemies and they absolutely intend us great harm.  Many of us will lose our freedom and all our earthly posessions, and many of us will lose our lives in the days ahead as the evil ones continue in their attempt to rebuild Babylon.

I would urge you to remember all those strong men and women of faith in Scripture and understand these are not simply Bible stories.  These are historical accounts of God’s chosen enduring great persecution.  Let us learn from biblical history.  And look back at your own life, to the times you thought you were at your absolute lowest point and things couldn’t possibly get any worse — and remember how God was teaching you, training you up and sanctifying you, and how, in retrospect, you can now see how He worked all those horrible things together for good…because you love Him and are called according to His purpose.

There’s no reason to be afraid. We have nothing to fear. Nothing can separate us from the love of God.  “Neither death nor life, nor angels nor rulers, nor things present nor things to come, nor powers, nor height nor depth, nor anything else in all creation will be able to separate us from the love of God in Christ Jesus our Lord.”

Jesus said, “In this world, you will have tribulation, but take heart. I have overcome the world.”  And in Christ, so have you.  So, keep your heart and mind in Christ Jesus. Set your heart and mind on the things of His kingdom, even as we endure this present darkness.  Use your talents wisely. Invest them for your King as you use what He’s given you to stand as a fortress of truth in a world of deception.

I pray that God’s will is done on earth as it is in heaven.  He accomplishes His will through people — but the souls of His children must be tested, our characters cleansed and it’s through hardship and persecution that we grow closer to Him in sanctification.  Let us be about our Father’s business — boldly and courageously, with hearts filled with hope and faith, rather than fear and dread, so that after we have stood firm through it all, He will say to us, “well done, thy good and faithful servant. Enter in, to the joy of thy Lord.” 

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 399.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Another Look at ERIC: What Ever happened to Becker’s Bad Boy?

By Kat Stansell

July 29, 2023

If you remember, there once was a Membership Club called “ERIC”, which stands for the Electronic Registration Information Center. States paid to join, in order to keep their voter rolls clean, in spite of the fact that every member state had grossly bloated rolls, 50% of which were above statistical impossibility, per the records of the USEAC (US Election Assistance Commission) ERIC was never about accuracy, but rather, about gathering data on every resident of member states. We now know more about how that information is being used, thanks to an election integrity expert in Florida, named Kris Jurski.

Technically, ERIC still exists, but without 1/3 of its former member states. They have “resigned” over the last few months.

ERIC was designed by an avowed “conservative hater” named David Becker, in 2012, after Obama had lost both houses of Congress in the 2010 midterm. It had long been the goal of the feds to control our elections, and they thought they had been closing in, with the 1993 “motor voter act”, and the 2001 National Voter Registration Act. They had thought they would make more progress with Obama in office. However, the 2010 results caused concern on the Left that they might be losing control of our vote. So, ERIC was born, and sold to gullible state officials as a voter roll maintenance system which would keep their voter records clean and up to date.

The real reason behind installing ERIC in as many states as possible, I believe, was to gather the personal data of everyone in each member state. This data stays within the ERIC AI system and is never returned to the state, even upon resignation. Let me say it again…

A STATE’S RESIGNATION DOES NOT REMOVE PERSONAL INFORMATION FROM THE ERIC AI SYSTEM.

I am convinced that these “resignations” were for show, and were orchestrated by ERIC’s daddy, David Becker, himself, with national election officials at a NASS meeting this winter.

After the February, 2023, meeting of the National Assn. of Secretaries of State (NASS) in DC, during which there were several closed sessions, several states, pretty much in unison, announced that they were resigning from ERIC. Various reasons were given, all containing the generic excuse that “Gosh, we didn’t realize how crooked it might be”. Spare me. Those who, just weeks before, had spoken out about how they “loved” the “godsend” ERIC, now suddenly withdrew.

Cord Byrd, Secretary of State of Florida had told citizens to their face, that “Florida LOVES ERIC”, and “just uses it a little differently” . . . that Florida would never resign.” This was said directly to a conservative activist; disregard what has been written about DeSantis’s deciding to pull out in 2022. Tallahassee was NOT planning to resign.

Paul Pate, SOS of Iowa, called ERIC a “godsend.” Yet, Florida and Iowa were among the first to announce they were quitting ERIC, just days after those utterances. FL and IA joined AL, whose newly elected Secretary of State, Wes Allen, had taken AL out of ERIC on the first day of his term, as per campaign promise.

Louisiana’s Kyle Ardoin had pulled out the previous year, in coordination with a suit filed by the Public Interest Legal Foundation, but has since spoken of questioning the 2020 election as “conspiracy theory”. In April of this year, he announced that he is NOT running again. Pressure from citizen activists is attributed as the cause of his move.

As of today, eleven states (an even 1/3 of the membership) have quit ERIC, including TX, WV, VA, OH, MO, FL, IA, LA, AL, AK and WI.

Before we dig further, please let me just say that any election administrator of ANY ERIC member state who didn’t know and understand the real ERIC system (all data gathering, NO mandated roll maintenance) is not worthy of holding office. I believe that they KNEW and spent taxpayer $$ for ERIC memberships and the execution of mandates, to make their jobs easier, pretending to take care of business, while ignoring (or using!) the bloated rolls. This makes each of them worthy of being voted out of office, even as they made sure that our votes wouldn’t count. Job security. See the ugly circle?

This is the important point here: if you ever lived in and/or voted from these states, YOUR information is in the system. Voter records in AL, AK, AZ, CO, CT, DE, FL, GA, MO, NV, NM, OH, OR, PA, RI, SC, IL, IA, KY, LA, ME, MD, MI, MN, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, WV, WI, AND the DISTRICT are subject to the kind of manipulation outlined by Kris Jurski, below. Keep reading.

SO…back to ERIC losing some of his friends. There are two possible scenarios to explain how and why some states left the “club”.

The first is that the Left grew worried that ERIC was being exposed. This had been expressed by some conservative media outlets, which had been in the lead exposing the ERIC system. I personally had been writing about ERIC for over a year and would love that to be so. Frankly, however, I don’t believe this explanation, although it was the one put forth by every source which addressed the subject. Ah, yes. Wouldn’t it be lovely to think that they were worried about truth damaging their efforts?

A far more plausible explanation to me is that ERIC’s data base had all the names it needed for the next several election cycles, to manipulate voter records at will – and after that, it will not matter. We will have lost our free country.

So, why not make it appear as if ERIC had been weakened by the resignations? That MIGHT provide a “chill pill” for those “conspiracy theorists” who worried about secure elections. You know, “Step away, children. Don’t bother to get involved in election integrity. Your bogey man, ERIC, is gone, so you can go back to your sandboxes, freed of any need to dig for truth.”

Directly after that NASS meeting, I had said that those sudden, orchestrated resignations were NOT what they seemed. A recent post by Bill Gates about AI and elections, may have helped to show us what is really going down.

In a July 11, 2023, blog post, Bill Gates, the evil Microsoft multi-billionaire stated that “artificial intelligence technologies could aid in manipulating elections and ‘tip’ results in close races.” That headline caught my attention.

“Deepfakes and misinformation generated by AI could undermine elections and democracy…AI-generated deepfakes could be used to try to tilt an election”. Gates continues on, steering the concept to the creation of fake imagery: for example, an AI picture of a prominent candidate robbing a bank or hugging and kissing, an unpopular figure.

We know that DeSantis’s campaign just did this with an image of Fauci and Trump embracing to “suggest a close relationship. Gates’ concern seems to be the occurrence of AI deepfakes, such as images appearing on the morning of a major election. Whether in the months or days before an election, his message is that AI will have an impact. I agree, only not that faked imagery will be the culprit.

I believe that the millions of voter records held in the ERIC AI system are what are undermining elections. ERIC’s information can and WILL be voted to change election results as needed to produce the “desired results”. Thus…”misinformation generated by AI could undermine elections and democracy.” Thanks, Bill. Intentional or not, I appreciate your confirmation that AI will play a part in our elections.

Actually, this has already been proven. The illegitimate use of voter records, planted and grown in the ERIC AI farm, seem to be turning up in Florida. Election Integrity specialist, Kris Jurski, has once again proven the manipulation of voter information to impact results. Over 433,000 voter records in the state of Florida were 1)reactivated, 2) reinserted or 3) deleted in a period of a few months.

In the last eight months, Jurski has examined over 140 million voter records in his state, and found incredible manipulations therein. The way he describes it is, as if one could watch a big dashboard of the election, to learn ahead of time, how many votes might be needed to win. Then, as voting occurred, the exact right amount of votes were created to get the candidate across the finish line.

The same voter name was found to have changed addresses, middle initials, apartment numbers, etc., then reappeared in the original location after the mail-in ballot was requested and voted. Some voters from the 1960’s, who hadn’t voted for years, and may well be deceased, suddenly reappeared on the rolls, just as they were to vote, by mail of course. They then disappeared after the election.

The most shocking of all, was the deletions. Thousands of names were removed from the rolls after voting, then added back at different addresses, or with slightly different names, a short time later. Names on the voter records were being moved from address to address, county to county and even state to state. Then, back again. See this short video to understand what Kris has found.

This massive accumulation of voter records, turned to phantoms (illegitimate voters), by alteration of information, is enough to tip the scales across the country. If this is happening in Florida, you can be assured that it is happening elsewhere. Other states just aren’t lucky enough to have a Kris Jurski to prove it. Of course, as Kris points out, it would be VR systems, the platform itself, which uses the ERIC AI data, not little ERIC himself. ERIC data just feeds another beast.

From its own website, VR Systems says that they “design technology to support modern elections – from electronic poll books and online training systems to comprehensive software platforms.” https://www.vrsystems.com/ They feature former FL SOS, Kurt Browning praising VR Systems, saying that “they provide the best quality of service because they want their customers to be successful.” I fear that definition of success varies widely, in today’s election climate.

VR Systems was started and is headquartered in Tallahassee FL. It’s the first website I’ve found that lists its staff with a sketch, a title, and by first name only. It now does business in the District of Columbia, NY, IL, IN, NC, TX and FL.

PLEASE, go to https://www.the-peoples-audit.org to learn more of what Kris has found.

I think ERIC is very much alive and well, and stealing our free and fair elections just as much as ever, possibly more. But then, I’m kind of a conspiracy FACTIST.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Prism of America’s Education

By Karen Schoen

July 29, 2023

According to Joe, Americans are worth 12¢

Joe Obiden sold Americans into world slavery for 12¢ a head. How can I say that? Easy, emails and bank records show the Biden family got about $40 million from enemy countries like the CCP and Ukraine etc. to change American policy favoring China or their country. Divide $40 million by $350 million Americans at that time and you get 12¢.  How does it feel to learn that the family representing the administration and Elite think we are worth 12¢. Thanks Glenn Beck for noticing.  So when you pay your thousands into taxes, remember that we should send only 12¢ to the IRS.

Why do I believe we have been sold into slavery?  Obiden got his $40million and We The People are paying for it. Our taxes are supporting all of the UN communist programs. Trump got America out of the UN, Obiden put us back. Our tax dollars are paying for the illegals to come to America at the behest of these same countries who are emptying their jails and mental institutions. Obiden gave $83 Billion of military equipment to the Talliban which they are selling. So we are now financing Iran as they build their nuclear weapons to turn on Israel and America.  America gave over $100 Billion to Ukraine to fight a war we have no business being involved in. How much actually went to the people. We have financed the oligarch government and pensions. Who is paying for you?

Once more we are paying for UNESCO to indoctrinate our children, to mutilate them so child bearing and family relationships no longer exist. Those same children can be trafficked for grueling work in factories, cobalt mines (for elite EV batteries) or into sex slavery. We The People through our tax dollars are paying for these NGO’s to deliver another crop of child or women slaves to cartels and Elite for their pleasure.  Remember a drug is sold once then you wait for the next sale. A person can be sold over and over often in the same day. The trafficking industry in about a $150 Billion business. Through Obiden policies, Americans are paying for this perverted act while the RINO’s watch and clap like seals. CA was the first what’s happening in your state?

The communist WEF (World Economic forum) and our inept, incompetent Federal Reserve in their psychedelic stupor, is pushing digital currency.   I believe the majority of the OBiden administration is hooked on something otherwise the drug trade would be over. .

Once the digital currency is in place the noose will tighten. 15 minute sustainable (controlled) cities are popping up all over the country. These cities will have cameras all over your street, building, home, office, church everywhere. They will watch you to make sure you and the company you keep is in perfect lock step with the government. I’ll be watching you.

Imagine going to the supermarket and being told you do not have the credits for coffee, gas, electricity, bus, train, plane, or whatever the state thinks you used too much of. Imagine the state saying too much electricity usage for you. So they turn off your electricity for 12 hours a day for a week as punishment. If it is winter, they will shut off at night so you will freeze.  If summer you will suffer from the heat.  After all why do you think those new cars and appliances are so SMART. Smart appliances interact with their master, the government, NOT you.

Once these treaties with the UN are signed. they will use your smart meter to control your house or city under some emergency plandemic which they will make up. WHO expects USA to sign the new treaty giving the UN communist  WHO total power to manage the next plandemic. How many Americans know the Supremacy clause? How many RINO Senators think they can give up American sovereignty?  Will you call you Senator and tell them to vote NO?

In Sept, 2024 WHO wants a practice run like the Covid lockdown controlled by WHO.  Raise your hand if you think there will be a fair election under WHO procedure. I can see WHO declaring an emergency and Obiden telling everyone to MAIL in ballots. Call your Representative and Senator and tell them “Just say NO to the WHO Treaty.”

Put that together with the latest election scheme, This is s doozie.  The National Popular Vote Interstate Compact…. State Legislators are passing a bill that says: No longer would the enrolled state’s electoral votes go to the presidential candidate who wins support from a majority of the state’s voters. Rather, they would be assigned to the candidate who wins the national popular vote.  So far 17 states have signed onto this unconstitutional law.

What I described is life in CCP controlled China.  Bernie, Klaus, Bill all think the Chinese model is wonderful.  Do you? Obiden sold the Americans for 12¢.  There will be no competition, or dissent.  You will obey or wind up in jail.  Is this our future? Is America worth saving?

Get your kids out of the indoctrination clinics masquerading as Public Schools. Check out goflca.org  Micro Schools.

Remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everyone follows the same plan. ALL PLANS ARE BASED ON LIES. Globalists must control opposition. Globalists must take away our voice.

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL. Don’t give them yours. Boycotts work. Stop using their services and products.  Vote the RINO’S out. Vote with your fingers and with your wallet. There is a lot you can do.  Doing nothing is complying.

© 2023 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.com/the-prism-of-americas-education/

Show: Sat and Sun 7AM ET and 9PM ET on AmericaOutloud.com

Podcasts and Articles: Karenbschoen.com, karenschoen.substack.com

https://newswithviews.com/author/karen/




Could Globalists Fake an Alien Invasion?

By Steven Yates

July 28, 2023

“The oldest and strongest emotion of mankind is fear, and the oldest and strongest kind of fear is fear of the unknown.”   —H.P. Lovecraft, Supernatural Horror in Literature (1945)

“I am fearful when I see people substituting fear for reason.” – Klaatu, The Day the Earth Stood Still (1951)

“It is when power is wedded to chronic fear that it becomes formidable.”  —Eric Hoffer, The Passionate State of Mind (1955)

“Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac.”  —Henry Kissinger, quoted in The New York Times, October 28, 1973

“Imagine North Korea in 2030, when every citizen has to wear a biometric bracelet 24 hours a day. If you listen to a speech by the Great Leader and the bracelet picks up the tell-tale signs of anger, you are done for.” —Klaus Schwab, COVID-19: The Great Reset (2020)

“Time’s up.” —David Levinson, Independence Day (1996)

At first glance, the idea sounds totally left field: bonkers, nuts, loony, completely out to lunch. But could the globalists fake an invasion by aliens — not the illegal kind but the extraterrestrial kind?

The idea is being bandied about on alternative media platforms.

First: since last year, UFOs have had a higher profile in mainstream publications than ever before — although the preferred acronym seems now to be UAPs — Unidentified Aerial Phenomena. The U.S. military suddenly reversed 80 years of course and claimed there’s something up there its best and brightest can’t explain.

Articles on the subject have moved from the National Enquirer to Popular Mechanics and The Atlantic Monthly. The latter is as Establishment as it gets.

Is someone directing a priming of the pump, trying to acclimate the public to the idea of something unknown in our skies, perchance watching and waiting?

Second: the covid debacle failed to quiet the restless natives. Trump is on track for winning the GOP nomination despite the intensifying lawfare. Biden’s presidency, moreover, is in free fall despite belligerent denials. Under Bidenista watch the country is in a shambles. Infrastructure is falling apart while hundreds of millions go to Ukraine. Inflation may have receded a little but remains unacceptably high.

And without his teleprompter Biden doesn’t seem to recall if Russian Federation president Vladimir Putin invaded Ukraine or Iraq. Here, appearing before a union group last Thursday, is Sleepy Joe’s latest lapse into word salad:

“I often say, and I mean this sincerely, Wall Street — good folks down there — but they didn’t build the middle class. They didn’t build America. The middle class was built by the middle class.”

Huh?

Does anyone in his right mind believe this man ought to be reelected? Or should have been (s)elected in the first place?

Yet, third: if we learned anything from 2020-22, it is that the natives can be locked indoors, compelled to obtain permission from “their” government to go out for food, wear masks, and be forced to go along with such tyrannical measures via 24/7 scare tactics.

Corporate media could be counted on to comply, and terrified control freaks amidst the general public would do the bulk of the policing.

As I’ve noted countless times, fear works!

Nevertheless, the restlessness continues. The “plandemic” has receded, and people are asking questions. MAGA Republicans, meanwhile, are unimpressed by the allegations against Trump, which they consider the work of a politicized Justice Department driven by abject terror of a second Trump presidency. (Fear works both ways!)

Americans aren’t alone. Europe is also restless. The government of the Netherlands recently resigned. And although it hasn’t been much publicized on our side of the Atlantic, France has fallen into near-chaos. A cop in a Paris suburb shot an immigrant. His fellow immigrants took to the streets and pulled a BLM/Antifa number on that country, looting, burning, and smashing things in multiple French cities. Macron has had his hands full. His globalist, open borders presidency is also in a shambles.

NATO, finally, continues poking the Russian bear, announcing that when “conditions” are met, Ukraine’s joining the alliance will be green-lighted.

This puts Putin in the worst possible bind. If he allows Ukraine to join NATO, he shows himself to be the ultimate weakling. But what does he do? Continue smashing Ukraine as the U.S./NATO Empire continues to funnel arms there? Threaten to use tactical nukes? Then what?

So:  many of us are wondering when the next shoe is going to drop, and what that shoe will look like.

A friend of mine whose wife works for a Big Pharma corporation tells me she received an emailed notification of a new vax for a new and deadlier variant of coronavirus that hasn’t been rel—  I, uh, mean, identified yet. It could turn up at any time! The official narrative will be that existing “boosters” will be useless against it.

Did you get that? A dead giveaway that Pharma knows about these things in advance?

Or could the next shoe to drop be the cyberattack I’ve suggested could shut down large parts of the grid for months?

Or could it be … an invasion by extraterrestrials!

Or so we peasants will be told by “our” government and its compliant media!

The other day, dissident psychotherapist Dr. Joseph Sansone published this on his Substack.

I recommend giving it a close read.

Some of us are old enough to recall seeing that classic black-and-white science fiction film The Day the Earth Stood Still (1951) when we were kids. It starred the underrated Michael Rennie as Klaatu, visitor from another world, whose spaceship had touched down in Washington and whose artificially intelligent (before that phrase had been coined) robot Gort used high-intensity death rays against violent humans who had tried to breach the ship.

In the climactic scene, Klaatu delivered a pointed warning to the peoples of Planet Earth. Scrap your nuclear arsenals, Earthlings. Don’t even think about bringing your violent tendencies into space. If you do, we’ll obliterate you where you stand.

It was a powerful message, and if I recall correctly from a more recent viewing, one of the ending scenes showed rows of flags of nations uniting into a single body.

I, as a somewhat precocious second-grader, watching back then with my parents, could have become a globalist. Gasp!

My dad talked me out of it the following morning at the breakfast table (families shared meals together back in those days). I’d asked something like, “Couldn’t we stop war if we just got everybody together and united as one world?”

“Nope!” he responded. “Won’t happen. People in different places are just too different from one another.”

That wasn’t the exact conversation, of course, but that was the gist of it, and it was enough.

The idea has persisted, though. Warnings of doom from the sky if we don’t change our ways have continued as an undercurrent in science fiction.

The year 2008 saw a remake of The Day the Earth Stood Still, this time with Keanu Reeves in the lead role. The issue now was climate change.

Stop destroying your own climate, dumb Earthlings, or we’ll destroy you.

Now, the U.S. federal government has all but pronounced UFOs to be real.

Add a fourth factor to those above, therefore.

Probably most people (even many educated Christians) believe odds are good that advanced extraterrestrial civilizations exist out there somewhere. The apparent discovery of over 4,000 exoplanets now lends this idea credence and psychological support … even if very, very few of those worlds seem at all Earthlike.

If just a few alien civilizations are advanced enough to have developed technology able to cross light years of space between their worlds and ours—

Well, do the math.

The idea sounds plausible, even if there’s no scientific proof that such civilizations exist or could get here if they did. And while much alien-invasion sci-fi depicts aliens as monstrosities, more thoughtful novels and films, like The Day the Earth Stood Still, 2001: A Space Odyssey, and Contact, portray them as benign if nearly inscrutable (because they are so far ahead of us both technologically and sociologically).

Dr. Sansone thus invites us on a harrowing thought experiment:

Imagine holograms projected into the sky with ships the size of cities. Followed by reports of communications and directives for humans to follow to avoid destruction. Do you hold it past heads of state to participate in such a scam? Would people fall for it?

Expanding on this: we awaken one morning and learn to our horror that gigantic craft of unknown origin appeared out of nowhere above every major city in the world.

Think of another flawed but intriguing film: Independence Day (1996).

Initially, as in that movie, there is no communication, and our attempts to communicate meet with no response. The ships hover silently. A couple of days go by.

Military-scrambled jet fighters then cautiously approach. They are blown out of the sky by unknown weaponry.

Then comes the first communiqué from “the aliens” simultaneously to every city, using our own hijacked technology, in each recipient’s native language.

The message just happens to be: unite the planet under a single global body, or perish!

The message continues: this alone will end the two biggest existential threats to your civilization: nuclear war and climate change.

The solution to the second just happens to be exactly what globalists insist on: ending burning fossil fuels for energy. In practice this will mean: curtailing energy usage since no form of alternative energy generation so far yields fossil fuels’ results. It will mean less mobility than we enjoy now (15-minute cities, anyone?), and a lower standard of living. Perhaps even eating bugs.

It would be fake, of course.

But The Science would speak! Benign beings from the sky have at last arrived, to save us from ourselves!

Think it’s fake? You’re peddling baseless conspiracy theories!

For most terrified populations, that would take care of it!

How would anyone accomplish such a feat?

What H.P. Lovecraft said: fear of the unknown. Unknown to the peasants, at any rate. (Doubtless reports would be circulating of nutcases claiming to have met the aliens.)

Drones could project images of the craft, which would look like solid structures. AI* could coordinate their near-simultaneous appearance everywhere, produce accurate translations of their directives in multiple languages, and deliver them to the peoples of the world through hacked smartphones and social media. With everything now wired into everything else, this would not be that hard.

Advanced AI-controlled weaponry** could be deployed aboard a drone to destroy anyone who approaches.

“Our” governments would already have locked us indoors “for our safety.”

Compliance with directives of “the aliens” would be ordered.

A few would resist. They’d organize and open fire. An AI-controlled drone would appear above them — perhaps 500 feet overhead — and fry them with microwaves as they ran screaming.

Nearly all resistance would stop with the abruptness of a faucet being turned off.

Since an invasion by extraterrestrials could be portrayed as far scarier than any virus, most would already have complied without question.

Hierarchical groups would likely form spontaneously, from regional governments down to neighborhood groups. Proven compliance with directives on energy use, etc., would be a condition for being allowed out and readmitted into the post-“invasion” economy (so much for privacy).

Even if this means wearing bracelets or even allowing implants inserted into our bodies able to monitor emotional responses and detect resentment or anger. In which case: as Klaus Schwab put it, you’re done for.

Crazy?

Suppose I’d asked you, back in the happy and carefree 2010s, whether the world’s masses would comply with government-mandated lockdowns, ostensibly to protect from a virus that had evolved in a bat and jumped to humans in a Chinese wet market.

That they’d “voluntarily” stay indoors and “wait for a vaccine.”

Suppose you’d replied, this would destroy businesses and disrupt supply lines the world over. The answer: “So? It’s our health that counts, right? It’s all for the greater good!

Based on such reasoning, Melbourne, Australia, and Shanghai, China remained locked down for months, with no end in sight!

If I’d told you this back in, say, 2015, would you have believed me?

Are we getting this?

Dr. Sansone wasn’t making a prediction, and neither am I. I’m not in the prediction business, I’m in the scenario business.

I’ve no idea whether those with real power would have the guts to try a stunt like this.

But nothing I’ve read recently on the subject rules it out.

Dr. Sansone’s scenario places “the invasion” in 2024. I think it reasonable to say that whichever shoe drops, will drop before Election Day next November.

To be sure, if the Democrat Party and others in the Establishment are sure they’ve stopped Trump, or acting behind the scenes has secured a replacement for the frail and failing Joe Biden (probably Gavin Newsom), nothing may happen.

But such securings are never guarantees.

Trump was not supposed to win in 2016.

Hence scenarios like this one.

The globalists have the technology. They could maintain such an illusion indefinitely. And they’d have their world government.

* I think the real danger of AI is not that it will “turn sentient,” like Skynet in the Terminator movies, or the machines in The Matrix, but that it will enable globalists to take a quantum leap in advancing their goals for the world.

** There have long been rumors of advanced death-ray technology that has never been publicly revealed. What, after all, was genius inventor Nikola Tesla working on when JP Morgan killed his funding all those decades ago, and when the U.S. government raided his laboratory, confiscated and classified whatever it was they found? Tesla’s lab notes remain classified to this day. What was going on at the HAARP facility in Alaska all those years, moreover? What is really happening at Area 51? I’ve never bought the line that it has anything to do with extraterrestrial spaceships or aliens.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

In 2021 I published my book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory. Here, in three parts, are reasons you should think about reading the book if you’ve interest in the role worldviews play in civilization, and in shaping our lives:

Part I. Part II. Part III.

If you enjoyed this article and approve of what I do, please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.




Scaring the Myth right out of you

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 28, 2023

People are excited thinking about being able to live in alternative universes. Unbeknownst to them, they already do – and have been for most of their lives. Especially those born after the era when we wore our Texas Instrument calculators on our belts (our slide rules were put on the shelf to be oddities to show our children how we calculated in school) and built computers we bought in parts. Now, people who would have trouble putting a slot-car together can go to the Himalayas, try on clothes from their favorite store, play video games – all the while lying on a recliner in their basement.

There is reality – the actual events as they happened. And there is what has long been, spun as reality, i.e., pharma-phantasmagoria, genders/sexes of more than two, and myriads of other factoids dressed as facts. All built upon the biggest lie fed to a now well-programmed public – manmade global warming. And virtual reality rules over factual reality.

Think about it. Almost everything you read/hear in mainstream and social media, in schoolbooks, even in “juried” scientific and medical papers is a lie. Wrap your head around that – you don’t need a virtual reality machine; your brain has been programmed to be one. And all this was put into overdrive once the first Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) was released. (note: it was put together by great and no-so-great climate scientists around the world. But before it was released, it was “edited” to go from: saying “at worst humans may have some negative impact on our atmosphere, but very little – at most, to: we are destroying not only the atmosphere but also the water and land – and everything existing on earth.) A good number of those original authors asked to have their names removed.

By 2009, “32,000 scientists have signed ‘The Petition Project’ over 9,000 of them with PhDs proclaiming that man is not the chief cause of warming and that this warming will not be disastrous.” [i] And some back-up for this from the U.S. Senate Committee on Environment & Public Works: “Over 400 prominent scientists from more than two dozen countries recently voiced significant objections to major aspects of the so-called former participants in the UN IPCC (Intergovernmental panel on Climate Change), criticized the climate claims made by the UN IPCC and former Vice President Al Gore.” [ii]

Today you will not hear many scientists speaking out, criticizing the Global Elite and their pseudo science. Some scientists have been brainwashed like the general public or are otherwise coerced in some way by the Global Elite to either lie or be silent. You will find some great hedging (or worse) from even powerful people. For instance:

  • As the former Canadian Minister of the Environment, Christine Stewart, so pithily said, “No matter if the science of global warming is all phony …. Climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world .” No matter if the science is phony? Why would one say that if the science was so strongly otherwise? Now, please parse the rest of that statement. How can climate change, true or false, bring about justice and equality on the world? In my humble opinion, Stewart is saying that the cudgel of so-called climate change can make intelligent, freedom loving people accept the destruction of the world as we know it to pretend to make people equal. That isn’t ever going to happen unless we all become slaves – or dead. The cudgel is to force us into a deconstructed Marxist world, i.e., dystopia on steroids.
  • “It doesn’t matter what is true, it only matters what people believe is true.” Paul Watson, co-founder of Greenpeace. And he is saying what our Global Elite don’t want you to know, at least until you have swallowed the blue pill.
  • “The only way to get our society to truly change is to frighten people with the possibility of catastrophe.” Daniel B. Botkin, professor of Environmental Studies and Biological Sciences, UCSB. There it is again, saying we are too stupid to think for ourselves, so those who wish to control the world can make up science to fit their complot.
  • A global warming treaty must be implemented even if there is no scientific evidence to back the greenhouse effect.Richard Benedick, deputy assistant Secretary of State
  • Former Senator and first president of the UN Foundation, Timothy Wirth “…spelled out the strategy in 1988: “What we’ve got to do in energy conservation is try to ride the global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, to have approached global warming as if it is real means energy conservation, so we will be doing the right thing anyway in terms of economic policy and environmental policy.” How many times to those pushing the catastrophe of manmade global warming (now Climate Change) have to say “even if it isn’t real” for people to get the message that it isn’t real, but it is the best blueprint to make man the enemy of the world so he will be willing to be deconstructed, i.e., erase himself from Mother Earth?” [iii]

In a PBS interview in early 1999, S. Fred Singer, an atmospheric physicist at George Mason University and founder of the Science and Environmental policy Project, a think tank on climate and environmental issues, was asked by the host about the models that needed to be done. Singer had noted that we need far more data and that would take time.

The host remarked, “Some say we don’t have the time for that, and that it would be prudent, since this is at least a plausible scenario, that we do something about it now, because as you said, these measurements are very difficult to take. You need to do it over a long period of time and very accurately. It might take fifteen, twenty, twenty-five years. Should we do nothing until that point?

Singer’s response says it all: “Well, the question is what you mean by ‘doing’ something. I’m not a great believer in buying insurance if the risks are small and the premiums are high. Nobody in his right mind would do that. But this is the case here. We’re being asked to buy an insurance policy against a risk that is very small, if at all, and pay a very heavy premium. We’re being asked to reduce energy use, not just by a few percent but, according to the Kyoto Protocol, by about 35 percent within ten years. That means giving up one-third of all energy use, using one-third less electricity, throwing out one-third of all cars perhaps. It would be a huge dislocation of our economy, and it would hit people very hard, particularly people who can least afford it. (Emphasis mine)

Dr. Singer goes on: “For what? All the Kyoto Protocol would do is to slightly reduce the current rate of increase of carbon dioxide. And in fact, the UN Science Advisory Group has published their results. And they clearly show that the Kyoto Protocol would reduce, if it went into effect and were punctiliously observed by all of the countries that have to observe it–by the year 2050, –about 50 years from now–it would reduce the calculated temperature increase by .05 degrees Centigrade. That amount is not even measurable. So this is what you are being asked to buy.” [iv]

And this is what the people bought, the big lie — lock, stock, and barrel.

For over three decades the global warming/climate change fairy tale has been pounded into the public psyche. Yes, I know fairy tales have happy endings. We will only get that ending here if we get rid of the lie, bring back the U.S. perseverance, moral compass, and industry. And get back to a real-world reality. Play with virtual reality on your own time.

It won’t be nice because the alternative reality has been in play for too many decades. While the populace has had their eyes and ears on their phones, games, mainstream and social media, everything America and what its Constitution stood for have been dismantled. Now that the globalists’ goal is in sight, they have shifted into overdrive. Right now we are seeing the push to rid the world of any information that doesn’t fall in line with the Agenda21/Great Reset scenario.

How? In a myriad of ways.

As the internet was growing, the information we were able to download was staggering. You could find almost any document, story, speech, quote – you name it. All you had to do was put in a line of the story if you didn’t have the title and author. I mean anything. The Geographic Information System (GIS)[v] had begun mapping the southeastern states for the Wildlands Project. Then some of us started using them to show the inhabitants of those states what was going to happen to their land – what was going to be core reserves and corridors – little to no human use, buffer zones – highly regulated use, and normal use – which would be the cities we would be allowed to live in.

It took very little time; I’d guess less than a year before those maps were gone. Then in the early 2010s, a huge portion of documentation was removed from the internet. No longer could you find the plethora of articles on anything that wasn’t considered politically correct. Then, sometime around 2017, the whole internet seemed once again, to be open to us. I loved it but knew it couldn’t last. And it didn’t. I doubt if it was open for six months.

Now when you do a deep dive into the internet, you hit the bottom, sometimes with as little as 4 or 5 hits. Soon, it could even be tomorrow, we will not get anything that questions Climate Change, Agenda 21, ESG (environment, social, and government), CBDC (Central Bank Digital Currency), “You will own nothing and be happy”; you get the picture. Anything that does not toe the line with Climate Change, and the New World Order is now a lie.

You think I’m off my rocker? Let’s look at a few things:

  • Legislators in Ireland have passed a law making it a crime to possess “hateful content” on your computer or mobile phone. No, I’m not going to ask how they know what I have said or written. But if you are caught in Ireland even spreading what they call misinformation, you can go to jail. What is misinformation? By tomorrow, disputing Climate Change could be misinformation; actually, it is already happening.

In a way, the world-view of the Party imposes itself most successfully on people incapable of understanding it. They could be made to accept the most flagrant violations of reality, because they never fully grasped the enormity of what was demanded of them, and were not sufficiently interested in public events to notice what was happening. By lack of understanding they remained sane. They simply swallowed everything, and what they swallowed did them no harm, because it left no residue behind, just as a grain of corn will pass undigested through the body of a bird.”  1984, George Orwell

Buzzwords are one of the tactics in the toolbox of asymmetrical warfare was pointed out by Gavin de Becker & Associates in “Media Scare Tactics”  [1]. The article explains the fakery behind so many of the new buzz words we hear every day in the news (even alternative media have glommed onto them: “possible links between …”, “…a new survey found such and such ‘ill equipped’ suggesting it could lead to a ‘widespread disaster’, “… ‘found officials concerned’ which led to new headlines of ‘A national disaster ….’”

Fearmongering is one of the mightiest tools that can be use – and is used to attack us via every aspect of our lives from diseases, our food systems, our water, atomic bombs, natural disasters (being produced by climate change. You name it, say pinkeye; that must be becoming a widespread affliction brought about by climate change. Nothing else is powerful enough to do that. Look at The Nature Conservancy perspective on “The Latest IPCC Report: What it is and why does it matter?”[2] The two key points: No matter what we are doing to attenuate the negative forces of this non-crisis, “it’s still not enough. “Even if every country in the world delivers on its current climate pledges, that’s probably not enough to keep global warming to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels—a threshold scientists believe is necessary to avoid the worst impacts of climate change.         You’d better be scared.

Current adaptation efforts, too, are scattered and leave behind some of the most vulnerable communities. And if the planet gets much warmer, we may see irreversible changes to some ecosystems around the world, which would be catastrophic for the people and wildlife that depend on them.”[3]       Scared yet?

The Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) piles on: Every fraction of a degree of warming has grave consequences. The higher temperatures rise, the more likely it also is for climate impacts to interact, “creating compound and cascading risks that are more complex and difficult to manage, the IPCC says”. [4]

In his article” Dire Climate[5] Warning Issued in New IPCC Report”, Bob Berwyn tells us: “This IPCC report is absolutely harrowing. Brief summary of the new IPCC report: We know what to do, we know how to do it, it requires taking toys away from the rich, and world leaders aren’t doing it.” [6] (As if the world leaders are going to forego any of their riches, delicacies, or perks.)

And the IPCC itself told us in 2021 that we have no chance, we are too far gone to survive:

GENEVA, Aug 9 – Scientists are observing changes in the Earth’s climate in every region and across the whole climate system, according to the latest Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Report, released today. Many of the changes observed in the climate are unprecedented in thousands, if not hundreds of thousands of years, and some of the changes already set in motion – such as continued sea level rise – are irreversible over hundreds to thousands of years.[7]

So, no matter what we do, the damage couldn’t be reversed even over thousands of years. Then why are we bothering? Ah, silly me. It isn’t the damage that must be managed, changed, but the public’s perception of damage.

Yet, earlier this year’s IPCC report said, “There is a rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a livable and sustainable future for all.” Hmmmm. How did we do so much fixing, repairing of the climate in two years that we went from ‘it’ll take thousands of years, if ever, to fix things’, to ‘the window to a livable and sustainable future’ is still open a crack? I guess they figured out that if there’s nothing to be done, it’s time to eat, drink and be merry, for tomorrow we die. That certainly doesn’t spur the unawake and unwoke to get up and start fighting the global warming war of (nit)wits.

So, this year’s solution is, according to The UN secretary general, António Guterres: “This report is a clarion call to massively fast-track climate efforts by every country and every sector and on every timeframe. Our world needs climate action on all fronts: everything, everywhere, all at once.”   They want us not only scared, but also too busy fighting the non-existent danger to realize it is but a chimera.

            “In sober language, the IPCC set out the devastation that has already been inflicted on swathes of the world. Extreme weather caused by climate breakdown has led to increased deaths from intensifying heatwaves in all regions, millions of lives and homes destroyed in droughts and floods, millions of people facing hunger, and “increasingly irreversible losses” in vital ecosystems.”[8]    Be afraid, very afraid. Then you will be too paralyzed to realize you are being controlled.

We aren’t going to get there through a federal government; that is why our government has been rearranged under regionalism (via Executive Orders) and controlled through the Alphabet organizations under the executive branch – taking away the power of the people (not that those we elect today bother to represent our wants). And for many decades we have been programmed to accept, nay, offer up ourselves as slaves under this system of tyranny.

All along, the Global Elite have been feeding us scare stories – if you don’t get on board, you and, more importantly, your children and grandchildren will suffer – if they survive childhoods that are endangered by nuclear, bio, and/or an otherwise dystopian future.

“We got a big taste of this brand of psychological warfare during the pandemic scare, in which all of us were told that a virus with a tiny Infection Fatality Rate of 0.23% was enough to erase a majority of our human rights. Luckily, a large enough group of people stood up and fought back against the mandates and passports. That said, there is a much larger “greater good” agenda at play that the globalists plan to exploit, namely the so-called “climate crisis.” [9]

German government report names the pandemic as a precedent for environmental policy, says lockdowns show that behavioral restrictions are possible and can win majority support with the right messaging.” [10] That is it in a nutshell – how to control the people, learned from an illegal, unconstitutional, shutdown. And most of the people followed, even though there was no piper to lead them.

Are you scared yet? Don’t be. It is a myth wrapped in the deepest political correctness ever spewed out of their lying mouths.

The Global Elite are going to use this tool, scaremongering, to the max now that they have seen how effective it is and how many people had been dumbed-down enough in our educational system to make them easy targets. Scare the ‘you-know-what’ out of them and they will do anything; anything except stand up and fight back. The ideal communist citizens.

Thus, we are fed a farce, global warming, and the governments of the world use it to scare us so bad we are unable to think or act rationally.

We aren’t swallowing this myth. The Global Elite can go pedal it elsewhere. We Americans, and other sane peoples, are now digging in and taking our country back – one city, county at a time.

Let the lion roar.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://gdba.com/media-fear-tactics/

[2] https://www.nature.org/en-us/what-we-do/our-insights/perspectives/ipcc-report-climate-change

[3] https://www.nature.org/en-us/what-we-do/our-insights/perspectives/ipcc-report-climate-change

[4] https://www.nrdc.org/stories/ipcc-climate-change-reports-why-they-matter-everyone-planet?

[5] https://www.ipcc.ch/2021/08/09/ar6-wg1-20210809-pr/

[6] https://undark.org/2022/04/11/dire-climate-warning-issued-in-new-ipcc-report-now-or-never

[7] https://www.ipcc.ch/2021/08/09/ar6-wg1-20210809-pr/

[8] https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2023/mar/20/ipcc-climate-crisis-report-delivers-final-warning-on-15c

[9] https://alt-market.us/the-club-of-rome-how-climate-hysteria-is-being-used-to-create-global-governance/

[10]

[i] https://americanpolicy.org/2009/03/23/the-myth-of-global-warming/

[ii] https://www.epw.senate.gov/public/index.cfm/press-releases-all?

[iii] https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2000/07/breaking-the-global-warming-gridlock

[iv] https://www.pbs.org/wgbh/warming/debate/singer.html

[v] A resource of National Geographic




Iran’s Intentional Destruction of Cultural Heritage

By: Amil Imani

July 28, 2023

Cultural heritage serves as a testament to humanity’s shared history and identity. Unfortunately, the intentional destruction of cultural heritage has plagued societies throughout history. One such regime, the Islamic Republic of Iran, has a long and troubling history of cultural vandalism and deliberate targeting of historical antiquities, some of which date back millennia. This article explores the significance of cultural heritage, examines Iran’s destructive actions, compares them to other groups like ISIS and the Taliban, and highlights the severe impacts on communities.

Iran’s Regime and Cultural Vandalism

The Iranian regime has left a trail of destruction across the country, mainly targeting historical sites. One recent example is the Jobji historical site in Ramez, north of Ahwaz, which dates back to the Elamite era (3500 BC – 500 BC). Despite its historical importance, the regime demolished the site, erasing a significant piece of human history. Furthermore, in Ahwaz, the government has systematically destroyed numerous Elamite, Islamic, and contemporary sites, including castles, palaces, ancient homes, places of worship, bridges, markets, and cemeteries. This widespread destruction has resulted in a significant loss of cultural heritage.

Comparisons with Other Destructive Groups

While Iran’s regime has engaged in cultural vandalism, it is essential to recognize that it is not an isolated case. The Islamic State (ISIS) has infamously conducted deliberate destruction and theft of cultural heritage in Iraq, Syria, and Libya. Places of worship and ancient historical artifacts have been targeted, leaving irreversible damage to these regions. Similarly, the Taliban’s destruction of cultural heritage sites in Afghanistan, such as the Bamiyan Buddhas in 2001, showcases their disregard for history and cultural significance.

Motivations for Cultural Heritage Destruction

Throughout history, various motivations have driven the intentional destruction of cultural heritage. Economic factors, often linked to profit, have played a role. However, political causes were most prominent in ancient times, serving to assert dominance and erase rival cultures. In contemporary contexts, ideological differences and conflicts have fueled the destruction. Furthermore, strengthening bonds between groups with common enemies, as seen in Iran’s past collaboration with the Taliban despite ideological differences, can perpetuate destructive actions.

Impacts of Cultural Heritage Destruction

The destruction of cultural heritage has far-reaching and severe impacts on communities, particularly minority communities for whom these sites hold special significance. When cultural heritage is lost, communities lose access to their history, traditions, and spiritual practices. It disrupts their rights and abilities to practice their culture, religion, or spirituality, leading to a loss of identity and connection to their roots. The destruction extinguishes sources of history and erases the tangible evidence of a people’s existence.

Iran’s Regime in Comparison to ISIS and the Taliban

Intentionally targeting historical antiquities is not unique to Iran’s regime; it is a tactic shared by ISIS and the Taliban. While their ideological differences may be apparent, they all share a willingness to destroy cultural heritage to further their respective goals. Iran’s regime has collaborated with the Taliban, driven by their common enemy, the Islamic State Khorasan (ISK). This relationship suggests a shared disregard for cultural heritage.

The intentional destruction of cultural heritage is a global issue that has persisted throughout history. Iran’s regime, like ISIS and the Taliban, has contributed to this destruction by deliberately targeting historical antiquities. The severe impacts of such actions on communities, particularly minority groups, cannot be overstated. Cultural heritage plays a vital role in preserving history and identity; its destruction results in the loss of tangible connections to the past. Efforts to preserve and protect cultural heritage are crucial to safeguarding our shared human legacy for future generations.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Lions and Tigers and Bears, Oh My!

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 27, 2023

Right out of the box I want to give credit to Mike Adams, The Health Ranger, for the inspiration of this commentary.  I suggest that you all take the time to watch this short video of Mike.  For those of you who may not be aware, Mike has launched the new steaming network Brighteon where I have the honor of hosting a live show on Mondays at 11:00 am EDT.  There is NO CENSORSHIP on this network.

We are warned in God’s Word that “we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but principalities and powers…” and to be honest, most Christians do not have any idea what that truly means.  For the most part, we are taught in our churches that there is a Devil, the Adversary, and that he actively opposes the Will of God.

There really is a conspiracy going on in this world, but it is not the conspiracy that the media and their acolytes would like you to believe.  Psalm 2 describes them as “the Kings of this world” and that they “conspire against the Lord and His anointed…”  Read it for yourself here.   There is a conspiracy all right, and it is more than just a theory.  Satan and his minions work full time to undermine the authority of Jesus in this natural world.

The Devil and his team have three weapons than they are masters at wielding, LIES, DECEPTION, and FEAR, Oh My! Those are the weapons that he uses to DECEIVE the world.  The world consists of people.  Satan does deceive the globe…the world…but the PEOPLE of the world.  It is an on-going war launched in the Garden of Eden.

The war is for dominion, control, of the world.  The battleground is the mind.  Men are the target, and human souls are the prize.  Until we understand that truism, we will never understand the battlefield.  Jesus is the TRUTH and Satan is the Father of Lies.   You cannot serve both.

That is why it is called “spiritual warfare” because it is not a war of natural means.  The slogan of Satanism is As Above, So Below, meaning whoever controls the Spiritual realm controls the world.  The NATURAL world.  The one that human beings occupy.

The initial battle is over the thoughts of men.  That is why Jesus warned us to “take captive EVERY THOUGHT…”  All bad thinking leads to bad results.  Lies bring bondage and Truth brings freedom.  All behavior begins as a thought…

That’s why you have a conscience.  God gave it to us as bumpers in the ditch, the means to which we bounce back on track before yielding to some crazy thought.  Our conscience is our mental immune system…it protects us from the deception of the Wicked One.  Satan loves to destroy our conscience.  He does it by lying to us…planting thoughts in our mind…designed to run us into the ditches of life.

If you cannot control your thoughts, you will never control your actions.  Thoughts are the fuel that propel behavior.  “The Devil made me do it”, Flip Wilson used to say.  But even that is a half-truth.  The Devil TOLD you to do it…planted the thought.  YOU are the one who did it.

Jesus, and His Word, are the off-ramp of the highway to hell.

I pray you follow what you just read.  Some will get it…some will not.   I did my best to explain.

The Bible talks about having the “mind of Christ” which simply means that you can recognize Truth from deception.  You think like Jesus and are not so easily trapped by the “wiles of the Devil.”  Lies, deception, and fear, Oh My.  (Sorta reminds you of The Wizard of Oz, doesn’t it.)

One of the techniques of Satan and his minions is the casting of spells.  It is a real thing.  Just do a quick internet search and you will find a plethora of information on the common practice of spell casting by those who are connected to the occult.  The occult is real.  The Devil is real.  Spells are real.

Could it be that millions of Americans are under a spell…tied up in a mental prison?  Has there ever been a time in America when confusion has so reigned?  How has a formerly Christian nation lost our ability to recognize Truth?  Bruce Jenner is a woman?  Huh?  Masks protect against Covid? Huh?  Marriage is old fashioned.  Huh?  Can’t you see the foolishness of what people claim to believe?

Could it be that they are SPELLBOUND?  Wrapped up in a web of lies and deception, designed by the Evil One to keep individuals from recognizing and FOLLOWING the Truth?  Can’t you see it in the daily chants of the media pumped into the minds of men 24/7?

Russia, Russia, Russia…Covid, Covid, Covid…Tranny, Tranny, Tranny…Racist, Racist, Racist, Gay, Gay, Gay…Global Warming, Global Warming, Global Warming, Insurrection, Insurrection, Insurrection, Hate, Hate, Hate.  Be honest now…do you find yourself repeating the same chants?

Watch this 2 minutes of organized chanting.  All designed to cast a mental spell over the minds of the masses.  They call it programming for a reason.

Our food is fake, news is fake, science is fake, medicine is fake, actors are fake, politicians are fake, money is fake, churches are fake.

What is the solution?  Simple.  Jesus told us that “we shall know the Truth and the TRUTH shall make us free.”  There is no freedom in lies.  Lies lead to bondage.  Americans are hooked on lies.  They are the opposite of WOKE.  They are asleep in the lies…spellbound by deception,  incapable of recognizing and obeying the TRUTH.

Wanna be free America?  Only a return to knowing, speaking, teaching, and obeying the Truth will set us free from the spell that has been cast over the minds of the people in this nation.  Lies may make you feel better…for a while…but we all know what the road to hell is paved with, don’t we?

Republicans will not save this nation.  Democrats will not save us either.  As long as we are content with telling and teaching lies, we will never escape out of “the snare of the Devil”

Here is the good news.  Millions are awakening every day.  They are “casting down imaginations.”   Imaginations are images in the mind…planted by the Dark Army…warring against THE TRUTH.

Lions and tigers and bears are simply synonyms for lies, deception, and fear.  Our job is to SPEAK THE TRUTH.  It is the only thing that will overcome the spell that has been cast over America.

Pay attention to the man behind the curtain!

© 2023 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Chicoms to Rewrite the Bible

by Lee Duigon

July 27, 2023

The Chinese Communist Party has a ten-year-plan to completely rewrite the Bible. We are unable to confirm or refute reports that “devout Catholics” Joe Biden and Nancy Pelosi have already signed up to receive their copies.

There are several hundred millions of Christians in China, and Comrade Xi Jin-Ping wants to make sure they behave themselves. It’s still very much a minority, compared to the rest of China’s billions—but the Chicoms worry about minorities and would much rather there were no Christians at all in China.

The next best thing, as communists and Democrats (excuse the tautology) see it, is a counterfeit Christianity subservient to the state—obedient, compliant, and captivated by a bogus theology cooked up by The Party.

The Chicoms say the Bible is only Job One, they’re going to rewrite the holy books of several world religions. Well, that’ll show how serious the Muslims are about that jihad thing. It’s so much easier to impose false faiths on Christians.

Hey! Remember that 2016 presidential campaign, in which Hillary Clinton (D-Mordor) said “religious beliefs must change” to accommodate abortion? And then the New York Times said “religious beliefs must change” to accommodate same-sex parodies of marriage. And it was only months ago that “devout Catholic” Biden said “transgendered people” are “the soul of America.”

Comrade Xi, you’re racing neck-and-neck with our country’s Democrats. Who will be the first to turn the real Bible, as the Holy Spirit gave it to us, into a mere misty memory? “In 55 genders created He them—and it took all week!” “Render unto The Party that which is The Party’s, and unto God… nothing.” “Chairman Mao’s word is a lamp unto my feet.” And so on: you get the idea. Can you imagine the horror of a Book of Beto?

Western liberal homunculi have for years been denouncing the Bible as “hate speech” and calling for its ouster from the public square. But lately they seem to be crafting another tune to sing: the Bible, as we have received it down through the centuries, is wrong. “But not to worry—we can fix it!” All those so-called “laws” about whom (or what) you can have sex with, and whom (or what) you can’t—really, how could you have believed that for a minute? And by the way, there is no God. Our Bible tells us so!

It’s a showdown. Who are you gonna believe, God or The Party? Hint: God can’t pack you off to a forced labor camp—but The Party can. And will, if your mind’s not right. The COVID-19 lockdowns were only tyranny taking its warmups.

Oh, they’ll have to repeal or rewrite the Constitution, too, when all is said and done. But what price, socialist utopia?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, before we call get packed off to the gulag. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




The Voluptuousness of Living

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 27, 2023

You face multiple challenges in your life. Thank goodness for that opportunity. Utopian worlds only exist in novels by the likes of Aldous Huxley in Brave New World. If you recall that brilliant story, a couple enjoyed unlimited physical and emotional perfection. They worked faultless jobs for their intellectual inclinations. Did they love it? As time wore on, no, they didn’t enjoy their lives. Instead, they escaped out of the “bubble city of perfection” by running off into the wilderness. They wanted to “feel” their lives and explore their limits.

They chose to search for their food, their shelter and their well-being by being connected to the natural world.

The same applies today in our mechanized world of concrete and glass. As long as you live in America, you can do something with your life.

To be alive—is the first miracle and mystery. Next, you may choose to ­adapt, grow and renew yourself during your entire stay on this planet.

True, you may travel far and you may travel deep. You may­ travel in both dimensions—your mind or your body. In any case, ­you sometimes find that you did not know what you were looking for in your quest. ­That is the true sack of gold that awaits you, the far-traveler.

You possess such power within you. Publish it to ­your friends in your enthusiasm toward life. Search for a deeper ­well in your existence and drink beyond the confusion. That deeper well, is, simply, your inner spirit, a well that commonly endures noise, computer din, meaningless work, TV, and ­the fog of your own necessity to survive in this high speed­ world.

But you can access that well of expression by your letters, ­not by lamplight, but by key board and computer screen. You may pursue­ a craft, painting, macramé, fly making or anything creative that ­you share with others.

Your ongoing message passionately expresses the “Voluptuousness of living.” That means NOT to be so comfortable ­that living becomes too easy. That means not going from an air- conditioned house to a climate-controlled car to an office ­complex where everyone wears the same suits and thinks the same ­way as they claw their way up the corporate ladder with­ accompanying stress levels and ulcers. Too much comfort and success kill your spirit. You need to know the differences—because in the opposites, come perspectives and­ appreciation. You may avoid being a spectator. You can live at a­ vibrating tingle. Like a soaring eagle. Like a leaping gazelle. ­Like a grizzly grabbing a fish from the river. Like a north ­wind blowing. The results of that decision will become more apparent to you each succeeding year.

A bicycle parked on the side of a road next to a lake Description automatically generated

(Notice the couple canoeing across Lake Tenaya in the High Sierra of Yosemite National Park.)

Life sweeps along swiftly enough without spending precious ­hours and days on useless routine and inactivity—especially watching television. Whatever turns ­you on, chase it with a vengeance. No life-crisis for men and women who­ chase their passions. You enjoy seventy odd years to fulfill your­ life and you want to fill them with the voluptuousness of living. That particularly! Be aware of pain, of joy, of­ potential within yourself—become excited for every leaf on a tree as it flutters in the wind or watching a hawk rip down from ­the sky to grab a mouse or the delight of discovering a lady bug­ on your shoulder in early spring or gazing upon a starlit sky.

It leads you to a kind of rage, too, which is the blood sister­ of love—because the people of this world make it a charming, ­insane, exciting and confusing place. You must maintain the­ ability to deal with everyone, with your mind and spirit—at full­ bore. To see is to know and to know is to fall in love with ­living, breathing, throbbing life.

It’s out there for you to pursue as a man or woman and as a human­ being. May God bless your journey.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




IRS Whistleblower Hearings: Scabs on Full Display

By: Devvy

July 26, 2023

July 19, 2023 was quite a day.  Two IRS whistleblowers testified regarding the Biden crime family’s favorite son, Hunter, for the Oversight & Accountability Committee.  The cover-up by DOJ & FBI to protect career criminal, Joe Biden.  Under oath.  Under penalty of perjury.  Damning testimony the “legacy” media whores ignored that night on all the fake news channels.

These are some of the same Democrats who spewed a jabberwocky feast during the grotesque impeachment hearings against President Trump; they were pumped for the July 19th hearing.  This political theater was no different and just as disgusting.

Rep. Jamie Raskin (D-MD) is a particularly nasty piece of work.  He is a legend in his own mind and actually believes he’s smarter than everyone else.  Raskin never met a mirror he didn’t love.

Rep. Summer Lee (D-PA) was a Texas gully-washer about a two-tiered justice system and how we’re all racists.  Of course, her rant had nothing to do with Joe or Hunter Biden.  Video clip of that crybaby.

Rep. Maxwell Frost (D-FL) as a “Gen Z” freshman drove his own garbage truck and was damn proud.  Anyone who voted for Frost was either brain dead or drowning in Victimhood.  We know Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez destroyed blonde jokes.  Frost topped her.  If two sparks between Frost’s ears touched, he’d electrocute himself.  Here’s a video clip of his emesis.  Potty-mouthed FL ‘Gen Z’ Dem name drops George Floyd during IRS whistleblower hearing, July 20, 2023

Rep. Dan Goldman (D-NY) put his shoe in his mouth and choked.  Dumbo asked the wrong question and got roasted.  No deer in the headlights for old Dan.  He’s too stupid to realize he was eating crow pie on live TV.  Joe Biden hit hard in whistleblower hearing — by Democrat Dan Goldman

Rep. Cori Bush is a racist skank.  PERIOD.  Ugly inside, harpy outside.  A member of the crybaby “empowered women” of America ego-fests.  Me, me, me.  I am particularly disgusted by Bush as she’s a sterling example of someone of limited intelligence, zero class and has NO idea of her constitutional duties and restraints.

It’s unfortunate these hearings aren’t in ‘prime time’ slots on the boob tube.  Then their constituents can watch their U.S. House critter make fools of themselves.  The Founding Fathers and those who fought in the Revolutionary War must be looking down from above with tears in their eyes.

For too many Democrats it doesn’t matter.  You see, for them it’s all about protecting – not an illegitimate president with stage 1 Altzheimer’s – but the ideology the Democrat/Communist Party is swimming in:  Cultural Marxism.  That’s what Democrats in Congress and the majority of their voters are protecting – the unconstitutional destructive policies being shoved down our throats.

The big fat lie called climate change, promoting mutilation of children’s bodies, killing the unborn, glorifying sexual deviants, the degradation of women by promoting “drag queens”, open borders, endless “social justice” causes and programs.  That’s what they’re protecting and it doesn’t matter if it’s Joe Biden or Kamala ‘legs in the air’ Harris at the helm.

The two whistleblowers are taking enormous flack from “the left” but standing their ground.  Committee Chair, Rep. James Comer (R-KY) did a very good job as did the other Republicans who asked important questions of the whistleblowers.  What those two men had to say is more than damning, exposing the corrupted Federal Department of InJustice under court jester, Merritt Garland and dirty cop, Christopher Wray.

So, where is Jim Jordan?  How about China’s  *itch, Mitch McConnell?  Sort of like Simon & Garfunkel’s song, The Sound of Silence.  Except for Jim Jordan who seems to want to ignore a mountain of EVIDENCE:  Jim Jordan SELLS AMERICA OUT – What He’s Doing To Protect Biden Is SICK

More and more continues to come out and as horrifying as it is, Joe Biden must be impeached and removed from the WH.  I know, Ho Harris is just as big an embarrassment as Uncle Joe, but either the guilty are held accountable or we will continue to slide into a dictatorship or banana republic, take your pick.  America has weathered some big hurricanes and we can again.

Lest anyone think I’m a die hard Republican, think again.  I’ve been registered No Party since 1996 and in fact, was very vocal that George Bush, Sr., should be impeached over “Operation Just Cause” which was a slaughter of innocents.  We invaded Panama on Dec. 20, 1989, to overthrow drug lord, Manuel Noriega.  No declaration of war by Congress.  After holding up for 10 days inside the Vatican Embassy in Panama City, Noriega surrendered.

27,684 American troops, 300 aircraft; thousands of civilians were killed along with 23 of our own military.  We the People paid to rebuild destroyed neighborhoods and train loads of money to the families of the dead.  TRUTH:  Chained Together in Hell: Bush and Noriega

No doubt Noriega was human garbage.  Noriega was extradited, spent 20 years in a cage in Miami and then extradited back to Panama where he finally died.  The jury (a first in U.S. history to convict a foreign leader on criminal charges) found him guilty of racketeering, drug trafficking and money laundering.

The correct outcome. However, a sitting president has NO authority to simply invade another sovereign country and snatch their head of state (President or Prime Minister).  Think about it.  Yet, the herds cheered on Bush, Sr., because another dangerous drug lord was finally in captivity.  And since Biden stole the election and was installed in the WH, drugs killing Americans has been flowing across the border like a volcanic eruption.

So, no.  My loyalty is not to the Republican Party.  I’m an equal put the blame where it belongs regardless of party American.

Much more to come.  As I write this, Hunter’s long- time buddy and business partner, Devin Archer, has ducked appearing before the committee three times.  He was supposed to testify on July 26, 2023, but according to his attorney, that’s been pushed to next week.  Perhaps Archer is trying to make sure his life insurance and Will are all in order.

This is now all about Joe Biden.  The high crimes and misdemeanors happened while he was VP and the cover-up has continued since he was illegally sworn into office.  Watergate was a relatively ‘minor’ break-in for political gain.  Former president Richard Nixon resigned because Republicans – his own party – were going to impeach him.  Not so with the Democrat/Communist Party USA and Joe Biden.  I would also venture to say a number of RINO trash like Mitt Romney, Lisa Murkowski, Susan Collins, Mitch McConnell and a few others would side with Democrats.

The campfire is becoming a bon fire and the next week or so will be quite telling.  Nixon fell on his sword proclaiming his purity to the end.  Joe Biden has no connection with reality and you can be sure, the puppet masters are busy plotting right now how to remove him that will cause the least hurt to their agenda.

Everyone of the morally and ethically bankrupt Democrats above, including fellow liars like Debbie Wasserman-Schultz, Adam Schiff, Chuck Schumer, Jerry Nadler are best described as scabs lining the butt-crack of hyenas.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

If you didn’t have the opportunity to watch the hearing, you can catch it on C-SPAN.  It is well worth the time to watch the Q & A segments with the two whistleblowers.

C-SPAN Hearing

McCarthy: Biden case will ‘rise to impeachment’ as 16 Romanian payments allegedly went to ‘shell companies’, July 25, 2023

HUGE! Devon Archer to Testify Hunter Biden Put Then-VP Dad Joe on the Phone with Overseas Business Partners at Least 2 Dozen Times, July 24, 2023

BREAKING UPDATE: Zelensky Associate Was Present at Biden Bribery Meetings – Then Went to Work for President Zelensky Who Now Is Holding Blackmail Information Against Joe Biden (VIDEO), July 24, 2023

The award winning Panama Deception Documentary in full.

I would say if this is going to happen, timing-wise, the upcoming summer vacation for Congress would be ideal:  You Read It Here First: Joe Biden Will Step Down from Office After Sudden Medical Emergency Before Weak and Feckless Republicans Muster Up the Nerve to Impeach Him, July 23, 2023

Another putrid scab:  WATCH: Deranged Democrat Throws a Childish Tantrum During Whistleblower Hearing (Video)

Report: Major Democrat Donor Bought Hunter’s Art, Named to Prestigious Commission by Joe Biden, July 25, 2023

FBI Told David Weiss It Partially Corroborated Biden Bribery Allegations, July 24, 2023

Yep.  The Outlaw Congress will soon leave for their yearly vacation (July 29 – Sept. 12); each paid $14,500 a month in salary.  Majority “leaders” are paid $193,400 annually or $16,116 per month.

Kash Patel Is Right – Congress Must Impeach Wray and Garland This Week – Or Recess Kicks In Until September, July 24, 2023




Wretched Way Out Weirdness and A Woke Color Agenda

By Sidney Secular

July 26, 2023

Color revolutions, a relatively new phenomenon, can be defined as mainly non-violent mass protests and civil unrest aimed at removing leaders and ruling political parties from power in those nations not yet subservient to the whims and wishes of the hegemonic ruling Western elite. This is usually accomplished by resignations of leaders under pressure or, in the alternative, corrupted elections. The CIA and other allied undercover subversive intelligence agencies usually lead these efforts with the lapdog media in tow. Media propaganda and dissident  factions lead the charge by charging up the crowds on the desired “side.”

The term “color” associated with a particular disturbance derives from the colors of the flags and banners waved by the agitators whose presence en masse makes for colorful and memorable media coverage. The concept itself falls under the heading of Fourth Generation Warfare in which the citizens are weaponized rather than utilizing the military. One such successful revolution was the “Euromaidan Revolution” in Ukraine in 2014 which caused the overthrow of the pro-Russian President Viktor Yanukovych. This singular event was the primary trigger for the current Russian invasion of Ukraine.

Past color revolutions pale in comparison to the importance of the destructive and all-encompassing color revolution now taking place in the Western nations in the form of the “Pride” movement that began as a broad and leaderless crusade focused on LGBT issues. However, it has evolved into a movement consolidating all the “WOKE” issues under its “rainbow” banner for the purpose of political destabilization and the cultural makeover of the West. This “makeover” encompasses all the currently in vogue WOKE issues represented by Antifa, BLM, the critical and critical race theories, DEI, the cancel culture, book banning, destruction of cultural icons, unrestricted immigration, climate change, and all the current thrusts against the established order, i.e. civilization itself.

The banner of this “revolution” is a multicolored, multicultural rainbow “flag” recently displayed front and center at the White House, together with a spectrum of rainbow colors flashed on “the People’s House” at Christmas.  This “rainbow display” has evolved into a political emblem, rallying symbol, and a totem of religious and cult worship. As has been done in past military battles, the rainbow flag is displayed by the flag carriers at the head of the forces leading the assault on Western civilization with the infantile infantry, useful idiots and the usual dolts in tow. Pride activists are rebels without any remaining cause as there are no rights under the law in the West that gay and trans people don’t already have –  except the rights to destroy any who disagree with them and they are rapidly gaining those as well!

So what is the whining and rage all about? What do they want now that they have equal – or more than equal rights? They want forced control and domination by their abomination and the equivalent of celebrity status in order to lord it over the straights. All the power centers of our society have by now been conquered by this mindless mindset and they have the wherewithal to inject incredible amounts of funding into woke projects. All the excess funds of the top 1% to 2% now can be used for the moguls to virtue signal their funding of favored foundations and their favored tools of tyranny.

A large percentage of the LGBT devout have no children and will never have them. So, the only way to continue their cult is to hijack the minds and bodies of other people’s children. If you can turn society’s children into soldiers for the cause, it is very difficult for the leadership of that society to resist. The unnatural inclination of today’s wimpy adults is to bend to the whims of their children, not to lead but to plead for their indulgence. The problem is that today’s kids are not only increasingly ignorant and inexperienced, but also misinformed, propagandized and bullied. When you add to this situation the fact that they are also pushy and spoiled and frequently “spoiling” for a fight against parents and other knowledgeable adults, the results are both obvious and tragic. Our children are easily manipulated by the groomers and the result of all of the above is the fact that they are being used for fashionable but foul purposes. The public schools have governance of them for half the day and can –  and do! – indoctrinate them over and over in a series of supposedly “academic” courses. An unappreciated or under-appreciated undertow and the true endgame of the LGBT gender-bender agenda is to make the West infertile. If identity and biology are subjective and a matter of perception, then a moral compass is a social construct, and right and wrong becomes nothing more subjective guidelines differing according to the agenda involved. This facilitates the adoption of double standards where the law is twisted to favor Leftists and their subject minority groups. The Pride color revolution is a psy-op that can only lead to deconstruction of the West if it is not stopped in its tracks – and it is already very far along in its movement on those tracks!

The long germinating and degenerative impulses begun during the Enlightenment have culminated in a series of left wing revolutionary activities in Europe begun in the 1840s that were put down at that time but burst upon the scene again with a blast in the Russian Revolution of 1917. At that time an entire empire – the Russian Empire – came under the power of a Jewish globalist mindset that then festered in the West guided by the subversive activities of the Frankfurt School centered at Columbia University in New York City. This “infection” then spread to liberal oriented schools around the country and has since transmogrified into the educational establishment of today. One aspect of this insurrectionist activity was the movement towards heterogeneous societies and the realization of that concept with the acceptance and advancement of the ethos of multiculturalism. Conservatives, always following one step behind the libber trend, countered with the concept of “civic nationalism” which glossed over significant differences between the various races and religions with their different forms of acceptable behavior and standards. Naturally incompatible, competing and antagonistic entities were urged and expected to tolerate and get along with one another and the pious platitudes about constitutional government, freedom, and liberty were expected to be the solvent that kept everything running smoothly and solved disagreements. We were expected to grin and bear it, if, as time went on, only barely.

However, man is a not a solitary animal; we are more wolf than tiger. We live in tribes and clans and other societies, and by nature we prefer our own group, all things being equal. From mate to family, to clan, to tribe, to ethnic group (an extension of tribe) and building out to ethnic-based nation (not the artificial political state), the individual naturally identifies with a group with similar behaviors, physical features, proclivities, interests, goals, ideologies and, perhaps most important, histories! This is why the globalists wage a constant war on history itself as it tends to justify and validate our need to be “different.” But modern and confused Western religious groups having lost the understanding of the universality of the salvation of mankind by the sacrifice of God’s Son, Jesus Christ, today presents an erroneous understanding of the “brotherhood of man” and, in so doing, introduces split loyalties, crossed interests, and confusion. Of course, this results in mixed up people who see such acts as miscegenation as a means of removing all identifying differences among people. Thus, we men lose our individual and distinctive natures, becoming an amorphous mass amenable to the centralized power of New World Order authoritarianism. On the other hand, true Christianity advocates the inclusion of all men into Her Church without ignoring or negating our fundamental differences, but merely making them subservient to the service of a God Who claims love for all mankind. As God, He who has no “tribe” or “group,” and is therefore able to declare love for all of mankind without fear or favor; that is, He makes no demand that we all become “alike,” or “the same.” Thus the demand of globalists for an end to our natural differences becomes immediately suspect. It more than strongly suggests that these “globalists” do not seek our benefit but merely our obedience to their and not God’s will! And as God’s will is always for our good, this new “object of worship” (or rather, the old “object of worship!) is contrary to humanity’s benefit.

With leadership and reverential support from “reverends” of all currently suspect “religious denominations,” in the name of secularly worshipped “civil rights,” today legislation has all but abrogated the rights of individuals and communities, allowing federal judges and “boorocrats” to dictate: [1] how many low income (the government code for minority occupied) domiciles must be built or created in a community and [2] how many children of color must be brought into an established community or, in the alternative, how many “majority” children must be bussed away to create an artificial blend of incompatible elements. This legal population rearranging abrogates the individual’s ability to choose where and with whom he wants to live because government-created quotas invariably trump both individual liberty and quality of life. Added to this loss of freedom, people must now be extra careful in their choice of words, and especially the pronouns one uses for the permanently offended and those who willingly and knowingly reject reality itself, lest we be accused of “hate speech” an actual crime in many people’s minds and even in many of our present laws.

Meanwhile, media messaging induces psychological trauma through gaslighting and cognitive dissonance with white guilt gaming and blaming being the current weapons of choice. Communities disintegrate in the name of integration while liberal blacks now reject that same integration and demand a return to segregation, the only difference being that whites thus separated now must become the inferior party. Yet the fact is that ethnocentric and coherent systems of belief support the stability of a society and when these are removed there is what we have today –  chaos. Purely putative political postulations without consideration of cultural context produce opposing posturing, discordance and dissent, and thus disable communication in the public square. Commonly accepted belief systems and cultural myths provide emotional strength and comfort, fortifying the people to face sorrow, accept pain and to enjoy an essential social cohesion. Unique self-expressions within unique cultures allow the culture to grow in its particularly unique manner. Group altruism, a natural feature of socio-biological systems and useful for the survival of any homogeneous group is now forcefully focused on other cultures and peoples rejecting the biological brother. The future development of the quality of life of the peoples of the Western countries –  together with their flora and fauna as well – are threatened qualitatively and quantitatively by the rampant use of non-Western immigration – illegal and legal – a situation promoted by pseudo-Christian universalist dogma and the globalist establishment with the power of its media mouthpieces. These bar any criticism or attempts to undo this war on nationalism with the claims of “racisim” and xenophobia. Vague feelings of collective racial guilt from the critical race theory programming and the “Holocaustianity” religion pervade the cultural atmosphere. As a result, there arises a sort of apathetic masochism in which people will not defend or promote either their own people or their own interests, a matter that “greases the skids” for demographic replacement.

Once the culture mulchers get their foot in the door or inside the tent, it quickly all tends to go to hell as the invasion builds from innocuous and supposedly innocent beginnings to mind boggling, D-Day style levels. Let us look at “once-Great” Britain: few could have foreseen what would follow in the wake of the trickle of the relatively well-educated West Indians and Asians from the former British colonies into Britain itself that began in 1945. White Brits are already in the minority in the 1,976 year old city of London. Now the globalists have the audacity to say the British Isles have always been multiracial and they are getting away with it. It’s reaching the point at which many Brits regard their culture as worthless as they follow the insane fallacies of deconstructionism, moral relativism, pluralism, equality and Afrocentrism and all the modern “isms” that have been utilized to create and sustain actual schisms. The Brits now have voting ballots in 5 languages vice the 2 and sometimes 3 (and counting) we now have to put up with in the USA. Famously –  now infamous – British political leader Enoch Powell warned of the incoming flood in 1968 but he was ridiculed and vilified and his name was made anathema. The churches in England may be emptying, but not before their ersatz “reverends” have made people vulnerable to the paralytic sickness of pseudo-guilt. William Bennett, prominent conservative spokesman of the Reagan era was a typical civic nationalist who proclaimed that all we want are safe streets, good schools, strong families and a non-intrusive government. This ersatz leader put the cart before the horse. The only way to guarantee such outcomes is to have homogeneous neighborhoods with a common culture that existed “back in the day” as they say. The only way the native folk and their ways can be preserved is to avoid the dilution arising from foreign pollution.

In the US, it is ridiculous to believe a universalist creed and the Constitution is all you need to retain what guarantees the survival of our country! Conservatives need to get some horse sense instead of horsing around with attacks on other less perfect conservatives. The concept of E. Pluribus Unum was never intended to apply to anyone not part of Western Civilization (Europe) and once this concept was deliberately abandoned in 1965, the floodgates were opened and everything started going downhill. The “melting pot” – a false flag concept created by Israel Zangwell in his play of that name introduced in 1908 – could never absorb all those new diverse and perverse ingredients created by open borders and targeted immigration. The true and best way to create the desired culture lies between the exaggerated rugged individualism of classic capitalism and the situation in which the charitable – Christian – impulse fights against the utopian conceptions of the socialist and communist promise of a utopia while delivering hell itself. Civic virtue and volunteerism used to be so common that we didn’t have to rely on welfare schemes like social security. The welfare and viability of the community as a social entity has degraded and was eventually destroyed when cultural as well as national foreigners were allowed to partake of our generosity without contributing to our national needs or sharing our cultural values or even being forced to use our language. Today we have everything in more languages than developed during the era of the Tower of Babel.

Over the last 50 years or so, “legistraitors”  and socially active jurists have “progressively” restricted long-guaranteed freedoms in the name of “social justice.” This unconstitutional, illegal and immoral tyranny has stunted the ability of Americans to openly hold –  never mind demonstrate and celebrate! – our common affections and traditions, and, worse, to openly express our opinions either in speech or writing. People who are “outsiders” whether socially, culturally or economically – that is, non-Americans living among us – destroy our homogeneous communities because those same communities have, by government decree, provided subsidized housing and zoning modified to allow for more crowding in already urbanized neighborhoods and thus does the polyglot rot spread to new areas. Social interactions and civic participation designed to diminish these circumstances are often put forth as illegal on the basis of “civil rights.” Employers and admissions officers for public institutions are increasingly hamstrung by ethnic and gender quotas and goals, culminating in the current “diversity, equity, and inclusion” madness that results in accepting candidates of lesser and even poor quality in order to meet the “diversity guidelines”– also known as dictates. Educators must balance or choose between ethnic histories and studies, politically correct versions of history, and the true Western tradition originally found in America’s schools, to the point at which actual history as an academic track or subject is disappearing to avoid hurting feelings or stepping on toes – or more accurately, to fulfill the New World Order agenda. Western history is incoherent to most foreigners anyway and when you add the fact that the true history of Western civilization removes all the excuses non-Westerners use to explain their own failings, well, real history has got to go! What is taught winds up undermining Western values, criticizing Western accomplishments, and attacking the established order, producing an ongoing malaise, anomie, lack of spirit and direction, and eventually nihilism.

Social services are increasingly attuned to the needs of those hostile to America including immigrants, refugees, and non-English speakers who continually, over time, constitute an ever-larger segment of our society. Language differences and  difficulties are “accentuated” by trying to communicate with those that reject the nation’s language, insisting upon the language of their native country. This greatly hinders the resolution of problems with the delivery of products and services. The huge economic cost requiring an army of translators for an ever increasing number of languages and dialects is not commonly addressed for fear of  those doing so being labeled xenophobic. English is treated as a “choice” rather than a necessity and in many cities especially, it has become a secondary tongue, and actually is taught as a second language! Worse, this situation frequently occurs in areas where the use of English should be mandatory as, for example, in the practice of official government business. There are communities in the United States so overtaken by foreign language speakers that English is not to be found at all and native Americans can find themselves as cut off from their own culture as they would were they in Istanbul or Peking. This completely unnecessary situation results in conflict, confusion and the acceptance of inferior service along with feelings of injustice both warranted (by Americans) or unwarranted (by foreign speakers). Of course, such unwarranted “feelings” are the result of trumped up trifles forced upon native Americans by our elite rulers and their global and egalitarian dogmas.

True believers having a total lack of  any actual “true belief,” control our media, our institutions, and the founts of money for the fronts labeled “foundations,” all of which dominate our discourse from the last four decades of the 20th Century up to the present time. During this period anti-poverty programs have only produced more poverty because efforts to manipulate people’s finances never work but especially in these cases, based as they are on equalitarian dogma. The equalitarians reveled in the reality of the so-called “generation gap” prominent in the late 1950s and 1960s. Prominent anthropologist and apologist for the generation –  and every other kind of – gap, Margaret Mead told a group of young intellectuals at a meeting of the American Academy for the Advancement of Science that “there is nothing that your parents’ generation can teach you that is of any use to you” — so much for the value of tradition and the wisdom acquired during the maturation process. It must be remembered that the Chinese, hardly a scatter-brained race, always respected the old because they were old and therefore experienced in the vagaries of life!

Then there was the unisex movement which devolved into today’s gender-bender horrific and nightmarish subculture. A corollary of all of this is that a family consisting of male and female parents, with any extended family, is superfluous because the roles males and females fulfill in the family structure – the bedrock of civilization! –  are not only interchangeable  but represent an obsolete and repressive system. Heredity has been dismissed as have the differences between gender physiology, physiognomy, thought and behavior with the role of the environment elevated to having the most important impact in human development. We have been told that “nurture” rather than “nature” makes all the difference and that you could take a cave man and with proper care produce a Shakespeare. Thus, the genetic differences between races became superficial, inconsequential, and in fact, “social constructs.” As a result, the “human race” finds itself in a race to the bottom of the biological ladder.

An earlier result of the rethinking of reality with regards to humanity was that Earl Warren and his copycat comrades on the Supreme Court were able to insert revolutionary concepts into the Constitution without altering its revered text while we, as the People, just didn’t really understand what the now “living” Constitution meant, or at least meant now! The Constitution that had held sway over our institutions for 175 years was no more, thus allowing the Justices to revise every possible concept including liberty and freedom. So, in accord with the new dispensation, the Roman Catholic Bishop of the United States at the Ecumenical Council in Rome in 1963 pressed for and obtained adoption of a document stating that the proven qualitative differences between the races are to be ignored as contrary to the Church’s fundamental beliefs — and the leaders of the other Christian denominations adopted similar resolutions. After all, it all sounded so “Christian!”

Thus, the Church as well rejected reality in order to go with the flow while science itself was captured by the Left, enraptured with the new libber lunacy, rejecting fact and reality in order to embrace new agendas. Unsurprisingly, in 1969, the National Academy of Sciences declined to study the hereditary aspects of human quality stating that the conduct of such research would tend to heighten current social tensions to a very destructive degree. The fact that a necessary look at reality was “trumped” by the fact that that look might produce hurt feelings and more serious consequences apparently no longer mattered. As a result of this lack of intellectual backbone, everyone became in sync with the new sick conformity. The findings of E. O. Wilson in his book, “Sociobiology” published in 1975 were widely lambasted. Sociobiology is defined as the scientific study of the biological aspects of social behavior in animals. It brings up the overweening importance of heredity and the uncomfortable realities of race. A radical leftie dumped a pitcher of water on Wilson’s head at a scientific conference that year while shouting, “You’re all wet” but Wilson went on to have a storied career in telling the story of how biology governs behavior. For you cannot undo reality with ridicule or produce fact via fads.

But the left can’t tolerate any debate or disagreement on their politicized science –  or anything else, for that matter! They get both passionate and very disagreeable when any subject is broached by those who refuse to embrace their agenda. The mounting suppression of research together with the repression and victimization of researchers was examined by the late Roger Pearson in his book, “Race, Intelligence, and Bias in Academe”. The Orwellian state of the repression of unpopular ideas has only intensified over the last several decades until the point at which it has swerved into the field of law with actual crimes centered on undesired intellectual responses. It has reached a fevered pitch in many subjects, but none more brutal than what has been occasioned by the vaxxes associated with the COVID-19 catastrophe. The concept of the “global village”, is a harmless sounding metaphor for one huge agglomeration of controlled humans on a massive global plantation, something that is diametric to the very concept of a village. In such a “village”, there are no differences be they of color, race, or ethnicity and few, if any, hereditary differences in intelligence. Life is bland and as meaningless as the robotic, disposable people that inhabit it.  Everyone has a number like a tool or an inmate, and everything is reduced to mere numbers directing endless agendas, each more stultifying and soulless than the last. All the  differences, improvements and refinements crafted by nature and man’s intellect and talent over time as created by Nature’s God have been lost through mass miscegenation and chemical and spiritual assaults on mankind’s body and soul. Any remaining distinctions between individuals and groups will be blotted out, condemned as residues of social injustice while free inquiry and free expressions of views will cease. We are not quite at that point now, but at present they still have to pass through the meat grinder of government pre-approval.

The US was a leader in the adaptation of natural improvement using eugenics policies in the first half of the 20th Century when individual distinctions were appreciated. Our domesticated animal and plant varieties were established through a process of selection for quality and a lack of genetic issues. Sometimes, this desire for “improvement” led to a misuse of the understanding of better genes when we stopped thinking of ourselves and our fellow men as children of God and began to worship the World whose demands were at once both far less and far more than the demands of God our Father. We used eugenics to make our fellow man into just another animal and this has led to an omnipresent cognitive dissonance, creating a type of tunnel vision that demands not so much what is “better” but that which is “equal” even though equality itself in living things cannot be achieved. We have broken the cycle of improvement whether of our lives or our environment though we cover our sins against nature in the garb of Gaia-worship. But, in fact, because we couldn’t appreciate what was good and right in our fellow humans, preferring instead to create idols of chaos, we as a species are in the process of going down the tubes.

We also became accustomed to the concept of “the power of positive thinking” beginning with the writings of Dr. Norman Vincent Peale, and subsequently through the apostles and proponents of positive pop psychology such as Dr. Wayne Dyer as presented through TV programs and pulp paperbacks. But conversely, what about the power of negative thinking to produce physical and mental disease and disorder? Feeling hostile and depressed also shortens and reduces the quality of life. Popular movies and videos that consistently promote mindless violence, sexual perversion, and corrupted values have a pronounced negative effect on people’s outlooks, actions, and social interactions. There are over 700 studies on TV violence alone that show that the vile visuals presented there have a direct and major causal connection to our actual behavior. Could this be a factor in explaining much of the aberrant and increasingly violent behavior of the denizens not only of our urban ghettos but even many of our middle class youths? Bad black behavior is easily triggered by perceived slights and they have obtained the means by which to readily act on their impulses as they totally lack any interior moral “brakes.”

Of course, the media are experts in this tactic and repeated images of violence as seen from the Rodney King case made people angrier every time they viewed them, even years after the event. The media are experts in stoking racial animus by constantly harping on the manufactured meme of “hate crimes,” a matter that actually ignores the rampant nature of such crimes when the victim-perpetrator doesn’t meet the desired narrative! In order to correct that condition, there is a constant steam of fictionalized stories and scenarios together with concocted mini-dramas promoting contrived stories of oppression and discrimination suffered by the envy-ridden and insufferable minorities. And what about the repeated presentations of “The Holocaust” featured in literally thousands of books, movies and TV programs with the underlying negative theme of “never forgive and never forget” especially when the “victims” are purported to be the Jews. Kids are force fed this propaganda when they are forced by a Jewish run educational system to visit Holocaust museums. This unending propaganda produces pronounced negative feelings against the supposed “criminals” in all exposed to it. It fires up phony charges and campaigns against alleged “anti-Semites”, especially used to shelter Israel and Zionists from their bad behaviors (see Mossad agent Jeffrey Epstein). We need to liberate ourselves from the self-flagellation occasioned by the continuous guilt-inducing propaganda foisted upon us. However, this is unlikely to happen as the entire purpose for this propaganda is to intensify racial, ethnic and religious conflict and foster general discontent.

Generally speaking, much of the unhappiness, dysfunction, retarded development and discontent is the result of forcibly mixing groups in carefully created toxic situations. There is nothing wrong with small amounts of such “mixing” when the conditions allow but what is happening here is neither benign nor accidental. It is an intentional strategy to bring about the breakdown of the social order. One of the findings of socio-biological studies is that when more than one group of relatively equal sizes occupies a limited physical space, they do not simply “co-exist” but rather they compete for domination. This is as natural in the human world as in the natural world and it is the critical problem that if not alleviated will put America in the grave.

Please consider supporting my writing on Patreon.com.

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




A Lesson From Tbilisi As How To Stop The Criminal Sodomite Agenda

By Bradlee Dean

July 26, 2023

“Keep my commandments, and live; and my law as the apple of thine eye.” -Proverbs 7:2

We all know that American law is predicated upon Common Law, God’s Torah.  We also all know in this country that sodomy is against God’s law.  Furthermore, He calls it an abomination (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13).  The whole agenda is premised upon man-boy sex, and this is something that no one can deny (Luke 17:2).

Watch the beginning of the video below.

What Americans tolerate, foreign countries are not tolerating.  Apparently, too many people in this country have forgotten from where they have come (Jeremiah 6:16).

In Tbilisi Georgia (Georgia is a country in the Caucasus region, on the coast of the Black Sea. Sometimes considered a transcontinental country, it is located at the intersection of Eastern Europe and Western Asia, and is today generally regarded as part of Europe), the Orthodox Church rose up in opposition by protesting these sodomites.

Interesting, is it not, that while they put a stop to the crimes there in that country, the American pulpits (Over 300,000) remain silent in standing up for their own children in their own.  This is a lack of Christianity.

How the American people have let this country go is ungrateful, reproachful, shameful, and despicable, to say the least.

The video below says enough for all the world to understand what the purpose of the Church is on this earth (Ephesians 5:11).  “Keep my commandments, and live; and my law as the apple of thine eye” (Hosea 4:6; Proverbs 7:2).

Enough said.

Click on this link and see the protests.

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Vaccines, SV40 and the Cancer Epidemic

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 25, 2023

Spike is the most pathogenic protein in history. Damages: 1) heart 2) brain 3) causes blood clots 4) VITT MISC, and now is found to have the potential to cause cancer years after the shots by S2 inhibiting p53/BRCA and introducing cDNA/SV-40 to the human body. Couldn’t be worse!  —Dr. Peter McCullough

If all the insects were to disappear from the earth, within 50 years all life on earth would end.  If all human beings disappeared from the earth, within 50 years all forms of life would flourish.  —Jonas Salk, Developer of one of the first polio vaccines.

The (Covid) shots promote cancer through SV40 and they inhibit our ability to fight cancer by suppressing the tumor suppressor system. —Dr. Peter McCullough

There are more instances of the abridgment of the freedom of the people by gradual and silent encroachments of those in power than by violent and sudden usurpations.  —President James Madison

If everybody is thinking alike, then somebody isn’t thinking. —George S. Patton

Before exposing additional horrors of the Sars-CoV-2 injections, I need to clarify a section of my last article.  Mainstream and some alt-right media claim Tim Ballard is promoting chipping of children.  I asked a friend of mine who has met with Tim if he is for chipping children, and Tim said, “Absolutely not. We try to think of everything we can to protect them, but we don’t want the government involved.” Lies, lies and more lies to discredit Tim Ballard’s work, Sound of Freedom and the truth of human trafficking and the global slave trade.

Actor Jim Caviezel responded to the legion of leftist attacks on the movie, “They’re scared. Quaking in their boots. And it’s because the public are listening to their hearts, which is what this film tells you to do. When there is evil, real evil in the world, and when love is in your heart, boy, evil is just a coward to God.”

Demons hate the light of truth.

Simian Virus 40

SV40 is a monkey virus which stands for “Simian Vacuolating Virus 40” and was found to have contaminated some of the cells that the virus was grown in, specifically kidney cells derived from Asian rhesus monkeys.

The polio vaccine administered from 1955–1963 was contaminated with this virus essentially exposing 100 million people.  Most, but not all, of the contamination was in the inactivated polio vaccine (IPV).  SV40 is a known oncogenic DNA virus which induces primary brain and bone cancers, malignant mesothelioma, and lymphomas in laboratory animals. Persuasive evidence now indicates that SV40 is causing infections in humans today and represents an emerging pathogen.  SV40 causes cancer in two ways. First, SV40 promotes cancer cells. Second, it suppresses the body’s natural defenses to cancer.

Microbiologist Kevin McKernan, a former researcher and team leader for the MIT Human Genome project, has discovered massive DNA contamination in the mRNA COVID shots, including simian virus 40 (SV40) promoters.  Dr. Sucharit Bhakdi explains in this video.

On his Substack page, researcher McKernan explains exactly how other scientists and labs can rapidly and inexpensively reproduce his investigation, and assess the contamination of covid shots for themselves. He’s urging other researchers to check his work.

Peter McCullough M.D. tells us, “Besides variation in the amount of messenger RNA in it (COVID shots), there’s contamination with cDNA. These are little fragments of DNA that come off the manufacturing process. And one of them is SV40. SV40 is a known cancer-promoting segment of DNA. And yes, they’re in the shots. SV40 turns on cancer genes in the body.  To make matters worse, the Spike Protein, the S2 segment, in a paper from University of Pittsburgh by Singh and colleagues, it impairs the tumor suppressor systems P53 and BRCA.” Link

Dr. McCullough is not the only doctor sounding the alarm on soaring cancer rates. Idaho pathologist Dr. Ryan Cole has observed, along with his colleagues, cancers taking off and coming back “like wildfire” even in younger people.

Dissident physicians and scientists have told us that the C-19 injections inhibit the immune system which would leave us ripe for other diseases or infections, but now they’ve learned that the cancer-causing polio vaccine contaminate, SV40, is also in the Sars-CoV-2 “vaccines” adding an extra negative bonus.

Government officials and Pharma executives continue to deny any link between the admittedly-contaminated polio vaccines and the SV40 gene later popping up in people who never even got those jabs, and there have been several studies going back and forth.  Yet, it is a proven fact that SV40 causes soft tissue cancers.

Polio Vaccine Contamination

Most Americans do not remember what a horror the polio epidemic was upon America.  In the early 1950s, over 33,000 Americans were crippled or slowly died terrible deaths from polio each year.  It was a virus spread casually that infected the lining of the intestines, then the blood stream, and finally the nervous system where it destroyed the victim’s brain stem.  The search for a polio vaccine became a national scientific effort supported by very powerful political forces.  As a virus, it did not respond to antibiotics as bacteria do, so a vaccine was needed to stop the crippling and killing.

American scientist Jonas Salk came forward with a new idea to eliminate all three strains of polio.  He would grow the live virus in a lab and then kill the virus and inject the dead virus into children.  Being dead, they could not produce, but would create antibodies against the virus.  Thus, the immune system would be armed against polio.

Safety Testing

Bernice Eddy was a bacteriologist at the National Institute of Health (NIH) and was told to safety-test the new vaccine.  What she found was that the virus in the vaccine was not dead but still alive and able to breed.  When she tried it on her monkeys, they were paralyzed.  She sent pictures and warned the NIH.

Several prominent physicians stepped into the fray to state the vaccine was safe.  One of these doctors was Dr. Alton Ochsner who was Dr. Mary Sherman’s boss.  To demonstrate his faith in the vaccine, Dr. Ochsner inoculated his own grandchildren with it.  The mass inoculation proceeded on schedule and within days children fell sick from polio, some crippled, others dying.  Ochsner’s grandson died of polio and his granddaughter was crippled with it.  The director of the NIH resigned; the Secretary of Health resigned. It was a huge failure by public health.

A second, safer vaccine was later developed and deployed by Albert Sabin and it used a weakened live virus.  Everyone thought this would be safe.  Bernice Eddy was removed from the polio studies, despite the fact that she was the one who warned them prior to the fiasco.  She was transferred to the influenza section where she met Sarah Stewart who proved that some cancers were caused by viruses as well as discovery of DNA recombination, which is a powerful tool in medical research today.

In 1957, Stewart and Eddy discovered the polyoma virus, which produced several types of cancer in a variety of small mammals.  Polyoma proved that some cancers were caused by viruses.  This started the study of cancer virology.  This same polyoma virus acted very much like and is, Simian Virus # 40, a monkey virus that caused cancer.

The polio vaccine’s manufacturers had grown their polio viruses on the kidneys of monkeys.  When they removed the polio virus from the monkeys’ kidneys, they received a number of the monkeys’ unknown viruses.  Eddy was afraid they’d inoculated an entire generation of Americans with cancer-causing monkey viruses.

She was right, and in October of 1960 gave a talk to the New York Cancer Society saying they had found the polio vaccine was infected with cancer causing viruses, SV40.  From 1954 to 1963, almost every dose of polio vaccine produced in the world was given to 98 million Americans and was contaminated with the cancer-causing virus from the monkey kidneys used to develop the vaccine.

Instead of sounding the alarm, the NIH took away her lab and destroyed Eddy’s career. Studies were repeatedly dismissed by federal health officials, so no warning was given to consumers.  Other researchers found the same thing, albeit SV-40 did not cause cancer in the host (the monkeys), but what about a primate who had not been exposed to it previously?  When clean African monkeys were infected with SV-40, all of them developed cancer.  The political insiders already knew this, but had not announced it.

The public was not told. Sound familiar?

In 1961 one of Eddy’s co-workers published a paper that stated the polio vaccine was contaminated with live SV-40.  A couple of very back page articles appeared in the New York Times with a mention of a possibility of cancer in the vaccine.  None of the Salk or Sabin vaccines that were contaminated with SV-40 were recalled.  They sat on shelves and were used until they were gone.

Coverup

But back to Dr. Mary Sherman who worked for Dr. Ochsner.  Mary Sherman died on 21st July 1964.  She had been stabbed in the heart, arm, leg and stomach.  Her mattress had been set on fire, but her massive burns could not have come from the smoking mattress.  The crime has never been solved.

She had been involved with a group of physicians to create a protocol to induce metastatic cancer into humans. It was in New Orleans where “The Project” was being developed.  Prisoners were their subjects, and died shortly after being injected.

When Judyth Baker, a young college student, objected to Dr. Ochsner’s injection of a disease-causing material into an unwitting subject, she was fired.  She and her husband left for Florida, and this probably saved her life.

However, the real story of what killed Mary Sherman can be found here.  She died in her lab, working on secret projects when something with the machinery went terribly wrong.  She may have been working on the weaponized virus, perhaps to make it so strong that the radiation overdose would not be necessary for successful carcinoma implantation.  Or perhaps she was working on the still hush-hush project to create a vaccine for wild-strain SV-40 infection, the dangers of which were being downplayed to the public by the NIH.

Nevertheless, she was so damaged that someone put a knife in her chest to kill her and her body was moved, perhaps for national security.

Edward Haslam published Dr. Mary’s Monkey, in 2007 and argues that Dr. Alton Ochsner organized “one of the 159 covert research centers which the CIA had admitted to setting up.”

Haslam believes that Ochsner recruited the brilliant researcher and physician, Mary Sherman, to run the research operation.  The project was set up 23 March 1962, and Dr. Sherman was allegedly involved in carrying out secret research into developing a vaccine to prevent an epidemic of soft-tissue cancers caused by polio vaccines contaminated with SV40.

The SV40 Cancer Epidemic

Dr. Eddy’s forecasted epidemic has come true.  In a 1994 article published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, the front page of USA Today stated, “Baby boomers are much more likely to get cancer than their grandparents were at the same age.”  They even stated that men born between 1948 and 1957 have three times as much cancer as those born in the late 1800s.

These affected Americans are the baby boomers who were inoculated with the polio vaccine.  The polio epidemic caused 33,000 cases a year at its height.  Compare that to the number of cancer cases in 1994, 182,000 new cases of breast cancer, 200,000 new cases of prostate cancer, and 500,000 new cases of lung cancer.  The increase in any one of these diseases in the years since 1985, when baby boomers who were inoculated turned about age 40, was greater than the entire polio epidemic at its peak.  Increase in soft tissue cancers is at 50%, this includes skin at 70%, lymphoma at 60%, prostate at 60%, and breast at 34%.  And these figures are before the C-19 injections.

There is abundant evidence of a variety of simian viruses found in the human blood supply.   The DNA from SV-40 is repeatedly extracted from several types of tumors.  Former virologist, John Martin, M.D., Ph.D., said, “SV-40 infection is now widespread within the human population almost certainly as a result of the polio vaccine.”  This vaccine was given to millions of American and European children.  SV-40 has been discovered in tumors of children never inoculated with the vaccine, leading most scientists to believe it is genetically passed.

Researchers have found SV-40 in 45% of the seminal fluid samples and 23% of the blood samples from healthy donors.  That meant that SV-40 could have been spreading through sexual activity, from mother to child, or by other means which could explain how those never inoculated with the contaminate vaccine could pass it on or infect their children and grandchildren.

Mesothelioma is a rare cancer.  Few human cases were reported before the 1950s, but its incidence has been increasing steadily, reaching several thousand cases a year in the United States by 1988.  Studies had linked mesothelioma to asbestos exposure – with tumors usually appearing many decades later.  Yet 20% of victims had no asbestos exposure.  One of the researchers decided to test 48 human mesotheliomas stored at the NIH.  He was stunned to find that 28 of them contained SV-40.

The final and most horrific part of the story reports that Lederle Laboratories, bought by Pfizer in 2009, the sole oral vaccine supplier in the U.S. from 1977 onward, continued to use monkey kidneys possibly infected by the SV-40 virus in its manufacturing process until oral polio vaccine was removed from the market as late as January 2000.

So, the damage from the vaccine for polio has had a widespread effect on all of the population, and my mind immediately thinks of the elite and powerful who believe in population control.  Why didn’t they stop the inoculations?  Why wasn’t the public warned?  Why didn’t they find a better way to grow the vaccine without the contamination from rhesus monkeys?  Why wasn’t a vaccine against SV-40 found as soon as possible?  As the inoculated baby boomer population ages, and their immune systems become compromised, SV-40 is most likely to step in.

Conclusion

Today we are facing another horrific tragedy via the Sars-CoV-2 injections.  The adverse effects are gruesome, horrific cancers thanks to SV40, sudden death, heart attacks, myocarditis, pericarditis, infertility, Guillain Barre, massive blood clots etc. etc. ad nauseam, and a huge recurrence of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome from what is referred to as VAIDS, “Vaccine induced AIDS” caused from the Sars-CoV-2 injections.

The totalitarians, who consider us the unwashed masses, the useless eaters, and their slaves, care not how many are lost as we’re thought of as their guinea pigs.

Notes:

Dr. Mary’s Monkey by Edward T. Haslam

The Virus and the Vaccine by Debbie Bookchin and Jim Schumacher

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Critical Theory: Sowing Hatred and Division in the Name of Unity

By Dr. Marlene McMillan

July 25, 2023

Critical Theory has been normalized in our culture. Even people who say they are not promoting it are unwittingly training the next generation to embrace its methods through the teaching of Critical Thinking. Critical Thinking is presented as simply teaching a child to think for themselves, analyze data, and make them more intelligent. In reality, Critical Thinking is Critical Theory in method. The methods of Critical Theory have led to the breakdown of Western Civilization and the deconstruction of thousands of Christian young people away from the faith of their fathers.

Well-meaning Christians, conservatives, and patriots still see Critical Thinking as positive. They will continue to be duped until they understand the Dialectic Process is a system used by master dialecticians. These trained facilitators are really trained Marxists, masterful in the language and method of deception.  Truth is not on their agenda. Turning the next generation into activists for the revolution is their goal.

Critical Legal Theory, Critical Race Theory and all the other Critical Theories are cut from the same cloth. It is systemically flawed, not the Constitution, the nuclear family, or Western Civilization that it so relentlessly criticizes. An idea that does nothing but break down and destroy has been allowed to claim the moral high-ground over a worldview that has resulted in the most Liberty to the most people in the history of the world. Who should be apologizing to whom?

How have so many intelligent, capable parents and teachers been caught in the Critical Thinking net? How can they not believe the messages spoken loudly and printed plainly? I have found, as an expert in how the Dialectic Process is used against us, that most people do not know the meaning of the words and how their meanings are distorted in the process of double-speak.

How can Christian teachers read a book like Models For Critical Thinking by Albert Rutherford that explains the connection to Bloom’s taxonomy (that all degreed teachers, Christian and not, must study for certification) and not know they are being asked to participate in a system designed to destroy respect for Biblical authority? We have been conditioned subtly, gradually, and masterfully to embrace ideas so well-crafted that even the elect could be deceived.

Critical Theory is a linguistic structure of destruction. It has created a vocabulary around victimhood and redefined the rules of life. The problem is when unreality has a collision with reality, reality always wins. Equality can be labeled freedom, but the people in Cuba are still slaves — they have equal wages, fair housing, free healthcare, etc., but they are slaves, with travel outside their borders restricted. The ideology of Marxism got them there, and licensed religious leaders help to keep them there.

Liberty is the result of a principled language and method. Slavery is the result of a dialectically-designed language and method. You cannot speak the language of destruction and get anything but destruction. Destruction is systemic to Critical Theory. Some pastors are trying to adopt the language of Critical Race Theory and merge it with the Gospel. God hates mixture. The forbidden tree was the tree of mixture — the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. Yes, there was good there, but the evil came along with it and could not be separated. The Tree of Life is like Proverbs 10:22: The blessing of the Lord, it makes rich, and He adds no sorrow to it.

The Politically Correct Police determine your alignment with them by how much of their language you speak. The “It is written” of the Word is not politically correct. “Where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is Liberty” (II Corinthians 3:17). Why are we spending our time entertaining godless philosophies instead of taking every thought captive and making it obedient to Christ? If thoughts have to be taken captive and made obedient to Christ, that must mean we can have rebellious thoughts, and it is rebellious thoughts that need taken captive, not people.

Definitions are like mini-contracts that you enter into without even thinking about it. They are like mini-powers of attorney that empower others over you. Why does it matter to the politically correct police that you use their words? Because their words have specific meanings, and even if you don’t agree with their definitions, by using their words, you are agreeing to their frame of reference. You are agreeing to their worldview by method. Your ignorance of how the Dialectic Process works does not change your agreement any more than your ignorance of the meaning of a clause in a contract releases you from any obligations verified by your signature. Your use of Critical Race Theory words and their frame is like a signature of overt consent that they are setting the rules and you are in agreement.

Destruction is systemic in Critical Theory. Whatever wrongs/injustices Black Lives Matter or any other trained Marxists and community agitators claim to correct cannot be solved with hatred, deceit, and destruction. Critical Theory is a tactic of the Dialectic Process and is explained in a one-of-a-kind manual Mountains of Deceit: How the Dialectic Process has infected the Culture available from WhyLIbertyMatters.com.

Luke 4 says Jesus came to set the captives free, heal the broken-hearted, and set at Liberty those who are bound. Anyone who hates Jesus cannot set the captives free. If their ideas, no matter how lofty sounding, result in bondage, their ideas are not Biblical, no matter how many Scriptures they quote, how beautiful their vestments, or large their audiences. If, in the name of Jesus, a different gospel is preached — a gospel that results in bondage and not Liberty — it is not the Gospel of the Kingdom.

Liberty is indivisible. You do not get equality by promoting special privilege. Equal protection under the law is reflective of our equality at the foot of the cross. Marxist agitators know that they have to sow the seeds of discontent, hatred, and division in order to promote their brand of totalitarianism. In Acts 2, redistribution was temporary and voluntary. Money laid at the feet of the apostles was by choice, not by coercion of civil government. Socialism is based on an un-Biblical idea of redistribution that, when convenient, distorts Acts 2 and uses it as a proof text for civil government confiscation of private property. Socialism may be Communism with a smiley face, but all forms of totalitarianism are really Slavery.

The answer to all this conflict is in the Kingdom. The current national unrest is evidence the Gospel, in recent generations, has not been and is not being preached from the pulpits of our land. It is time for repentance and confession for distorting the Word of God.

Liberty is indivisible. Principles that yield Liberty are the same everywhere in the world. They are not different for different races or countries. The principles of Liberty do not change just because we wish it were so.

The apostles, who lived in a world where slavery was normal, were accused of turning the world upside down. In reality, they were turning the world right side up. Ideas that lead to bondage and tyranny are not new. Critical Theory is just academic language for the original lie, “you can be as gods.” It is a method of calling evil good and good evil.

The apostles were told to stop speaking in politically incorrect, unapproved, and disruptive ways. They answered that they feared God rather than man and faced the human consequences. Where are the people today who allow God to govern their thoughts and are willing to call evil evil and good good? Where are the preachers who still believe God’s Word defines good and evil?

“Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.” Philippians 4:8

“And be ye kind one to another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake has forgiven you.” Ephesians 4:32

“Looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” Heb. 12:15

The Gospel properly preached results in Liberty. The gospel distorted results in bondage and tyranny. You don’t get Liberty by breaching the immutable laws of Liberty. Either we will live in Liberty together or we will suffer in Slavery together.

© 2023 Dr. Marlene McMillan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dr. Marlene McMillan: contact@WhyLibertyMatters.com

Website: https://WhyLibertyMatters.com




Racism, By Any Other Name, is Just as Perverse

By Paul Engel

July 25, 2023

  • Racism has taken many forms over the years. Slaver, Jim Crow, Black Codes, eugenics, and yes affirmative action.
  • In the case Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. V. President And Fellows Of Harvard College, SCOTUS was asked whether race conscious admission was a violation of the Constitution.
  • How can America become a colorblind society if we continue these racist policies like affirmative action.

Merriam-Webster’s Dictionary defines racism as:

racism noun a belief that race is a fundamental determinant of human traits and capacities and that racial differences produce an inherent superiority of a particular race

Racism – Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary

This idea has taken many forms in American history, slavery: Jim Crow laws, Black Codes, eugenics and, yes, affirmative action. Regardless of the euphemism you use, all of these policies are based in the idea that race is a fundamental determinant of human traits and capacities.

Two recent cases filed by Students for Fair Admissions (SFFA) were combined and heard by the Supreme Court this term. The outcome of these cases give us a glimmer of hope that the actual systemic racism that still exists in this nation can finally be seen for the perversion it is.

Affirmative Action

Racism, both systemic and societal, has been a problem in this country for centuries. In many ways it was societal racism, the general belief in the inferiority of certain races, that led to many of the racist laws or systemic racism. To me, this leads to a Catch-22. How do you get rid of one without getting rid of the other? While we have gotten rid of many of the racist laws in our country, racist ideas are still around, and they have led to other racist laws. One of those ideas is that a racially diverse student body or workforce is automatically better. Another is the idea that minorities cannot compete in higher education, and many other institutions, without government’s help. Put these two ideas together and you get affirmative action.

The term itself refers to both mandatory and voluntary programs intended to affirm the civil rights of designated classes of individuals by taking positive action to protect them from, in the words of Justice William J. Brennan Jr., “the lingering effects of pervasive discrimination”.

Affirmative Action – The Free Legal Dictionary

Like so many other things, affirmative action sounds good, but look below the surface and you see that it’s nothing but racism by another name. Which brings us to the case Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. V. President And Fellows Of Harvard College.

Although the case heard and decided by the Supreme Court is against Harvard College, the court also looks at the University of North Carolina’s admissions policy. There has been a lot said both for and against the court’s opinion, but little of what I have read and heard had anything to do with the Constitution itself. Let’s start out with the question at hand as stated in the syllabus of the opinion.

Harvard College and the University of North Carolina (UNC) are two of the oldest institutions of higher learning in the United States. Every year, tens of thousands of students apply to each school; many fewer are admitted. Both Harvard and UNC employ a highly selective admissions process to make their decisions. Admission to each school can depend on a students grades, recommendation letters, or extracurricular involvement. It can also depend on their race. The question presented is whether the admissions systems used by Harvard College and UNC are lawful under the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

This is where the first potential problem in this opinion emerges. There is a fundamental difference between Harvard College (part of Harvard University) and the University of North Carolina. UNC is a public school while Harvard College is a private institution. Why is this important? The court points out that the question at hand deals with possible violations of the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, which reads:

nor shall any State … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Since Harvard College is a private institution not created by the state, the State of Massachusetts is not responsible for their admissions policies, and therefore the college cannot violate the Fourteenth Amendment. Does that mean that Harvard College’s admission policy is not racist? I think a quick look at the description of the process will answer that question.

At Harvard, each application for admission is initially screened by a first reader,” who assigns a numerical score in each of six categories: academic, extracurricular, athletic, school support, personal, and overall. For the overall” category—a composite of the five other ratings— a first reader can and does consider the applicants race. Harvards admissions subcommittees then review all applications from a particular geographic area. These regional subcommittees make recommendations to the full admissions committee, and they take an applicants race into account. When the 40-member full admissions committee begins its deliberations, it discusses the relative breakdown of applicants by race. The goal of the process, according to Harvards director of admissions, is ensuring there is no dramatic drop-off” in minority admissions from the prior class. An applicant receiving a majority of the full committees votes is tentatively accepted for admission. At the end of this process, the racial composition of the tentative applicant pool is disclosed to the committee. The last stage of Harvards admissions process, called the lop,” winnows the list of tentatively admitted students to arrive at the final class. Applicants that Harvard considers cutting at this stage are placed on the lop list,” which contains only four pieces of information: legacy status, recruited athlete status, financial aid eligibility, and race. In the Harvard admissions process, race is a determinative tip for” a significant percentage of all admitted African American and Hispanic applicants.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

It certainly appears that while the decisions in the admissions process is not based solely on race, it is a consideration at many points along the way. While not exactly the same, the admissions process at UNC is very similar, including the use of an applicant’s race.

One interesting point I found was that Students for Fair Admissions‘ (SFFA) original complaint against Harvard College was that its admissions policy violated Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, not the Fourteenth Amendment. I am not familiar with the details of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, so I cannot comment on it, although Justice Gorsuch does.

Title VI prohibits a recipient of federal funds from intentionally treating any individual worse even in part because of his race, color, or national origin and without regard to any other reason or motive the recipient might assert. Without question, Congress in 1964 could have taken the law in var- ious directions. But to safeguard the civil rights of all Americans, Congress chose a simple and profound rule. One holding that a recipient of federal funds may never dis- criminate based on race, color, or national origin—period.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

By alleging violations of the Civil Rights Act rather than the Fourteenth Amendment, SFFA would have dealt with the private college issue I previously mentioned. The court could have found that Harvard College was ineligible to take federal funds because their admissions policy violated the Act. Regardless, the court decided that the actions of a private institution was, somehow, a state denying equal protection of the law.

Held: Harvards and UNCs admissions programs violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Not surprisingly, the court was split on this decision in many ways. Chief Justice Roberts wrote the opinion, joined by Justices Thomas, Alito, Gorsuch, Kavanaugh, and Barrett. Gorsuch also wrote a concurring opinion, which Thomas also joined, while Kavanaugh’s concurring opinion was all his own. Justice Sotomayor wrote the dissenting opinion, joined by Justices Kagan and Jackson. Justice Jackson also wrote a dissenting opinion to which Justices Sotomayor and Kagan joined. This seemed interesting to me since Justice Jackson did not take part in the consideration or decision of the case.

The Opinion

As is usually the case in such situations, Justice Roberts not only went into great detail regarding the question of whether or not SFFA had standing to bring the case, but into the history of the court’s jurisprudence regarding the Fourteenth Amendment as well. In his review of court precedent, Chief Justice Roberts noted:

Then, in Grutter v. Bollinger, the Court for the first time endorse[d] Justice Powells view that student body diversity is a compelling state interest that can justify the use of race in university admissions.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

However, the Grutter court did not expect this to be a permanent situation.

Grutter thus concluded with the following caution: It has been 25 years since Justice Powell first approved the use of race to further an interest in student body diversity in the context of public higher education. . . . We expect that 25 years from now, the use of racial preferences will no longer be necessary to further the interest approved today.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Chief Justice Roberts pointed out that the previous courts expectations were flawed.

Twenty years later, no end is in sight. Harvards view about when [race-based admissions will end] doesnt have a date on it.” … Neither does UNCs. … Yet both insist that the use of race in their admissions programs must continue.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Chief Justice Roberts went on to say…

Because [r]acial discrimination [is] invidious in all contexts,” …, we have required that universities operate their race-based admissions programs in a manner that is sufficiently measurable to permit judicial [review]” under the rubric of strict scrutiny, .. Classifying and assigning” students based on their race requires more than . . . an amorphous end to justify it.” …

Respondents have fallen short of satisfying that burden.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Once again, we see the unconstitutional and destructive use of “strict scrutiny” used to subvert the Constitution of the United States and infringe on the rights of the people. Chief Justice Roberts points out that the Supreme Court has, and would continue, to allow racist admissions programs in public schools and universities as long as they could convince the court that there was a government interest sufficient to overrule the supreme law of the land. These cases may not have risen to that level, but the logic of precedent means some other case could. Justice Thomas pointed this out twenty years ago in the Grutter case.

I wrote separately in Grutter, explaining that the use of race in higher education admissions decisions—regardless of whether intended to help or to hurt—violates the Fourteenth Amendment. … In the decades since, I have repeatedly stated that Grutter was wrongly decided and should be overruled. .. Today, and despite a lengthy interregnum, the Constitution prevails.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

That is not to say that, even in Justice Thomas’ mind, the Constitution fully prevails:

Because the Court today applies genuine strict scrutiny to the race-conscious admissions policies employed at Harvard and the University of North Carolina (UNC) and finds that they fail that searching review, I join the majority opinion in full.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Apparently, even Justice Thomas is willing to violate the Fourteenth Amendment as long as the government has a reason good enough to satisfy him and the rest of the judicial oligarchy.

Justice Thomas also noted that, contrary to the assertions of affirmative action proponents, these programs are actually harmful to those they claim to help.

Even taking the desire to help on its face, what initially seems like aid may in reality be a burden, including for the very people it seeks to assist. Take, for example, the college admissions policies here. Affirmative action” policies do nothing to increase the overall number of blacks and Hispanics able to access a college education. Rather, those racial policies simply redistribute individuals among institutions of higher learning, placing some into more competitive institutions than they otherwise would have attended. See T. Sowell, Affirmative Action Around the World 145–146 (2004). In doing so, those policies sort at least some blacks and Hispanics into environments where they are less likely to succeed academically relative to their peers. … The resulting mismatch places many blacks and Hispanics who likely would have excelled at less elite schools . . . in a position where underperformance is all but inevitable because they are less academically prepared than the white and Asian students with whom they must compete.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Dissent

As I mentioned before, Justice Sotomayor dissented from the majority’s opinion, and was joined by Justices Kagan and Jackson.

The Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment enshrines a guarantee of racial equality. The Court long ago concluded that this guarantee can be enforced through race-conscious means in a society that is not, and has never been, colorblind. In Brown v. Board of Education,… the Court recognized the constitutional necessity of racially integrated schools in light of the harm inflicted by segregation and the importance of education to our democratic society.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Once again we see justices of the court putting their predecessors’ opinions above the Constitution, the supreme law of the land. While the history of the Fourteenth Amendment does not include the word race, it does guarantee equality before the law, which is exactly what public affirmative action policies deny.

For 45 years, the Court extended Browns transformative legacy to the context of higher education, allowing colleges and universities to consider race in a limited way and for the limited purpose of promoting the important benefits of racial diversity. This limited use of race has helped equalize educational opportunities for all students of every race and background and has improved racial diversity on college campuses. Although progress has been slow and imperfect, race-conscious college admissions policies have advanced the Constitutions guarantee of equality and have promoted Browns vision of a Nation with more inclusive schools.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

How can the Constitution’s guarantee of equality be achieved if people are treated unequally based on the color of their skin? As Chief Justice Roberts pointed out, that core premise is wrong.

The dissenting opinions resist these conclusions. They would instead uphold respondentsadmissions programs based on their view that the Fourteenth Amendment permits state actors to remedy the effects of societal discrimination through explicitly race-based measures. Although both opinions are thorough and thoughtful in many respects, this Court has long rejected their core thesis.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Most troubling of all, is that the dissent must make these omissions to defend: a judiciary that picks winners and losers based on the color of their skin. While the dissent would certainly not permit university programs that discriminated against black and Latino applicants, it is perfectly willing to let the programs here continue. In its view, this Court is supposed to tell state actors when they have picked the right races to benefit. Separate but equal is inherently unequal,” said Brown. 347 U. S., at 495 (emphasis added). It depends, says the dissent.

That is a remarkable view of the judicial role—remarkably wrong. Lost in the false pretense of judicial humility that the dissent espouses is a claim to power so radical, so destructive, that it required a Second Founding to undo.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

One last thing from Justice Sotomayor’s dissent may explain her point of view.

A limited use of race in college admissions is consistent with the Fourteenth Amendment and this Courts broader equal protection jurisprudence. The text and history of the Fourteenth Amendment make clear that the Equal Protection Clause permits race-conscious measures. See supra, at 2–9. Consistent with that view, the Court has ex- plicitly held that race-based action” is sometimes within constitutional constraints.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Conclusion

Chief Justice Roberts noted the inherent racism in such affirmative action policies.

Yet by accepting race-based admissions programs in which some students may obtain preferences on the basis of race alone, respondentsprograms tolerate the very thing that Grutter foreswore: stereotyping. The point of respondentsadmissions programs is that there is an inherent benefit in race qua race—in race for races sake. Respondents admit as much. Harvards admissions process rests on the pernicious stereotype that a black student can usually bring something that a white person cannot offer.” … UNC is much the same. It argues that race in itself says [something] about who you are.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Chief Justice Roberts wasn’t the only one to recognize the inherent racism in affirmative actions. Justice Thomas noted it in his concurrence.

Both experience and logic have vindicated the Constitutions colorblind rule and confirmed that the universitiesnew narrative cannot stand. Despite the Courts hope in Grutter that universities would voluntarily end their raceconscious programs and further the goal of racial equality, the opposite appears increasingly true. Harvard and UNC now forthrightly state that they racially discriminate when it comes to admitting students, arguing that such discrimi- nation is consistent with this Courts precedents. And they, along with todays dissenters, defend that discrimination as good. More broadly, it is becoming increasingly clear that discrimination on the basis of race—often packaged as affirmative action” or equity” programs—are based on the benighted notion that it is possible to tell when discrimination helps, rather than hurts, racial minorities.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Justice Thomas also noted the long-lasting negative impact of these policies.

Far from advancing the cause of improved race relations in our Nation, affirmative action highlights our racial differences with pernicious effect. In fact, recent history reveals a disturbing pattern: Affirmative action policies appear to have prolonged the asserted need for racial discrimination. Parties and amici in these cases report that, in the nearly 50 years since Bakke, … racial progress on campuses adopting affirmative action admissions policies has stagnated, including making no meaningful progress toward a colorblind goal since Grutter. … Rather, the legacy of Grutter appears to be ever increasing and strident demands for yet more racially oriented solutions.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

I think Justice Thomas summed it up well.

The great failure of this country was slavery and its progeny. And, the tragic failure of this Court was its misinterpretation of the Reconstruction Amendments, as Justice Harlan predicted in Plessy. We should not repeat this mistake merely because we think, as our predecessors thought, that the present arrangements are superior to the Constitution.

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

Then again, Chief Justice Roberts provided a pretty good summary as well.

Eliminating racial discrimination means eliminating all of it. And the Equal Protection Clause, we have accordingly held, applies without regard to any differences of race, of color, or of nationality”—it is universal in [its] application.” … For [t]he guarantee of equal protection cannot mean one thing when applied to one individual and something else when applied to a person of another color.” … “If both are not accorded the same protection, then it is not equal.”

Students For Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President And Fellows Of Harvard College

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Can Banks Dump the Fed?

By: Devvy

July 24, 2023

If congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given them to use themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.” —President Andrew Jackson

There’s a lot of anxiety right now as the globalist grand poohbahs are rolling out their tools to force a cashless society on us.  First on the list activated last week:

Federal Reserve officially launches new FedNow instant-payments service, July 20, 2023 – “As FedNow goes online, Fed officials are studying the implementation of a central bank digital currency, with some saying they think FedNow could mitigate the need for a CBDC.”

“What Is FedNow?  FedNow is the first U.S. government-created and -backed portal allowing banks to send and receive funds almost instantly.” And, “Part of the confusion stems from separate discussions on whether the Fed should create what’s called a central bank digital currency (CBDC). The Fed has clarified that it has made no decision on issuing a CBDC, and that it would “only proceed with the issuance of a CBDC with an authorizing law.

“Issuing a CBDC is “something we would certainly need congressional approval for,” Fed Chair Jerome Powell told the House Financial Services Committee in March.”  There is no such approval for CBDC retail as I explained in my July 1, 2023, column Central Bank Digital Currency Fight Heats Up

That link has a full explanation of what FedNow is and isn’t.

Central Banks Successfully Test Over 30 CBDC Use Cases, Including Offline Payments, June 16, 2023 – “A joint experiment by central banks has tested ways to connect monetary authorities and the private sector to facilitate retail digital currency payments, according to a new report released on Friday.

“The experiment saw the London Innovation hub of the Bank for International Settlements – which groups the world’s central banks – and the Bank of England develop 33 application programming interface (API) functionalities to test more than 30 central bank digital currency (CBDC) use cases, including offline payments.  API software allows two or more computer programs to communicate and share data with each other.”

Yep.  They’re going to share data alright:  Every Move You Make…I’ll Be Watching You, April 10, 2023 (Mine)

(Of course, pedo Joe didn’t order anything, his handlers call the shots) Biden Orders Federal Reserve to ‘Explore’ Digital Cash, March 28, 2023 – “Lawrence Kadish, who is on the board of governors of the organization, wrote that Biden’s “little-noticed” plan for “digital cash” appeared recently in an executive order.  “In fact, “this order includes language that allows the Federal Reserve System to ‘explore’ the possibility of introducing digital currency into the United States,” he wrote.

“This means that your cash becomes so much colored paper.”  Under this new digital currency, any transfer of funds to family, friends, charities, or clients would be able to be tracked by the nation’s central bank that issued this virtual money.

“Big Brother will be in your wallet every hour or every day.” Is a digital currency in America’s future?  “You will not be able to buy a stick of gum without a Federal Reserve computer knowing where, when, and to whom you just put down a buck,” Kadish warns.” End.

Some central banks have dropped out of the digital currency race:  “There are at least four countries that have either scrapped or halted CBDC plans so far, and each central bank has its own reasoning for not launching one.” JPMorgan Chase, State Street push back against CBDC, Aug. 29, 2022

States need to say no: North Carolina joins FL, SD against digital dollar as states becomes key CBDC battleground, May 4, 2023

This Act establishes the most gigantic trust on earth.  When the President signs this Act the invisible government by the Money Power, proven to exist by the Money Trust Investigation[1], will be legalized.  The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation.  From now on depressions will be scientifically created.” —Charles A. Lindberg, Sr., at the time of the passage of the Federal Reserve Act in 1913.

What about banks who don’t want to be part of all this?

A large number of central Banks, with BIS (Bank of International Settlements)[2] being the central banks headmaster are going all in because it’s all about the money honey.  It’s also about complete control of every transaction you make.  Several countries are already freezing people’s accounts based on their political affiliations or exposing truths like the COVID Plandemic.

But, what about smaller banks and credit unions?  Banks whose owners/Board/CEO’s who know the truth and do not want to be part of the destruction?  Remember, these schemes are tied to the “Federal” Reserve.  Is Hometown Bank in the mid-west (imaginary name) or my federal credit union here locally required under the Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 to be part of their system?

The reserve banks’ design (Senate RPC, chairwoman, Sen. Joni Ernst) (Emphasis mine.)

“Under the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, an organization committee set the boundaries for 12 Fed districts and chose where to put the reserve banks. The law required each reserve bank to have at least $4 million in capitalization and to be funded by the commercial banks that were Fed members in the district. National banks must become Fed member banks; state-chartered banks may become members but are not required to. In general, a member bank must buy capital stock in its district’s Federal Reserve bank that equals 6% of its capital and surplus. It pays half the amount, and the other half is on call.”

In the glowing BS at the link above, it gushes what a wonderful job the Fed did during the manufactured COVID hysteria managing the country’s money!  Sure they did.

Our economy is huge and it takes a while for the disintegration to reach a point where the pile of ashes can no longer be ignored.  Think 2008.

Half of America’s banks are potentially insolvent – this is how a credit crunch begins, May 2, 2023  //  Fed, Central Banks Created The Current Crisis And Are On Course To Making Matters Worse, March 22, 2023 //  Central Banks Must Now Hyperinflate As Minsky Moment In “Ponzi Finance” Looms, March 28, 2023

What’s a national bank? “In the U.S., a national bank is a commercial bank chartered by the U.S. Treasury.”

What’s a state-chartered bank?  “Non-member banks refer to banks that are not members of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, typically state-chartered banks.

“State-chartered banks may ultimately decide to refrain from membership under the Fed because regulation can be less onerous based on state laws and under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which oversees non-member banks. Other examples of non-member banks include the Bank of the West and GMC Bank.”

What is a chartered bank?  “Chartered banks provide core financial intermediary services necessary in today’s economy. Individuals can easily deposit their funds into various types of accounts within a chartered bank, earning interest on their temporary savings. Chartered banks maintain a float of currency so they can process customers’ daily transactions, but they lend out the majority of their deposits to individuals and commercial borrowers to stimulate economic growth.”

One such chartered bank is Old Glory Bank in Oklahoma and FDIC insured:  “Old Glory Bank is blessed to have great co-founders and thought leaders such as John Rich, Larry Elder, Dr. Ben Carson, and Governor Fallin. Additionally, behind the scenes, we have a large senior management team of humble patriots who are working nonstop to deliver great products, brand values, and services to our Old Glory Nation.™”

How secure is my money? – “Old Glory Bank is a chartered, FDIC-insured bank. So, as secure as it can get. Customers are insured by the FDIC up to $250,000 per depositor.

Is Old Glory Bank a real bank? – “Yes.  Old Glory Bank (formerly known as First State Bank) is a 120-year-old, FDIC-insured Bank, from Elmore City, Oklahoma.

What does Old Glory Bank stand for?

“Old Glory Bank is named for the American Flag. As a bank, we will openly support our country, flag, military, police, and the people we call the engine of America—the hard-working patriots who make this country run every day. If you believe in freedom, liberty, security, faith, and family, we will be your bank. We won’t cancel law-abiding customers for their beliefs. We will protect your security and privacy. We support your business and livelihood—regardless of your industry. Whether you’re in the oil business, a firearms retailer, or a meat producer, Old Glory Bank will be the bank for you. We stand with you. No matter where you stand.”

Credit unions: Supervision and regulation

“The Federal Reserve does not supervise or regulate credit unions. Federally chartered credit unions are regulated by the National Credit Union Administration, while state-chartered credit unions are regulated at the state level.

“The Fed is one of several banking regulatory agencies at the federal level. State-chartered banks are supervised and regulated at both the state and federal levels. At the state level, state-chartered banks are regulated by their state banking regulator. At the federal level, state-chartered banks are regulated by either the FDIC or, if they choose to be members of the Federal Reserve System, by the Federal Reserve.”

Changing banks is always a hassle – especially if your mortgage and vehicle payment is auto deduct like mine.  But, I would never have any account at JP Morgan Chase, B of A, Wells Fargo or any of those big names who think nothing of canceling out someone’s account for purely political bias.  Not to mention globalists at the highest levels who really don’t give a damn about you.  I’ve been a credit union person since the 1980’s.  One either takes a stand or gets trampled – even when it’s a hassle.

Americans who are well informed about what’s really going on with the economy know big trouble is brewing.  The Federal Reserve Is the Root Cause of the Banking Crisis

Banking Solvency Problems Are Everywhere And The Backstop Guarantee Is Worthless – “The reality is that central banks have already lost control over monetary policy and interest rates. Interest rates are now being driven by contracting bank credit, not by monetary policy. The point which is commonly missed is that contracting credit at a time when credit demand is still increasing inevitably leads to higher interest rates and bad debts.

“Having lost control over interest rates, the Fed has been forced into its much-heralded pivot, not by reducing interest rates, but by offering to buy Treasury and Agency debt at face value whatever the coupon and maturity. This rescues banks from the immediate fate that collapsed Silicon Valley Bank. And it makes it easier for the US Treasury to fund its deficit while containing borrowing costs.

“But it is highly inflationary.  The pivot has now been made. The Fed has decided to rescue financial markets at the expense of the currency. Other central banks can be expected to follow suit to help rescue their banking systems. But in the process, they are writing the death warrants for their fiat currencies.”

I hope this column provides you with helpful information about banks like Old Glory and I say good for them!  You don’t have to live in Oklahoma to have an account with them.  If I owned a bank or was part of the board, I would do everything in my power to become state-chartered or chartered.

Of course, that doesn’t solve the problem of fiat currency but it helps dilute the “Feds” power base and control.  Digital currency isn’t going to solve their problems, either.  At some point, the “Fed” is going to fall off the cliff and real economic experts know it likely isn’t far off.

USE CASH EVERYWHERE YOU CAN.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Footnotes: 

[1] –  Money Trust Investigation of financial and monetary conditions in the United States under House resolutions nos. 429 and 504, before a subcommittee of the Committee on Banking and Currency. Interlocking directorates. 1,235 pgs.

[2] –  BIS: III. Blueprint for the future monetary system:  Improving the old, enabling the new

Related:

Video:  Dr. Edwin Vieira: Why the Federal Reserve must be abolished (2009)

‘CBDC Anti-Surveillance State Act’ introduced in an effort to limit the Fed’s authority over a digital dollar, Feb. 22, 2023

(Free on-line) Lindbergh on the Federal Reserve (a.k.a. “The Economic Pinch”) by Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr.: “This book should be required reading in every high school and university economics class in this country. Published in 1923, this book is completely relevant to our present day. Just as nature has laws you can not violate, so does economics. And those laws do not change over time. This book, written by Congressman Charles Lindbergh, Sr., father of the great aviator, describes his dismay at the passing of the Federal Reserve Act.

“He also describes a political system with politicians that serve a money power that works behind the scenes in this country. He predicts what will happen to this country if citizens do not become educated and fight this tyranny. His predictions describe the dismal situation we are now living in modern day America. Congressman Lindbergh was “a voice crying in the wilderness”, and, still, no one is listening. There is so much wisdom and truth in this book!”

‘Stunning’ Revelation Bolster’s Wyoming-Based Custodia Bank’s Case Against Federal Reserve, June 21, 2023

Nomi Prins.  I covered her book, All the Presidents Bankers, in an earlier column.  I provide these for study as Ms. Prins knows this issue inside and out.

Nomi Prins Just Warned What Is About To Be Announced Will Shock The World, July 16, 2023

Nomi Prins – Emergency Bank Of England Intervention Reminds Me Of When The Financial Crisis Hit The United States, Oct. 1, 2022




The Ongoing Iranian Revolution

By: Amil Imani

July 24, 2023

For 45 years, the Iranian people have grappled with a complex dilemma. While the mullahs in power possess significant wealth and authority, most of the population remains impoverished and hungry, with their aspirations for freedom, justice, liberty, and equality primarily ignored. The world, too, has looked the other way, engaging in business with those responsible for oppressing innocent Iranians. However, amid these challenges, a revolution is taking shape, led by courageous women fighting fearlessly for a better future.

The Impact of the 1979 Iranian Revolution

As the Islamic Revolution completed its fourth decade, it would not be too difficult to realize the reality and the fruits of its mismanagement during its imperial and revolutionary eras. Throughout the four decades of its existence, the Islamic Republic has produced more hunger, extreme frustration, and anger, prostitution at a record pace, drug addiction beyond control, and child execution without regard to the international human rights bylaws.

The Iranian Revolution of 1979 was pivotal in the nation’s history and had far-reaching implications for the global oil market. It sparked the second oil shock in five years, causing oil prices to surge and resulting in a substantial net loss of oil supply. In response to these changes, oil producers worldwide increased investments in exploration and production to mitigate the effects of the revolution.

Unfulfilled Aspirations

Despite the upheaval caused by the 1979 revolution, the fundamental desire of more than 90 percent of Iranians is freedom. The ruling mullahs consolidated their power and wealth, leaving most of the population in dire socio-economic conditions. Dissidents struggled to unite for common goals, hindered by the oppressive regime’s tactics to suppress opposition.

Women Leading the Charge

The women of Iran are leading the first female-led revolution in the history of the world, revising what bravery means. Notably, a revolutionary movement is underway, primarily led by women who have managed to rally widespread support nationwide. These brave women are fighting relentlessly for freedom, opposing the oppressive Islamic regime that has stifled Iran’s largely secular population for over four decades. These courageous women have won almost the entire nation to their cause.

They fight fearlessly for freedom and against the terror of the Islamic regime, which has oppressed the largely secular population for 45 years. The Iranian people are aware that only they can overthrow the regime. The only thing they ask from other governments is not to deal with their killers.

The Iranian people know that their fate rests in their hands and are determined to bring about change. Women in Iran are chanting “Women, Life, Freedom” despite the threat of being shot and incarcerated by the régime. They are risking their lives. There are photographs of women raising their fists while the streets around them burn.

Understanding the Regime’s Influence

The Iranian regime exercises its influence through various means. Firstly, it maintains ties with Sunni clerics (despite the fact they are enemies) to consolidate its power base. Secondly, it provides financial aid to every proxy terrorist in the region and supports militant groups with weapons and training, further destabilizing the region. The regime’s transnational repression campaign reaches far beyond those kidnapped, killed, or detained, exerting other forms of pressure on anyone deemed a threat to the Islamic Republic.  Now the world faces wall-builders of a different kind: the Islamofascists, who have been at their shameless work for centuries. As their walls, built with superstition, discrimination, and blood, crumble, they become more intent on rebuilding new territories.

Transnational Repression Campaign

Moreover, the regime has extended its oppressive reach far beyond its borders, employing a transnational repression campaign to exert pressure on anyone perceived as threatening the Islamic Republic. This campaign includes kidnapping, killing, detaining, and other insidious tactics aimed at silencing dissent and perpetuating its control.

The Turning Point

Iran has witnessed numerous protests since 1979, but the most recent episode stands apart. The tragic death of Mahsa Amini in police custody for wearing an “improper” hijab ignited an unprecedented political upheaval marked by waves of protests predominantly led by women. This uprising has garnered extraordinary international support. Waves of protests, led primarily by women, have broken out immediately, inspiring exceptional international support.

Supporting the Iranian People

The Iranian people now need the unwavering support of the global community to amplify their plight and combat the regime’s oppression. The world must no longer remain silent about the truth of the Iranian dilemma or engage in business with those responsible for the suffering of innocent Iranians.

The ongoing Iranian revolution symbolizes the resilience and courage of a people yearning for freedom, justice, liberty, and equality. Despite facing immense adversity, the Iranian women spearheading this movement are determined to bring about change. It is incumbent upon the international community to stand with the Iranian people in their fight for a better future and ensure that their aspirations for a just and equitable society are finally realized. The world must not remain silent in reporting the truth of the Iranian dilemma and must not engage in doing business with the killers of innocent Iranians. The Iranian revolution is ongoing, and the world must stand with the Iranian people in their fight for freedom, justice, and equality.

The brave Iranian women and men are not stopping, nor will they soon. They are taking to the streets to cut their hair and burn their hijabs, indicating to the Islamic government that they will no longer stand for this totalitarian regime—time for the mullahs to pack up and leave. It is not a matter of if but when this regime falls.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Ascending The Spiraling Staircase of Your Life

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 24, 2023

While sitting next to a nearly exhausted campfire in upper Michigan on our Northern Tier coast-to-coast ride, I learned a lot from my companions Frank Cauthorn, Robert Case, Don Lindahl and Gerry Mulroy.  Like all friends, each teaches a few lessons for a day, week or a lifetime.  Each one of those thoughtful men brought stories, wisdom, music and their life-energy.  They inspired me to write this vignette about life and its one-time ‘immortality’ on this planet for each one of us.  I hope you too, on your bicycle travels, share your thoughts with all of us.  It makes the world a more peaceful and happier place to live.

(Frosty Wooldridge, touring bike “Condor”, coast to coast across America.)

During your life journey, you may read different authors who share their insights with you.  As a matter of fact, writers lay their guts on the line to aid, assist and support you on your own life path.

So often, you hear older people say they suffer from afflictions, lack of energy and the “gumption” to explore beyond their front room rocking chair or that ever-present Barker lounger.

One of the things I discovered as I traveled through my 20’s, 30’s, 40’s and 50’s—once you engage fully with life, you live an eternity with each event whether work or play, good times or otherwise.  Your eternity equals your lifespan.  It’s endless as long as you continue breathing and ambulating.

One of my favorite authors, John Muir, made a stunning announcement about living forever.  He created a metaphor using a bear.  He said, “Bears are made of the same dust as we, and breathe the same winds and drink the same waters. A bear’s days are warmed by the same sun, his dwellings are over-domed by the same blue sky, and his life turns and ebbs with the heart-pulsings like ours, and was poured from the same First Fountain. And weather he at last goes to our stingy heaven or not, he has terrestrial immorality.  His life not long, not short, knows no beginning, no ending. To him life unstinted, unplanned, is above the accidents of time, and his years, markless and boundless, equal Eternity.”

Isn’t that really profound?  Did it grab you?  I realized by reading John Muir, that bears don’t know when they face death.  They lack any understanding of mortality.  Thus, they live their lives eternally happy with each day, with each season, and with each moment of their lives.

If you appreciate that concept, it means you, too, may choose living at your highest and best for the eternity of your life on this planet.

Notice the title of this vignette: ascending the spiraling staircase of your life.  Your lifespan offers ups, downs, flats, sunny and stormy weather.  It offers romance, friends, enemies, frustrations and sadness.  More profoundly than the bear, you enjoy a choice of happiness.  Incorporate that understanding because life challenges every single person on this planet.  It doesn’t make any difference where he or she lives or what he or she does for a living.  It doesn’t care whether a person enjoys riches or poverty.  Life doesn’t care whether a person enjoys fame or anonymity.

One of the things you may learn along the way: paradise stands under your feet.  That’s right. It’s here and it’s now.  It’s what you do daily, incrementally to move your life toward happiness.

Let’s go back to two world famous artists—Impressionist Pierre-Auguste Renoir and Frenchman Henri Matisse with modern art.

Both buoyed each other throughout their careers.  They “pushed” each other as to creative endeavors.  Matisse, nearly 20 years younger than Renoir, helped his friend into old age.  Renoir suffered from arthritis, which crippled his hands.

At one point, Renoir barely held the brush.  Matisse asked, “Pierre, my friend, why do you continue to paint when you are in so much pain?”

Renoir replied, “The pain passes, and when it does, it allows the beauty to emerge.”

We enjoy three levels of consciousness:  sub-consciousness that runs us under our skulls and many times without our knowing it; unconsciousness when we do something without thinking and consciousness, where we choose our direction.

In order to live at your highest and best, you might incorporate Renoir’s legacy.  Or, pick out one of your heroes or idols who touches your life-energy and inspires you.  It could be Susan B. Anthony, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jane Goodall, Robert Redford, Nellie Bly, Henry David Thoreau, Jesus Christ or Ralph Waldo Emerson.  It might be Robin Williams, Diane Sawyer, John Wayne or Meryl Streep.  Whomever turns you on to vibrant living with their words or deeds, pursue your own spiraling staircase to heaven on Earth.

Some things you can do along the way:

—-Choose to live a cheerful life every day by reading positive authors.  Choose positive friends who support you.  Choose movies and plays that lift you toward your highest vibrational energy.

—-Choose tenderness and warmth with children, your mate or friends.  Touch them with kind words, big hugs and smiling countenance.

—-Commune deeply with nature by walking into a woods, sitting by a pond or standing in a stream.  Choose a pet to share your moments.  Coffee with a girlfriend or a game of racquetball with your buddy.

In the end, you live every day of your life with a sense of eternity because you’re not thinking about anything else.  That’s the best immortality you can imagine.  And remember Muir’s wisdom:

“To him life unstinted, unplanned, is above the accidents of time, and his years, markless and boundless, equal Eternity.”

Frosty Wooldridge, six continent world bicycle traveler

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Emotionally Entangled

By Late Roy Masters

July 23, 2023

As a little child, you once knew how to be carefree, to move and have your true being, but cruel love stole it away. Others now live through you…as you.

The real you reading this should be grasping the fact that you no longer need to function from the malevolent spirit implanted in language; the silent cognition of what you are reading here is sufficient to begin lifting the burden.

Lately, emotions have begun to run away with your common sense. Emotionally entangled, dark dream thoughts are always lurking. They appeal to you in those irrational moments of discontent urging you to act them out.

A lifetime of excuses has become false beliefs, leading to wrong relationships, blind alleys, hopelessness and despair. Considering this, learn how to separate from this endless loop of emotionally-sustained thought.

Those without faith have nothing but vainglorious goals and dreams; a phantom’s voice leads as the hope of the hopeless.

No one can give himself faith. Nevertheless, if you will simply doubt that voice that has made you doubt what is right in your heart, it will allow faith to enter as a born-again experience.

At the threshold of reality, the masquerading self will be unmasked; fear and resentful resistance will no longer empower it. Henceforth, remain calm. To survive, it must convince you that being upset is a very normal thing, but it lies.

Through the arousal of blinding emotions, it always drew its identity from the wrong crowd you thought were friends. Stand back from the refuge of thought-chemistry, for this ghostly thing loathes and fears observation.

You never were addicted to the judgment of resentment; it was “it” thinking through you, as you, and “it” never wanted you to know.

Upon your awakening, it will react as if mortally wounded. All this time, this thing was thriving on your emotional confusion and draining your life; all the more reason to be perpetually watchful.

Do not believe its mocking, haunting and disheartening presence. Since your frustration is its power, refrain from talking to yourself in your head lest you fall into a whirlpool of maddening beliefs.

“It is impossible to have a meaningful life without the right response to all wrongs”

No one can grow rightly by reacting wrongly; emotional obedience always transfers the loyalty to the tease source, allowing the dark nature to continue growing and attaching itself parasitically to your soul.

It is impossible to have a meaningful life without the right response to all wrongs.

Therefore, resent not evil, overcome it with good. Resentment in all its forms, for any reason whatsoever, will continue to separate you from the good that overcomes evil.

Evil is not a person, just the same phantom thing in others, reproducing itself through cruelty, and needing a victim’s resentment to get in.

Therefore, endure cruelty and betrayal minus resentments. Hold fast to the wordless word in your heart that bears witness to these words. Be still and allow the essence of a new being to germinate through the quiet place within, revealing the redeeming Light to others.

Remember, only while in emotional extremes and submerged in fantasy can your parasitic other self survive.

Fear not, you do not sin by thinking, which is to say, observing teasing thoughts and impure images flitting across the screen of your mind. Only by indulging those (familiar) delusions of grandeur and revenge will the soul fall into agreement with the invader.

That is why it does its best to make you think that the revealing Light of conscience is the enemy; therefore, meditate unceasingly to keep from such unwitting cooperation.

Because sin is more than mere conditioning, as with post-traumatic stress disorder, it requires the soul’s agreement to flourish.

The way to the way lies in that quiet place beyond the imagination realm. In this space, you will perceive a fraction of a moment into the future, and hence, find freedom from all wrong choices.

The soul of the true self can operate from two places, but a parasite from only one…the sensuous realm of mind. God does not download his mercy, meaning, and purpose into a mind lost, or escaping into an endless loop of thought.

© 2023 fhu.com – All Rights Reserved




The New World Will Be Good and Stay Good

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 23, 2023

The Incredibles (2004) was the first of two American animated films directed by Brad Bird that followed the lives of Bob and Helen Parr, husband and wife superheroes known as Mr. Incredible and Elastigirl, as they tried to live a quiet normal suburban life with their three children.

Due to multiple lawsuits for collateral damage and personal injuries because of their efforts to protect and rescue people with their superhuman abilities, public sentiment began to turn against Mr. Incredible, Elastigirl, and other superheroes. In response to this, the United States government settled all legal claims and created the Superhero Relocation Program, which banned all “supers” from using their powers in public and forcing them into hiding with civilian identities and occupations.

Fifteen years later, living in Metroville, Illinois, with Helen and their children Violet, Dash, and baby Jack-Jack, Bob was bored and frustrated with his job as a claims adjuster and missed the glory days of being a superhero. His desire to help people with his superpowers opened the door to an opportunity he did not expect, and it drew his whole family into a confrontation with a supervillain that tested the limits of their individual powers and ability to work together as a family.

The movie included a brief moment of a television interview with Mr. Incredible. Though said humorously, he made an observation to the interviewer that suggested the tendency to disorderliness in the world:

“No matter how many times you save the world, it always manages to get back in jeopardy again. Sometimes I just want it to stay saved, you know? For a little bit. I feel like the maid. I just cleaned up this mess. Can we keep it clean for ten minutes?!”

The Parr family defeated the villain and saved the people of Municiberg, California, from his evil designs. As a result, the law banning superhero activity was discontinued, making the “supers” legal again.

Back at home in Metroville three months later, seeming to support the point Mr. Incredible made in the previous interview, another supervillain revealed himself declaring his intention to wage war against the peace and happiness of the people of the city.

Joshua, whom God used to victoriously lead Israel into their inheritance in the Promised Land, was careful all his days to encourage Israel to be faithful to God. As long as the people of Israel were obedient to God they experienced victory on the battlefield, freedom, prosperity, and protection from their enemies. After his death and those of his contemporaries, Israel drifted away from the worship of the only true God to follow false gods that caused the degeneration of their society and brought down judgment on them.

This started a more than 400-year cycle of the people of Israel being faithful to the Lord under the leadership of a God-appointed judge and enjoying His blessings, turning away from the Lord after the death of the judge and suffering deprivation and oppression from their enemies, crying out to the Lord for deliverance, and the Lord raising a judge to lead them from captivity and back to faithfulness to God.

This tragic period of Israel’s history could be summarized by the last passage of Judges:

“In those days there was no king in Israel; everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (Judges 21:25)

No matter how long a judge lived to repair the harm Israel’s disloyalty to God caused and return the people to faithfulness, things would not remain good once and for all. The people of Israel would once again reject God as their king, set aside His word, and follow the dictates of their own sinful desires, leading to great suffering.

The Book of Judges demonstrates the love and faithfulness of God, who never failed to graciously receive His people when they repented of their wicked ways and called on His name (Judges 2:18).

While we do not have extraordinary powers like the superheroes of The Incredibles, we often share the desire to make the lives of those around us better with the abilities with which God has blessed us. That is, to be extensions of His love, grace, and generosity in this imperfect world. But we often discover that our efforts to heal things do not last very long.

We can see this in simple things like owning a house or car. Neither a house nor a car, once cleaned or repaired, remains that way ever after. Continual maintenance is needed in order to keep them functioning as designed. Even then, they eventually wear out over time and can no longer fulfill their purpose.

But God in His grace and mercy has raised up a Judge to deliver us from this cycle of decay, depravity, and death caused by the presence of sin in us and the world (Acts 17:30-31).

“For not even the Father judges anyone, but He has given all judgment to the Son, so that all will honor the Son even as they honor the Father. He who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father who sent Him. Truly, truly, I say to you, he who hears My word, and believes Him who sent Me, has eternal life, and does not come into judgment, but has passed out of death into life.” (John 5:22-24)

Jesus’ death for sinners on the cross and resurrection from the dead utterly defeated the devil and his supervillains’ attempt to destroy humanity so that it may share their destination in the lake of fire. Satan was disarmed of his weapon of using our guilt to keep us eternally separated from God (Colossians 2:9-15; Romans 8:37-39).

All who trust in Jesus are delivered from Satan’s dark kingdom of death and destruction and have entrance into His eternal kingdom. In the new heavens and earth (Colossians 1:13; 2 Peter 3:10-13) He will create, there will be no sin in us or around us. No mourning, tears, suffering, or death. The perishable will be replaced by the imperishable (1 Corinthians 15:16-57; Isaiah 65:17-19; Revelation 21).

Everything in the new world will be good and stay good. Be there! It is for you in Christ Jesus.

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




America’s Education System Is Under Attack

By Pastor Roger Anghis

July 23, 2023

America used to have a stellular education that was 2nd to none in the world.  Today we have 3rd World countries that have better education systems than we have. The 3rd world nation concentrates on math, literature, writing, and all the other important thing in life whereas our system concentrates on pro-nouns and political correctness, and gender studies.

If you study it out you ‘ll find that pro-choice is the most important position to take or you’ll Be canceled in a heartbeat. One of the most common examples of censorship found on college campuses today is that of silencing pro-life views.

Students for Life of America President Kristan Hawkins recently spelled out the trend in a Wall Street Journal op-ed, highlighting nine ways pro-life students’ efforts to share their beliefs are shut down.

A news release that summarized the nine methods stated:

The vandalization and outright theft of displays and signs.

A virtual poll tax on speech often in the form of security fees.

A Heckler’s Veto, in which schools cancel or move events when extremist groups or a disgruntled student oppose a speaker.

A slow walk to nowhere when a pattern of delays for approval of events or clubs creates a virtual veto of student speech.

A not-even-separate-but-equal accommodation as schools refuse similar support for pro-life students as given to others.

A religious gag rule in which schools may allow students to speak as long as they stay silent about faith.[1]

You’ll see all through the schools that anything pro-life is treated like a third-world loser.

William and Mary showed their anti-life sentiment In April of this year. Ah, the tolerant, nonviolent, peaceful pro-choice movement. Who just threatened a college student’s life for not wanting to kill babies. Classic.

Skylar Culbertson attends The College of William and Mary in Virginia and recently hosted a table with Tribe for Life, a campus pro-life group. At this event, she obviously advocated for pro-life ideas. So pro-abortion students proceeded to dox and threaten her.

Skylar explained on The Ed Morrissey Show there were several students using a platform called Yik Yak to communicate about her location. Like, “Skyler is here at this coffee shop, she’s at the science center.” You know, totally rational, normal things to be concerned about.

Where we used to tolerate different points of views, we now allow only one point of view. That point of view always leans left. I know of teachers that ‘roll with the flow’ just to keep their job. That type of education is Not education.[2]

Even when a pro-life group attempts to lack arms with a pro-choice group on a subject they both agree on, the pro-life group is shunned. ‘Not okay’ to join with an ‘anti-feminist/anti-choice organization’

An autism group reversed its decision to allow a campus pro-life group to participate in its event after facing criticism from an autism activist who supports abortion rights.

Wolf Pack for Life at Loyola University New Orleans got the green light from the Autism Self Advocacy Network to host a vigil for the annual Disability Community Day of Mourning, which memorializes “disabled people murdered by their family members or caregivers.”

The network explicitly told the student club that its pro-life stance wasn’t a problem, Wolf Pack for Life leader Sophie Trist wrote in a blog post last month for Rehumanize International, a progressive nonprofit that opposes “all forms of aggressive violence against human beings.”

Just when you thought it was safe to get back in the water, here comes the crazies.[3]

Penn State University’s College of the Liberal Arts recently backtracked after receiving intense social media criticism for daring to state that conservative students, along with students of various other identities, were welcome on campus. A group of Princeton University faculty members published a letter to the school’s president calling for a committee to review and approve all academic work at the university, which would upend the principles of free inquiry and speech on campus. A professor at Marymount Manhattan College is facing a petition to get her fired for merely falling asleep during an anti-racism Zoom meeting.

The message is clear: Dissent from, or even a lack of enthusiasm for, woke ideology is no longer tolerated on campus. In response, many on the Right are withdrawing into the comfort of self-justification and praying that the next election-to-end-all-elections will save the world from these crazy kids. Meanwhile, many on the Left are pretending that there is no such thing as cancel culture.

This is idiocy.[4]

The left is out to destroy our education system and they have made great headway. Here is a short list of what they have done to make our system one of the worst.  #1 All 50 U.S. states are now constructing federally-mandated databases that will track the behavior and performance of all public school students in America throughout their entire school careers.  According to the New York Post, the Obama administration wants to use the information that is gathered for a wide array of purposes….

#2 All over America, schoolchildren are being immersed in the radical green agenda.  In fact, in many areas of the country, children are actively trained to watch how their parents behave and to correct them when they are being “environmentally unfriendly”.  The following is from a recent New York Times article about this phenomenon

#3 One 13-year-old student down in New Mexico was recently handcuffed and forcibly removed from a classroom just because he burped in class.  In all, over 200 students in Bernalillo County “have been handcuffed and arrested in the last three years for non-violent misdemeanors”.

#4 All over America, students are being taught that the First Amendment does not apply in public schools.  Expressions of free speech in school are often cracked down upon very hard.  For example, one group of high school athletes was recently suspended for “Tebowing” in the hallways of their school.

The transformation has been subtle but the changes are real and they are dangerous to a society like ours. We need to wake up and ignore the Woke

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

  1. https://www.thecollegefix.com/bulletin-board/9-ways-pro-life-students-are-silenced-on-campus/ v:
  2. https://www.louderwithcrowder.com/skylar-culbertson-threatened-security-views
  3. https://www.thecollegefix.com/pro-life-views-get-student-group-kicked-out-of-memorial-for-murder-victims/
  4. https://www.newsweek.com/parents-must-stop-letting-woke-colleges-indoctrinate-their-children-opinion-1518780



What is it Going to Take?

By Glynn Adams

July 23, 2023

What is it going to take to wake us up in America?  The destruction of our children is not waking us up.  The destruction of our nation is not waking us up.  The destruction of our families is not waking us up.  The death of our religious institutions is not waking us up.  The death of our Constitution is not waking us up.  The death of our freedoms is not waking us up?  What is it going to take to wake us up?

We will surely know in America that we are awake when people who say they are following God and citizens who have assumed responsibility go on the offensive and begin to fight back against this evil overtaking this nation.  We must take back what has been stolen from us?  We have been duped and intimidated and lulled to sleep.  This destruction is not going away but will continue to increase exponentially while we do less than we ought to do!!!

Satan is a defeated foe and he can only do what we allow him to do.   All God ask us to do is to repent of our apathy, show courage, and go to the battlefield and God will show up.   No one is coming to fight our fight.  God gave us dominion on this earth, power, and authority so when something goes wrong, we are to fix it.  He will help us but we must show courage and go to the battlefield!!!

We in America are in the middle of a cosmic war of biblical proportions and we can no longer ignore this war that is before us.    “Why are the nations in an uproar, and the peoples devising a vain thing?  The kings of the earth take their stand and the rulers take counsel together against the LORD and against his anointed.” (Psalm 2:1-2)

Those who follow God as well as our citizens have ignored his war.  Throughout the Bible, whenever God is disobeyed or misinterpreted, a vacuum is always created and Satan always comes to fill that vacuum.  Over the years, our disobedience to God has resulted in our nation being captured, we are ruled by Satan and not by God and we have become a dwelling place for demons.  These false gods move into our nation and demons manifest their presence with murders, lies, destruction, sexual perversion, child abduction, loss of freedoms, bondage, violence, chaos and many other forms of evil.’

God warns us throughout the Bible that we are to deal with our adversaries.  “But if you do not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall come about that those whom you let remain of them will become as pricks in your eyes and as thorns in your sides, and they shall trouble you in the land in which you live.  And it shall come about that as I plan to do to them, so I will do to you.” (Numbers 33:55-56)   HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

Yes, God said it over and over in the Bible.  God warns His people and if they ignore Him, He brings judgment on our enemies and on His people.  That judgment is now on America and the more we ignore Him, the more destruction will come upon America!!!

For years now I have been warning the Body of Christ about demonic strongholds, doctrine of demons, rulers, wickedness, and evil spirits gaining ground in this nation caused by Christians who refuse to resist evil.  I am going to keep these articles coming as long as God gives me revelation.  Because most of the church in America does not believe in Satan and demons, does not mean they are not real.  According to the Bible, God created Satan and his demonic angels and they rebelled against God.  In these last days, they know their time is growing short and so their activity is increasing exponentially.   To ignore Satan and his powers of darkness is to disobey God and it never turns out well for a nation!!!!

Evil is progressive, it never takes a day off, is always expanding, and gets stronger when it is not resisted.  Is the Body of Christ in this nation that ignorant of the Word of God?  Don’t we realize that demonic strongholds, and doctrine of demons are platforms from which demons and evil spirits use to attack the population and foundations of a nation to rob, kill, and destroy?  Where do you think all this turmoil going on in our nation comes from?

Bondage, torment, depression, suicides, drug use, sex trafficking, lawlessness, division, hate, indebtedness, sickness, diseases, demonic violence, deception, the deeds of the flesh, anger, demonic curses, open borders, poor leaders, destruction, fornication, adultery, sexual perversion, gender confusion, pedophilia, our apathy, our silence, our refusal to resist evil, and such evil things.  Demons, the world system, and their strongholds are in every facet of our culture including our churches – front row, back row, choir, deacon board, and pulpit.

Now we are beginning to see the establishment of demonic and evil spirit emblems and worship centers which God refers to as “high places” in our nation.   God hates “high places” and the Old Testament Prophets denounced them because they are regarded as a substitute for righteousness by the people.  If these “high places” are allowed to remain in this nation, each day they will attract more of our citizens into the demonic world.  Our young people are well aware of the occult world around them and they are showing interest in the supernatural world of demonic and evil spirits.

When rulers, powers, world forces of darkness, and spiritual wickedness in high places are allowed to flourish and operate openly in a nation is the beginning of the end for that nation.  Have we no sense of obedience and faithfulness in the Body of Christ?  Have we become so spiritually dead that we feel no spiritual responsibility to our citizens and nation?  Are we so intimidated, fearful, and weak that we refuse to put on the armor of God, use His Name, authority, power, and mighty weapons for pulling down these strongholds, and to stand firm against anything that exalts itself against the Word of God?

When are our leaders such as Franklin Graham, Robert Jefferies, John Hagee, and all these big-time megachurches, TBN, and DAYSTAR wealthy superstars on television going to set their pulpits ablaze by reproving, rebuking, and exhorting the truth to lead us out of this spiritual mess?  Are these pastors too busy with hay, wood, and stubble and selling books, tapes, DVDs, and endless Bible and Prophecy conferences?

Are our religious leaders afraid to call out Christians in America to repentance and obedience because it may shut down their generous flow of dollars?   These big-time preachers have huge budgets and enormous television cost to meet each month and they know if they give their faithful followers anything negative such as repent and obey, their money will dry up.  Such arrogance and hypocrisy never turn out well with God.  “Their might is not right.”

Think of this – these positive prophets in America preach “Jesus saves, restores, and protects” all around the world on television while we are losing our own nation to demonic strongholds and demon evil spirit “high places.”   Where is their authority?  “I did not send these prophets but they ran.  I did not speak to them but they prophesied.  But if they had stood in My council, then they would have announced My words to My people and would have turned them back from the evil of their deeds.” (Jeremiah 23:21-22)

American Christians are proof, “always learning but never able to come to the knowledge of the truth.” (2 Timothy 3:7)  We are not learning from history in the Old Testament where Israel allowed these “high places” for false gods and demon spirits?  God warned them to tear down these “high places” and when they did not, then the anger of the Lord was kindled against Israel and He gave them over to their enemies.

God did it to Israel and He is now doing the same to America.  We are not listening nor responding to God and we are in a big spiritual mess.  We had better wake up out of our apathy, disobedience, and coma, and face our spiritual reality.  If you don’t want to think of yourselves, then for God’s sake, think of your children and grandchildren, and the helpless citizens of this nation.

There is so much deception in our nation, I am not sure if many people in America really understand what Communist/Progressive ideology is, how destructive it is, and that it is being established in America daily as we read.  Progressivism sounds so good and wonderful but it is a dark agenda whose fountainhead is from Satan and is demonic in nature and very destructive.  That along should wakeup followers of God and citizens.

If the church in America was walking as Jesus walks as it claims, then they would know that He spent one-third of His ministry on this earth against Satan and his demons of darkness and destruction.  But we clearly are not walking but sleeping and ignoring our spiritual reality and responsibility.  With the wisdom and discernment of God and the Holy Spirit to guide us, we still can’t figure out what God wants us to do!!!  Or, is it rebellion and disobedience?  Or, maybe we don’t have the Holy Spirit and these gifts?  Something is terribly, terribly wrong in the Body of Christ in America!!!!

Communism/Marxism/Socialism/Progressivism/Liberalism is from the same fountainhead.  Its god is a big, repressive government.  We are acting like we want bondage more than freedom!!!!!  Continue to do nothing to get bondage but we have to fight to maintain our freedom.  The elites in Progressivism want the people in a nation depending on this big repressive government.  It’s all about control.

Progressives hate Christianity, Capitalism, and our Constitution and seek to destroy each one.  They attack the family and other foundations that made this nation workable and livable.  They want a utopia such as the old Soviet Union, North Korea, or Cuba.  These Progressives omit their history of Progressivism that Socialism is a failed system in every country it has been tried and people live in extreme poverty and the basics necessities of life are not available.  Only people who are deceived and dumbed down will embrace this demonic ideology.

To take over a nation, Progressives must embrace the Marxist ideology that changes the thinking of a nation.  They must first implode the family.  Attack the sanctity of marriage, easy divorce, add alternatives to marriage.  Get the mother working outside the home.   Give family benefits that exclude a father figure in the home.  Move the nation that God is dead, sexual immorality, perversion, and division.  Attack Christianity, Capitalism, and the Constitution while intimidating the leadership of each, especially the church.   Institute a false narrative of separation of church and state and 501C3s.  Rewrite history, and take over the news media, movies, and the education system to indoctrinate the masses, especially the young.

They take over the public school system to teach their lies to our children.  Teach them immorality so the children will lose their innocence and run from God, teach the children to rebel against their parents.  They have taken the responsibility of raising our children and place them into the hands of government agents in our public schools and universities.  In every public school, there are also counselors who address and advise our children on sex, drugs, homosexuality and gender.  Their advice is anti-American, anti-God, anti-capitalism, anti-family, and anti-Constitution along with anti-nationalism.

These hell holes we call public school and universities have but one purpose – to redirect, mold, and nurture our children – replacing the moral framework that families may be instilling in their children.  I hate to be so blunt, parents, but sending your children to the public schools and universities today is like, as in the days of Israel in the Old Testament of sacrificing your children to the god Moleck.

Sell your big house and BMW, stay at home mom to homeschool your kids.  Parents, God will hold you responsible for what and who teaches your children.  God warns us about what happens to our children.  “A shack in God’s will is better than a Rockefeller mansion out of it!!”   In addition, all parents should be confronting public school officials and demand they teach our morals and not their progressive agenda for the sake of the poorer students.  We must get involved while we have the opportunity!!!

We have a demise in Western Civilization.  The Church is not making sufficient disciples of Christ and the Communists/Marxists/Socialists/Progressives are making Progressive and Socialist disciples of our children using the most modern psychological means of mind control from the Chinese and Russians.  Our younger generations are exiting from our churches at an alarming rate and racing toward the ways of the world and Satan’s curses and traps of drugs, alcohol, suicide, sex, perversion, occult’s, and only God knows what else.

Christians ought to be on a war-footing now against this evil using the Name of Jesus, the authority of Jesus, the Word of Jesus, the power of Jesus, and the mighty weapons of God to redeem back our children and nation.  But we are so disengaged, sitting on our religious ass, preaching another Jesus, and practicing our ineffective, dead religion while our children, our citizens, and this nation are being overcome by demonic strongholds, doctrines of demons, and religious high places that are leading them to depression, torment, suicide, drugs, alcohol, and all the destructive ways of this world system.  How dwelleth the love of God in us?  Why are we so selfish?  In our generation, on our watch, we are reducing Christianity to where it means nothing in America!!!!!

Where are the pastors to lead their flocks to action and sanity?  Unfortunately, most of these false prophets and hirelings are intoxicated in demonic selfish ambition seeking their own glory in numbers to justify bigger buildings, bigger staffs, and more programs and to hell with the Kingdom of God, tending and teaching the flock the things and ways of God, and obedience to such things as making disciples and resisting the evil in our land.

Woe to the pastors and the nominal church members because God will not hold us guiltless for what we are allowing to happen on our watch to our citizens and nation.   Our disobedience and rebellion are storing up one of two things:  Either our own wickedness will correct us and we will have a great awakening or more severe judgments will come to our citizens and nation and one terrible day the unexpected will come upon us when God has had enough of our arrogance and foolishness and lack of repentance.   I love you and tell you the truth.  Repent and return to God!!!!!  God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams.

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




There Prescient Novels Predicted Our Cowardly “Brave New World”

By Sidney Secular

July 22, 2023

Ray Bradbury’s “Farenheit 451”, Aldous Huxley’s “Brave New World”, and George Orwell’s “1984”, considered among the best 100 novels ever written, capture the feel, or rather lack of feeling, of today’s dystopian world. They are basically user manuals on how to cow, control and condition a population of indoctrinated sheep. You have to entertain with novel novels to get the public’s attention to new and unique concepts.

The public’s acceptance of the “hijacker conspiracy” pulled off by the establishment in the 9/11 caper showed the sheeple were ready for the real thing. The lockdowns, authoritarian measures, masking, and non-stop media brainwashing of the public during the Covid plannedemic exercise were an overall success in cower power and crowd control. It allowed a mass vaxx campaign to begin the process of population reduction and pave the way for an even more intense and similar exercise to come in the near future to fasten the manacles on “We the People” now known as the masses. It will grease the skids for the full implementation of the New World Order. Now that the cowed population has accepted the addition of the Covid vaxxes to the usual cocktail of childhood inoculations, the fix is in, and it won’t be long before most of the population will be going, if not long gone. The youngsters may not even reach propagation age before all the various “side effects” of the vaxxes do them in. Increasingly, the vaxxes appear to be passing from mothers to developing babies in the womb causing an epidemic of myocarditis and premature death, so the vaxxes are doing double duty.

In Farenheit 451, Montag, the fireman who is assigned the task of burning not just politically incorrect books, but all books, is the protagonist who begins to question his life, his profession and why he and most of the population are fundamentally unhappy. His curiosity about the books he burns leads him into conflict with his family, his bosses, and the general society. Technology is presented as the central source of evil in this work. It is presented as the fundamental reason for the decline of reading by the populace and the inspiration for destroying books with high tech flamethrowers. Bradbury’s vision in 1953 was far ahead of his time, with wall-sized TVs and radio earbuds providing endless entertainment and distraction to the masses, making books obsolete. Today, 30% of Americans haven’t read a book in the past year and a large chunk of that 70% who say they have done so, are lying. Some people are proud of not having read a book since their college days. But then, pride in ignorance is nothing new.

Huxley’s warning in Brave New World concerns the danger of handing control of powerful technologies over to authoritarian minded men, who use the technology to control the population, rather than benefit society albeit, the population believes that it is being benefitted by the acts of said “leaders.” Population levels of the various classes or strata of society are controlled via removal of female ovaries, technological manipulation, and conditioning techniques. The compliant populations are conditioned to think they are happy and, frankly, to a certain extent they actually are simply because they have no source of information and reality outside of their own “culture.” Technology is used to develop drugs like Soma, consumption of which is encouraged to induce complacency and apathy and non-inquisitive personalities. Marijuana seems to be on the verge of performing this function now. Technology is used to manipulate DNA to produce the desired human product. Sociopaths gain control of all important sectors and managerial positions in society. This is pretty much the case already, now. Abortion is reduced to an emotionless science, and babies with congenital defects are routinely terminated. The gender of babies can be predetermined and their IQ levels can be ascertained. Indeed, IQs are not just determined but predetermined by drugs placed into the amniotic fluid in order to produce people whose IQs make them useful in the layered needs of society. Low IQ children are produced to do low IQ work and because they are conditioned to believe this is what is best, they are no threat to their ”betters.” The garbage is taken out and the streets swept by perfectly docile and happy minions. As babies are now produced in “factories,” any with genetic problems or severely low IQs are eliminated. The masses at all IQ levels are pacified and distracted with senseless entertainment. Much as happens today, rambunctious boys are turned pacified with drugs in school indoctrination centers. Citizens have little say in how they are governed but as they have no real needs not met by the “leaders,” they never seek change. Nearly all of these results have come to pass to one extent or another, or are seen to be coming around the corner.

Global use of antidepressants now follows and mirrors the aforesaid negative characteristics and developments. On the low end, only 13 Koreans and Chileans out of 1,000 use antidepressants. Down the list of global depressant use, at the bottom, is the USA where 110 out of 1,000 take antidepressants. Exacerbated by the incessant big pharma ads on TV, the average Americans’ existence is so shallow, meaningless and devoid of value that they are compelled to seek a means of escaping an increasingly unacceptable reality. This is particularly true of older White women. Over 50% find themselves childless and more than 25% are taking antidepressants. These “Karens” seek solace in voting for the pie-in-the-sky promises of leftist politicians and generally engage in silly cultural trends while cheering for abortion, probably because misery likes company. These unfulfilled Daughters of Eve are suckers for the climate change chicanery, were gung-ho for the Big Pharma toxic jabs, and still wear masks when driving alone, usually with the windows closed.

Dystopian technological totalitarianism reaches a peak in the picture of Big Brother monitoring everything people do, say, or think in the George Orwell masterpiece, “1984.” The following passage from the book represents the epitome and essence of the final stage reached as the society careens leftward as described by Orwell: “Every record has been destroyed (or doctored — SS), every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building (and street — SS) has been renamed, every date has been altered, and the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped (become history — SS). Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party (the establishment — SS) is always right.”

We have however, gone beyond Orwell’s ruminations with even more repressive restrictions about to be rolled out. By linking everything you do (home security, utilities, internet and appliance usage, etc. we are captive to the whims of the State (The “Party” in Orwell’s terminology). As we have seen in the last few years, authoritarian government, agenda-driven socialist alliances, big business, and social media tyrants have colluded to combine their clout and dominance to propagandize and popularize their woke agenda (Covid and vaxx scams, climate hoaxes, gender-bender degeneracy, race hustles, desperate efforts at maintaining western hegemony around the world, porn propagation, transhumanism, etc.), weaponizing every segment of the culture and government to produce these ends. Critical thinking dissenters and truth tellers have been silenced, destroying or diminishing the livelihoods of many, and misleading and corralling the masses into holding pens for future depredation and experimentation. The coup de grace is coming soon in the form of the rollout of digital currencies and social credit scores. Once your credit score drops below an acceptable level, your ability to transact business will be reduced to barter transactions at best, and your social interactions will be stunted or completely cut off at worst. You will have to beg for food and fuel, and beg your masters for mercy. The technical gulag of the Brave New World will have encompassed the entire world.

We have reached an era in which total tyranny is possible simply because we have created the means and technology to run it. And with the addition of AI (Artificial Intelligence) we just might have “thought” ourselves into enslavement not by men, but by man’s creations.

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




The Ongoing Iranian Revolution

By: Amil Imani

July 22, 2023

For 45 years, the Iranian people have grappled with a complex dilemma. While the mullahs in power possess significant wealth and authority, most of the population remains impoverished and hungry, with their aspirations for freedom, justice, liberty, and equality primarily ignored. The world, too, has looked the other way, engaging in business with those responsible for oppressing innocent Iranians. However, amid these challenges, a revolution is taking shape, led by courageous women fighting fearlessly for a better future.

The Impact of the 1979 Iranian Revolution

As the Islamic Revolution completed its fourth decade, it would not be too difficult to realize the reality and the fruits of its mismanagement during its imperial and revolutionary eras. Throughout the four decades of its existence, the Islamic Republic has produced more hunger, extreme frustration, and anger, prostitution at a record pace, drug addiction beyond control, and child execution without regard to the international human rights bylaws.

The Iranian Revolution of 1979 was pivotal in the nation’s history and had far-reaching implications for the global oil market. It sparked the second oil shock in five years, causing oil prices to surge and resulting in a substantial net loss of oil supply. In response to these changes, oil producers worldwide increased investments in exploration and production to mitigate the effects of the revolution.

Unfulfilled Aspirations

Despite the upheaval caused by the 1979 revolution, the fundamental desire of more than 90 percent of Iranians is freedom. The ruling mullahs consolidated their power and wealth, leaving most of the population in dire socio-economic conditions. Dissidents struggled to unite for common goals, hindered by the oppressive regime’s tactics to suppress opposition.

Women Leading the Charge

The women of Iran are leading the first female-led revolution in the history of the world, revising what bravery means. Notably, a revolutionary movement is underway, primarily led by women who have managed to rally widespread support nationwide. These brave women are fighting relentlessly for freedom, opposing the oppressive Islamic regime that has stifled Iran’s largely secular population for over four decades. These courageous women have won almost the entire nation to their cause.

They fight fearlessly for freedom and against the terror of the Islamic regime, which has oppressed the largely secular population for 45 years. The Iranian people are aware that only they can overthrow the regime. The only thing they ask from other governments is not to deal with their killers.

The Iranian people know that their fate rests in their hands and are determined to bring about change. Women in Iran are chanting “Women, Life, Freedom” despite the threat of being shot and incarcerated by the régime. They are risking their lives. There are photographs of women raising their fists while the streets around them burn.

Understanding the Regime’s Influence

The Iranian regime exercises its influence through various means. Firstly, it maintains ties with Sunni clerics (despite the fact they are enemies) to consolidate its power base. Secondly, it provides financial aid to every proxy terrorist in the region and supports militant groups with weapons and training, further destabilizing the region. The regime’s transnational repression campaign reaches far beyond those kidnapped, killed, or detained, exerting other forms of pressure on anyone deemed a threat to the Islamic Republic.  Now the world faces wall-builders of a different kind: the Islamofascists, who have been at their shameless work for centuries. As their walls, built with superstition, discrimination, and blood, crumble, they become more intent on rebuilding new territories.

Transnational Repression Campaign

Moreover, the regime has extended its oppressive reach far beyond its borders, employing a transnational repression campaign to exert pressure on anyone perceived as threatening the Islamic Republic. This campaign includes kidnapping, killing, detaining, and other insidious tactics aimed at silencing dissent and perpetuating its control.

The Turning Point

Iran has witnessed numerous protests since 1979, but the most recent episode stands apart. The tragic death of Mahsa Amini in police custody for wearing an “improper” hijab ignited an unprecedented political upheaval marked by waves of protests predominantly led by women. This uprising has garnered extraordinary international support. Waves of protests, led primarily by women, have broken out immediately, inspiring exceptional international support.

Supporting the Iranian People

The Iranian people now need the unwavering support of the global community to amplify their plight and combat the regime’s oppression. The world must no longer remain silent about the truth of the Iranian dilemma or engage in business with those responsible for the suffering of innocent Iranians.

The ongoing Iranian revolution symbolizes the resilience and courage of a people yearning for freedom, justice, liberty, and equality. Despite facing immense adversity, the Iranian women spearheading this movement are determined to bring about change. It is incumbent upon the international community to stand with the Iranian people in their fight for a better future and ensure that their aspirations for a just and equitable society are finally realized. The world must not remain silent in reporting the truth of the Iranian dilemma and must not engage in doing business with the killers of innocent Iranians. The Iranian revolution is ongoing, and the world must stand with the Iranian people in their fight for freedom, justice, and equality.

The brave Iranian women and men are not stopping, nor will they soon. They are taking to the streets to cut their hair and burn their hijabs, indicating to the Islamic government that they will no longer stand for this totalitarian regime—time for the mullahs to pack up and leave. It is not a matter of if but when this regime falls.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Heroes Among Us

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

July 22, 2023

Last week, Statistica reported on a survey where, “respondents were asked how proud they are to be an American. In 2013, 57 percent of Americans stated they were extremely proud to be an American. Nine years later, in 2022, some 38 percent of survey respondents said the same, lowest share recorded in the period.”

How would you have responded to the survey?

America has more races, ethnicities, intercultural and interracial families and marriages than any other country; bar none. Our economic, social, and cultural prosperity has long been the envy of the world.

Why, then, are we witnessing the loss of American Pride?

Could it be a relentless academic, educational, fake news and social media machine that is drowning adults and our youth in a constant storm of false narratives?

My wife, Diane, and I recently re-watched the 2007 movie Rocky Balboa. I was reminded that Sylvester Stallone is an exceptional story teller. Enlisting our collective memory, the Rocky Balboa movie works to display history at a local and personal level. The movie vividly shows us how different circumstances impact the lives of ordinary people based on their personal decisions.

Stallone cuts through the glitz and gets right down to business adding in bits of humor along with frank and straight-forward insight. There are three characters worth mentioning – Paulie, Marie, and Rocky – representing the low, middle and high-ground for personal responsibility, individualism, and valor.

The character, Paulie, is a poignant display of loneliness and sorrow. During a scene at an abandoned ice rink, Paulie, in stark contrast with Rocky, is distressed by his memories and things which he knows he did wrong. In particular, he realizes that he treated his sister Adrian, and others, quite poorly.

We don’t see Paulie complaining about his housing circumstances, the extent of the local Philadelphia food desert, the cost of his healthcare, or his recent job loss. Instead, he was deeply troubled by his own, internal short-comings. This is disturbing to the modern audience because each of us could likely review our lives with similar results. Hindsight allows each of us to recognize mistakes and broken relationships that could have been easily fixed.

The Marie character, on the other-hand, we remember from the first 1976 Rocky movie as a sassy and rebellious teen. We knew then and still know today that Rocky’s advice to Marie was prudent – don’t smoke, don’t stay out past curfew, act like a nice girl is supposed to act. In 1976 nobody called Rocky a “hater” even though Marie responded with, “Screw you, Creepo!”

Marie is an archetypal representation of everyday people. She is grown up in this sequel and now understands life better. She is neither heroic, extraordinary, nor cowardly. Marie is fully capable of contributing to a cause when given the opportunity but, she is reluctant until someone else steps into her life and invites her to join.

The Rocky character exhibits personal vigor and a steadfast attitude that we, as ordinary everyday people, often find ourselves struggling to achieve. The movie depicts far more than Rocky’s physical prowess, it shows us his heart, how he cares about people, both the living and the dead.

Stallone uses Rocky to show us the power of common-sense and traditional values and then he successfully spurs us towards courage. Rocky does this through a willingness to challenge idle hearts, encouraging each person to try harder, and stick with it and by helping them to become heroes in their own way.

Oregon could use more heroes. The question is not, where are the heroes? I know where they are. They are at every kitchen table; they are helping the kids do their math correctly; They are the ones going to work. The question for us is, how can we each do our part to make a difference? Like Marie, many of us are regular people, willing but reluctant. The fate of our state and nation will depend on how each of us answers this question.

In Rocky’s hometown, Philadelphia, some 250 years earlier, Thomas Jefferson and others were striving diligently for liberty. One Philadelphia hero, Thomas Pickering argued for preventing slavery in new states because,

“Congress once made this important declaration, ‘that all men are created equal; that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights; that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness’; and these truths were held to be self-evident.”

Pickering was adamant, “For God’s sake, then, let one more effort be made to prevent so terrible a calamity!”

Jefferson’s diary records the outcome of the vote on this motion,

“There were ten states present, 6 voted unanimously for it, 3 against it, and one was divided: and seven votes being requisite to decide the proposition affirmatively, it was lost.”

This was a full 75 years before our nation’s civil war. The vote was not lost because it was wrong-headed or unneeded, but because of the failure of individual moral agents. Jefferson reflects on this tragedy, writing:

“The voice of a single individual of the state which was divided, or of one of those which were of the negative, would have prevented this abominable crime from spreading itself over the new country. Thus we see the fate of millions unborn hanging on the tongue of one man, and heaven was silent in that awful moment! But it is to be hoped it will not always be silent and that the friends to the rights of human nature will in the end prevail.” *

Jefferson’s diary reflects a personal challenge to each of us. Today we bear the misfortune that this “one man” is missing from history’s pages. This one man’s failure was an abdication of his personal responsibilities and a violation of our nation’s principles. Yet, our state and nation need more than one voice and we all know there are thousands willing to stand with us to make a difference.

Together, we represent a bulwark that recognizes something is wrong. We see the far-left’s agenda playing out in all areas of life. We understand that we must take up the challenge in order to make a difference. We are people in every walk of life; Moms and Dads, kids, high-schoolers and college students.

Each of us, as individuals, are independent moral agents; we exist in every profession, in every wage-scale, of every race and of every ethnic background. It is time to join together in upholding truth, rather than succumbing to the false narratives of the run-away social media machine.

We will always face agenda-driven activists, socialists, Marxists, progressives and irresponsible pleasure-seekers who incessantly complain while believing more government is the answer. However, history coupled with reality provides a clearer warning. Therefore, our Liberty requires our involvement, boldness and diligence.

Our wonderful American experiment is about self-governance for a people with individual hopes, dreams and futures while staying true and standing strong for the eternal principles of our nation, the maintenance of which is vital to the world.

© 2023 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com




Solar Flares, Blowing Out Satellites, Massive Infrastructure Damage

By: Devvy

July 22, 2023

Regular readers of NWV’s are aware I’ve written about and encouraged people to protect their home and vehicle against an EMP attack.

Not just from a terrorist attack which a lot of people are very concerned about right now.  Top of the list would be a false flag event to blame MAGA supporters and all of us conservative constitutionalists working to stop the forces of evil.  At this point in time, nothing is off the table for these madmen determined to destroy this country and all she’s stood for since the Revolutionary War.  They’re in hyper drive as their nefarious plans are being exposed. Dan Bongino reported today that China is getting ready to invade Taiwan which will disrupt the global economy and urging people to prepare.

Bloomberg reportedChina Poses ‘Alarming’ Threat to US Grid, Lawmakers Told” by Ari Nattaer, July 18, 2023

This column is focused on a weather event.

Can solar flares destroy electronics?, April 22, 2022 – “Short out satellites and take down GPS, cell phone, Internet, and TV services.  Cause damage to electronic devices and computers. Disrupt the power grid resulting in overloads, widespread power outages, and dangerous power surges.

Could a solar flare fry electronics? – “A team of scientists warns that if the Sun unleashed a powerful type of storm called a coronal mass ejection in Earth’s direction, it could utterly destroy our entire electronic infrastructure.

“What would a solar flare destroy? – “Transformers would be damaged, and the power outages would occur around the world. Radio and satellite communications could be knocked out, resulting in a massive blackout without the benefit of our being able to talk to one another.

“Would a solar flare destroy computers? – “A flare like that today could shut down all the power grids, all the computers, all the cooling systems on nuclear reactors. A lot of things could go bad.”

A huge solar storm that could destroy electronics missed the Earth by only 9 days, April 25, 2022 – Video

Can’t happen here?  Won’t affect me?  My late mother always said, better be safe than sorry which brings me to an email I’m sharing because it is so typical of those who’ve done little to no research on an issue.  I’m withholding the lady’s name for privacy reasons.

This response was regarding the two columns I’ve done on protecting your home from an EMP attack and a product I chose:  EMP Shield

Devvy,

“I showed this to an older electrical engineer (Michigan Tech professor) who said the product is a total fraud.  There is no extant system available to a homeowner that would protect home and vehicle from a large EMP or GMD. None of the references dealt with product design specifics and guarantee of effectiveness; they talked only about the product in general.”  End.

My response:

A total fraud?  Perhaps your friend should have read a bit on their web site. Even call them to inquire about their product.  I verified and cross-checked before I chose them for my home.

I hope the information provided below will be helpful.  When the ‘event’ is over and power restored – meaning the grid goes back on line if not totally destroyed – if the electrical system in your home is destroyed, nothing is going to work.  From their web site:

Listed by the Department of Homeland Security in their February 5th 2019 EMP Resilience Report

EMP Shield is a family of incredibly robust EMP, solar flare, and lightning defense technologies.

They have been designed to exceed the US Military requirements for protection against a high-altitude nuclear detonation that results in an electromagnetic pulse. This family of products has been tested at Keystone Compliance, a DOD Certified Testing Laboratory, to verify compliance with the following Military Standards:  Data at link above.

What is an EMP Shield? – The EMP Shield is electromagnetic pulse, Solar Flare, and lightning protection system designed to exceed the requirements of MIL-STD-188-125-1 for shunting over-voltage spikes.  EMP Shield™ is the World’s only tested and approved EMP protection technology for an entire electrical system.

How Does EMP Shield Work?

The EMP Shield can see and protect all the electronics and equipment connected to your electrical system.

This is accomplished by shunting (shorting) the over voltage coming in from the Grid and the voltage surges that are collected within your home.

Whether the electrons are collected within your home or are attempting to come into your electrical system from outside the home (the grid), the EMP Shield will see the surge and protect your electrical system.

Since the shunting is completed incredibly fast (500 trillionths of a second), the over voltage is pulled away from the equipment before the voltage can rise high enough to damage any equipment. We call this new technology SightSpeed™ and it ensures no heat is generated within the electrical system which protects all electronics connect to the system.”  End.

One of the web sites I visit several times a week is Space Weather.Com as I am just one of those people who needs to stay on top of things.  This is their latest posting:

“GEOMAGNETIC STORM WATCH: Intermittent G1-class geomagnetic storms are possible for the next 2 days as Earth’s magnetic field reverberates from a series of CME impacts and near misses since July 16th. The storms could intensify to category G2 or G3 on July 20th when a new and more potent CME arrives. See below.  Aurora alerts: SMS Text

“A SIGNIFICANT EXPLOSION ON THE SUN (UPDATED): We’ve been waiting for this. Big sunspot AR3363 just produced a significant solar flare, a long-duration M6 -class event during the early hours of July 18th. NASA’s Solar Dynamics Observatory recorded the blast near the sun’s southwestern limb:

“Energetic protons accelerated by the flare have reached Earth and are now peppering the top of our planet’s atmosphere. This is called a “radiation storm.” According to data from NOAA’s GOES-16 satellite, it is a category S2 event.

“Although the explosion was not X-class, it was more powerful than many X-flares would be. Why? Because it lasted so long. The flare’s X-ray output was above M5 for more than an hour and above M1 for nearly 4 hours. It had plenty of time to lift a substantial CME out of the sun’s atmosphere.

“Indeed, SOHO coronagraphs have since detected a bright CME emerging from the blast site:  Although the CME is not heading directly for Earth, it appears to have an Earth-directed component. A NASA model suggests it could deliver an effective glancing blow as early as July 20th (0000 UT). NOAA is doing their own modeling, and results should be available soon.”

There’s a lot of ‘could’ when it comes to space and the sun.  Only God knows what’s going to happen to our world today and in the future.  The sun is a MIGHTY object and the damage that ‘could’ be unleashed is nothing to take lightly.

Way back in 1859 there was a HUGE coronal mass ejection (CME) which caused magnetic fluctuations in the earth’s magnetosphere.  Looked that up:  It’s the magnetic field which surrounds Earth.  Back then there wasn’t electronics for everything but the telegraph systems failed as well as a simple thing like a compass.  Just imagine today.

One could have a car accident tomorrow.  One could need surgery next week.  That’s why we purchase insurance.  Protecting your home, electronics and vehicle seems to me to be common sense.

This one-hour video presentation that I watched which features the man who created EMP Shield.  Discussed and dissected is EMP and CME.  It was a real learning experience for me and you’ll see from the comments section, the best informative video explaining this issue in depth.  You may wish to watch it.

One person who commented brought up a valid concern and that is those balloons.  Remember those?  The ones that flew over half the country and then conveniently disappeared completely from the news?  Food for thought.  The government lies about everything and that balloon episode still has a lot of people worried. To order click the image below.

For me, just like food and water storage, being prepared is a life saver vs. panic and despair when disaster hits.  You can decide what’s best for your home and watching that video will, I believe, help people better understand how to prepare for this very real threat.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2




The Church, Inc. Has Become a Business

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 21, 2023

Note:  I pray this commentary does not come across as self-serving.  It is not my intention.  I have been writing a weekly commentary since 2002.  I do not get paid.  I appreciate the platform that News With Views has given me over the years.  I enjoy reading the emails that readers send me.  It motivates me to do more.

We will never be successful in the cultural war because THE LEFT gives money to CAUSES, while Christians give money to CHURCHES.”

That profound statement was uttered to me by my buddy Mark Harrington 20 years ago.  Mark is the founder of Created Equal a pro-baby organization that trains young men and women how to wage the war for the life of the pre-born child.

It was 2003 and I had just launched PASS THE SALT MINISTRIES after being run out of public education by the God-hating ACLU and their Demonic supporters for “mixing religion with coaching.”  Maybe some day I will have the time to tell you the story of how God used the ACLU to dynamite me out of coaching high school football into the role of “coaching the church” on how to be the Salt of the earth.

It must be the largest mistake that the ACLU has ever made.  My going “full speed” into the cultural war has caused them headaches ever since.  Today, I Coach Christians how to fight.

My initial reaction to the attacks on MY FREE EXERCISE of my faith was to launch an information blitzkrieg through the local churches.  Surely, if they understood what was going on in America in regards to anti-Christian court rulings, the pastors would get involved and help push-back against these emissaries of hell.

It was to my great disappointment to learn that most pastors “did not want to get involved” as prayer was stripped from the football field.  The issue was “political” and they were not “permitted” to “politicize the pulpit.”

I was naïve at the time and thought that they would be eager to help fight the Secularists who were trampling the “salt under the foot of man.”  It was then that I decided to launch my own battle for my God-given right to freely exercise my faith.  I have been faithfully fighting that battle for over 20 years.

Just this week a friend of mine forwarded to me the financials from his local church that had recently been shared with the congregation.  Remember what my friend Mark said regarding Christians and their money…

From the hand out shared by the board…2022 Fiscal Numbers:

Tithes and Offerings                        $  1,506,111

First Fruits                                         $     374,781

Rentals                                               $     330,848

Missions and Alms                          $        53,934

Total Income                               $  2,265,674     

 

Expenditures

Personnel and staff                             $ 786,210

Ministry Departments                        $ 638,374

Facilities                                                $ 257,775

Savings/Building Fund                      $ 201,704

Missions and Alms                             $ 157,714

Expenses                                          $ 2,041,777

So…this business…ahem…church…which is called to be the salt of the earth and the light of the world took in over 2 MILLION dollars and distributed OUTSIDE of the church exactly $157,754.  That is less than 1% of church funds leaving the church.

Meanwhile, all of Team Lucifer is collecting money and funding the cultural war.  Drag shows, gay parades, BLM, ACLU, Budweiser, government grants, union dues…all going to fund CAUSES…as the church sucks up all of the funding of the good guys.  Occasionally, a Christian may throw a few bucks to the REPUBLICANS, hoping they will pick up the Christian causes, but look where that has gotten us.

Do you think the church that you attend has a better record than the example above?  Is your church funding Christian missionaries TO AMERICA…those fighting the cultural wars…rescuing babies…fighting LGBT indoctrination…?   Money controls politics but money controls religion as well.  The church barometer is the offering plate.

Speaking the Truth is tough business.  Both Jesus and his cousin John the Baptizer confronted the political leaders of their day.  It cost both their lives.

I often hear Pastors say “Jesus didn’t get involved in politics.”  That shows their complete ignorance.  Jesus never confronted the Roman authorities because, as He told Pilate, “You have NO AUTHORITY over me.”  Jesus was not a Roman.

But the Sanhedrin, the Pharisees and the Sadducees DID have authority over the Jewish people and Jesus took them to the woodshed more than once.  The CHURCH then turned to the Romans to do their dirty work.

To the Left, THEIR CAUSE IS their religion.  They give to organizations that advance their beliefs.  Christians give to churches where the light is smothered under a bushel.  No wonder Satan and his minions own the Government.  No wonder Jesus is illegal in the public square.

A friend of mine went to his pastor and asked him why he did not educate the congregation on the great issues of the day.  The Pastor replied “I tell them to read the Bible.  It explains how to vote.”

Coward.

Another friend went to his pastor and asked the same question.  The pastor did not know what to say.  My friend suggested they start a voluntary class to educate and inform the congregation on the moral crisis and how Christians should respond.

The Pastor bit on the idea.  The class is growing.  Christians are waking up to their cultural responsibility.  Perhaps you could do the same.

Here is a list of the world’s richest pastors.  Million-dollar pastors…is that even Biblical?  Riches make one soft.  Soft men do not fight.  The American church is soft.

Here is a suggestion.  Find a ministry that is fighting in the culture war.  Support them financially.  Street fighters need our support.  They have no congregation and they certainly are not getting rich.  Stop funding million-dollar ministries.

Check us out at Pass The Salt Ministries.  We are street fighters.  We teach others how to fight.  We put boots on the ground.  We do not lick the boots of the Luciferians.  We have a powerful daily broadcast where we train and equip Christians.  The podcast is free.

I would be honored to come and visit your church and give y’all a kick in the butt.  No fee.  Just expenses.  The Church must engage in the battle.  Contact me Coach@CoachDaveLive.com.  Your church will never be the same. Jesus said to stand up to evil and it will flee.

You can donate here.  We pick up where the church left off.   Help us fight while we still can.

© 2023 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




DeGovernor vs. The Mouse: Mickey Seems to be Winning in a TKO!

By Kat Stansell

July 21, 2023

Most Floridians are familiar with the ongoing sparring match between Ron DeSantis and Disney. What most don’t know is where it stands and how it got there.

As has been publicized with much fanfare, DeSantis introduced what became known as the “Don’t Say Gay” bill, HB1557, which limited early education (only k-3, mind you…) teachings on sexual orientation and gender identity including school “health care” in Florida schools, giving parents rights of information, and notification. You can see the full House bill here.

It is a decent bill, which restores parental rights to be able to knowledgeably participate in the content of their children’s education. Most Florida residents were glad to see it, and gave Tallahassee kudos for it. Disney and liberals denounced the bill strongly. Of course.

The nearly simultaneous Senate Bill, SB4-C is what I think ignited the existing dry tinder of disagreements. Florida Senate Bill, SB4-C provided for the dissolution of any independent special district which had been established prior to the Florida Constitution of 1968. There were six. What did one have to do with the other? Here’s what.

One of those six special districts to be abolished was the Reedy Creek Independent District, which had governed Disney= since 1967, allowing Disney to handle its own power, water, sewer, road and fire services, along with other issues of governance such as funding. Law enforcement was contracted with the Orange County Sheriff.

If the District were dissolved, all those services would have to be taken over by the counties of Orange and Osceola wherein the Reedy Creek/Disney development is located. Reedy Creek’s bond debt would also, by law, become the burden of the property owners in those counties. The RCID’s annual financial statement for 2021 shows that the district carried a long-term bond debt of $997,215,801, according to ClickOrlando.com.

The same fate would, of course, be visited on the residents of the other five special districts which were dissolved under the same legislation:

♦ Hamilton Co Development Authority
♦ Franklin Co East Pt. Water and Sewer District
♦ Bradford Co, Development Authority
♦ Marion Co. Law Library District
♦ Broward Co. Sunshine Drainage District

None, however, was the house of the Mouse, so their issues though similar were smaller.

The stated rationale behind the Republican sponsored bill was that it would allow local governments to “exercise their home- rule powers” for the first time since the Florida Constitution was written in 1968. (Did they ask for that?? Had that been a burning issue for years? Yeah. NO.) The financial managers of the counties weren’t thrilled, and were obviously concerned about the “very big impact” which the dissolution of the Districts, especially Reedy Creek, would have on their taxpayers.

Governor DeSantis, apparently tone deaf to this issue, went ahead with his plans to pass the legislation and replace the members of the Reedy Creek Board with well-healed cronies of his own choosing.

Some people in Florida and across the country may have kept up with all of this, to this point. Here’s where it has gone from there.

These House and Senate bills were not technically related. However, I believe that “Don’t Say Gay” (HB1557) got the child users/abusers all upset, then came the threat to file down all of the Mouse King’s fangs. (SB4-C) THAT was a step too far for the Disney side. So, they pulled a fast, but very likely legal move, on their foes.

On Feb. 8, 2023, the day before the new Board appointed by DeGov was to take control, the existing Reedy Creek Board, as yet still controlled by Disney, signed a long-term (30+-year) development agreement which drastically limits any control over the District that could be exercised by the new board. Here is what was in that RCID development agreement.

Disney no longer needs board approval to build high density (think of the impact on traffic and services of all kinds) and/or high rise structures of ANY height (think NYC); limitations would come only from the FAA. The corporation can also sell/assign rights for development, to anyone. Just as a last poke at Tallahassee, the same agreement bans the new board from using Disney’s name or any of its characters in any way.

As reported by CNBC on 3/29/23, “the agreement (also) includes a royal clause that dates back to 1692 in Britain and would extend its term limit for decades.” “The declaration shall continue in effect until 21 years after the death of the last survivor of the descendants of King Charles III….”, the current King of England. (This is British law to eliminate/buffer against the concept of perpetuities.)

This agreement, made by the original RCID board on Feb. 8, was not discovered until Feb. 27, 2023, when DeGov replaced all of the Disney board members with his chosen supporters. This fact alone speaks to the incompetence, ignorance or perfidy of Tallahassee. Take your pick. I think it’s bits of all three. One of the new Board members said, “This essentially makes Disney the government.”

Disney maintains that “all agreements signed between Disney and the District were appropriate,…discussed and approved in open forums for which notice was given, in compliance with Florida’s Sunshine Law.” DeSantis and his reps had no comment for CNBC, when this was reported (link above) on “Squawk Box” on March 29, ’23.

How did DeGov and his gang miss this??? Discussed in open, announced forums? It is inconceivable and unconscionable. I’m guessing they’re going to spend a lot of Florida taxpayers’ money to get out of this mess, if they can.

As of now, the case of Mickey v. Ronnie et. al, is in the Florida Supreme Court. The new DeSantis-appointed board has retained “multiple financial and legal firms to conduct audits and investigate.” They have agreed to hire “lawyers that have extensive experience with protracted litigation against Fortune 500 companies.” I can only imagine what THOSE guys cost.

No legal work comes cheap, and the expenses involved in this case will come directly out of the Florida taxpayer’s pocket for however long this will take to settle.

Whatever the final result of this litigation, it should never have happened, had Tallahassee been alert. The fact that the Governor v. the Mouse has made it onto the legal battlefield tells me that the Florida Legislature wasn’t paying attention they way they should. I believe that they had more pressing things to which to give their attention.

Perhaps it was the legislation which freed the Governor to run for POTUS then return to office should he fail on the national scene. Or, maybe it was slipping in legislation helping Ron DeSantis to seal – aka, hide – all of his travel and visitor records.= Maybe it was SB 7050 which mandates the use of machines in Florida elections, just as Florida’s Kris Jurski of the-peoples-audit.org, was uncovering hundreds of thousands of voter roll irregularities made possible only by machines. Any challenges to election results by citizens, like Jurski, were mad illegal. Important stuff, if you are the Florida legislature. Way more important than hanging unlimited legal expenses around the neck of already burdened citizens.

Hmmmm…lots to take their attention away from the tricky little rodent, and his “mischief” (the term for a group of mice—does it get any better than that?!? lol) It was a busy spring term in Tallahassee.

To the few who still think their governor did great things vs. Disney, you owe it to yourself and your families to fully understand the reality of this situation.

I believe that the legislature of Florida – or ANY state – owes more and better to the people they represent, and it is high time for the citizens of the Sunshine State to stand tall and apply the sun screen of knowledge, so they do not get burned. Again.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Millenials: ‘Misgendering’ Is a Crime

by Lee Duigon

July 20, 2023

We are told, by (ahem!) “a poll” that almost half of our Millenials (ages 25-34) think “misgendering” ought to be a crime punishable by jail time.

The poll was conducted by Redfield & Wilson Strategies (never heard of ‘em) and, um, “reported” by Newsweek. We are also told that 19% of all Americans agree—and 65% don’t. And, lest we forget, some 250 celebrities say we really need government to censor “wrong” opinions.

Do we believe this? Not me, pal. I’m not into compelled speech. If some guy with a beard insists he’s Sonie Henie, why in the world should I have to, on pain of imprisonment, pretend that I, too, think he’s a woman? What kind of asinine excuse for a civilization is that?

Puzzled, we turn to Dr. Peabo Bunkum, professor of Nothing Studies at Fimbo University, to explain it for us.

“Free speech is quite simply a threat to democracy,” Professor Bunkum says. “And why is that? What’s wrong with free speech? It’s wrong because the wrong people use it! They use it to say wrong things! Some of them are so stupid, they don’t even know they’re wrong! Christians and conservatives, every word they speak, every word they write, is just plain wrong! You can’t have a democracy when three-quarters of the people have the wrong ideas.”

Public education, he continues, “has done a good job of weeding out wrongness, but you can’t expect the teachers’ unions and the colleges to do it on their own. Government has to step in! Those stupid evil peasants who insist on misgendering people—and hurting their feelings!—will never stop until we lock them up and throw away the key.”

As we speak, the Biden Administration is fighting tooth and nail in court to assert and protect their claim that government agencies and officials have every “right” and “authority” to lean on Internet providers and force them to censor anyone who disagrees with the prevailing narrative. (That’s a new word that replaces “lie.”) Sorry about all those quotation marks. We are dealing with babbling idiots for whom ordinary words like “truth” and “justice” and “freedom” take on weird and esoteric meanings.

Then again, how can 250 celebrities be wrong? And Millenials who’ve been to college and earned degrees in Gender Studies—who are you gonna believe? Them, or that dopey old Constitution that we really don’t need anymore?

“Free speech,” declares Dr. Bunkum, “should be reserved only to those persons whose opinions are proper and correct. And government officials, college professors, and teachers’ unions know which opinions are proper and correct! Together we should be able to decide who speaks and who doesn’t.”

Getting back to the poll, we cannot help but wonder whom they polled, and where.  I’m guessing the faculty lounge at Che Guevara Community College. It would be distressing to believe our education establishment has succeeded so brilliantly in turning half a generation into a pack of Red Guards.

Don’t we want our free republic anymore? Are we so tired of our liberty? “Red for Ed,” the teachers’ union T-shirts say.

If we don’t have our First Amendment, guaranteeing free speech, freedom of religion, and freedom to demand of our government redress of grievances… well, then, we don’t have much of anything, do we?

It seems a high price to pay just to help intensely disturbed people act out their fantasies.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit—before they start building new prisons for all of us who have wrong ideas. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




God Laughs in Flowers

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 20, 2023

The night before, we slept in the pines along the road on the Lewis & Clark Trail in Montana. We left the main highway on a dirt road that looked very little traveled. Gorgeous scenery everywhere we looked! The night sky featured millions of stars, a full moon, and meteors slashing across the ink-black of space. It was almost like they put an exclamation point at the end of a beautiful day of riding. We cooked dinner over our one-burner stove.

For some reason, food tastes like a Waldorf-Astoria high class seven course dinner every night while pedaling all day. And the trimmings, well, you just can’t beat the sound of a Great Horned Owl hooting in the distance, or crickets chirping, or a squirrel chattering in a nearby tree. Before the sun set, we watched two hummingbirds working a flower patch near our camp.

And the sky, well, those thunderheads lit up with the setting of the sun. Purple-pink dominated the heavens while we sat on our ‘boulder’ chairs watching the Natural World entertain us.

In the morning, we awoke to a sunny sky, dew drops on the grass and a few spider webs that had been weaved during the night, one of them on the corner of the seat tube and top tube of Sandi’s bike. We felt bad that we had to dismantle it.

After breakfast, we were packing up when a rancher stopped by in his pick-up truck. He rolled down his window, “I don’t want to alarm you folks, but there’s a big grizzly walking down this road in this direction about a mile away.”

“Thank you,” I said. “Sandi, let’s gracefully get these bikes packed and get the heck out of here….”

Have you ever heard of “flashing packing”? Well, we quickly, with a sense of urgency, flash-packed our bikes within minutes. We jumped on them and pedaled out to the road with a keen sense of really being alive. I mean, I’ve been face to face with grizzly bears in my journeys through Alaska. Lucky to be alive after having starred one down outside my tent on the Russian River one morning when I woke up. It wasn’t my day to die. He looked at me only five feet away, and then, walked down to the river. I nearly peed my pants. That’s another story that I will tell….

On the road, east bound, we calmed down rather quickly as we pedaled along beautiful meadows filled with flowers. One patch of white mountain daisies covered five full acres. It stunned us as it rolled with the terrain and glistened in the morning sun. We heard the bees humming from one flower to another.

“Sandi,” I said. “Let’s get a picture of you in the wild flowers.”

“Dear,” I said. “Just make it a PG picture showing that you’re enjoying yourself.”

“Well, since we just escaped certain death if that grizzly had come upon our campsite, yes, I’m thankful to be alive. Tell me why I married you again?”

“Remember, I said I loved adventure when we first met,” I said. “You said you liked adventure, too. So, here you are…let’s get a picture of you on this adventure.”

Sandi walked into the field. She gave a dozen poses from different stances. The picture I love best is the one she reclined in the flowers and stuck her feet up. She outstretched her arms as if accepting the beauty, joy, energy, spiritual blessings and warm of Mother Earth.

Ralph Waldo Emerson, a dear friend of Thoreau said, “The Earth laughs in Flowers.”

Flowers by Albert Lainghton

They are autographs of angels, penned

In Nature’s green-leaved book, in blended tints,

Borrowed from rainbows and the sunset skies,

And written everywhere–on plain and hill,

In lonely dells, ‘mid crowded haunts of men;

On the broad prairies, where no eye save God’s

May read their silent, sacred mysteries. Thank God for flowers!

They gladden human hearts; Seraphic breathings part their fragrant lips,

With whisperings of Heaven.

Sandi and Frosty, following the Lewis & Clark Trail, Montana, on tour through the endless energy of flowers lining the roads of our lives.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Role of the Presidency

By Paul Engel

July 19, 2023

  • All of the executive power of the United States is vested in one person, the President of the United States.
  • Contrary to popular opinion, most of the powers of the United States are not vested in the President, but in Congress.
  • Ever wonder why we have such a unique way of electing the President?

This is the second in a three-part series on the branches of the federal government. The first article covered the Legislative branch, but this time we’ll look at the role of the executive. While there are many misconceptions about the roles of the three branches of government, most seem to be about the executive branch. Like referring to the President as the most powerful man in the world, or to this branch being an independent executive agency. So let’s delve into Article II of the Constitution and learn more about our nation’s chief executive.

The Executive Power

The second of the three branches of government is called the executive because that’s its job.

EXECUTIVE, noun The officer, whether king, president or other chief magistrate, who superintends the execution of the laws; the person who administers the government; executive power or authority in government.

Executive – Websters 1828 Dictionary

It is said the legislative branch writes the law and the executive executes them, but that is a bit of a misunderstanding as well.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 1

The executive power of the United States isn’t vested in the executive branch, but in a single person: The President of the United States. All of the executive agencies, and those who work in them, are exercising the President’s power and therefore report to him.

he may require the Opinion, in writing, of the principal Officer in each of the executive Departments, upon any Subject relating to the Duties of their respective Offices,

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 1

While the powers of the President may seem awesome, especially the way it is treated today, a quick look at Article II shows that there’s actually very little the President can do on his own.

Sole Powers of the President

What are the powers vested solely in the President? As stated before, the President has the power and responsibility to execute the laws and powers of the United States.

he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed, 

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3,

In addition to executing the powers of the government of the United States, the President has the power to pardon.

he shall have Power to grant Reprieves and Pardons for Offences against the United States, except in Cases of Impeachment.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 1

What else can the President do all by himself?

he may, on extraordinary Occasions, convene both Houses, or either of them, and in Case of Disagreement between them, with Respect to the Time of Adjournment, he may adjourn them to such Time as he shall think proper;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3,

The President can convene both houses of Congress, but only under extraordinary circumstances, such as after the Pearl Harbor and September 11th attacks. This is why the President is required, from time to time, to inform Congress of the state of the union. The address of the same name we’ve all become accustomed to only happens if the House of Representatives invites the President to speak. Since both houses of Congress have to agree before they can adjourn, the President can settle any disagreement between them on that fact.

The President is also responsible for commissioning all officers of the United States.

and shall Commission all the Officers of the United States.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3,

Lastly, the President receives foreign ambassadors and ministers.

he shall receive Ambassadors and other public Ministers; 

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3,

That’s it. Those are the only powers delegated solely to the President of the United States. You may be asking, what about foreign policy, regulations, or even the fact that he is the Commander in Chief of the military?

The President shall be Commander in Chief of the Army and Navy of the United States, and of the Militia of the several States, when called into the actual Service of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 1

Yes, the President is the Commander in Chief of the military, but he is not the one that makes the rules for them. Congress has the power:

To make Rules for the Government and Regulation of the land and naval Forces;

U.S Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 14

Contrary to popular belief, the President can’t even call up the militia by himself.

To provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions;

U.S Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 15

Shared Powers

So, if most of the powers we think the President has aren’t his alone, who does he share those powers with?

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

We think that the President makes treaties, but he does not, at least not alone. Notice, it doesn’t say the President negotiates treaties and then the Senate ratifies them. No, it says the President is to make treaties with the advice and consent of the Senate. In other words, the Senate is to be involved in the negotiation process.

and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court, and all other Officers of the United States, whose Appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by Law: 

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

While the President does nominate ambassadors, judges, and other officers of the United States, he is to do so with the advice and consent of the Senate.

Why does the President need the advice and consent of the Senate and not the entire Congress? Remember, the two houses of Congress have different roles. The House of Representatives has always been elected by the people to represent the people. Members of the Senate, on the other hand, were originally appointed by the state legislature, to represent the state. After the Seventeenth Amendment, Senators are chosen by popular election of the people, but that does not change their role as representatives of the states. That means, when it comes to treaties and appointments, the President needs the advice and consent of the representatives of the states.

The President is tasked to execute the laws and powers of the United States, and can only execute his power to make treaties and appoint officers with the advice and consent of the Senate, who are representatives of the states. You may be sensing a theme here. The powers delegated to the United States, even the power to make laws, comes from the Constitution, which was ratified by the states. Contrary to popular belief, the President’s job is not to represent the people, but to represent the states. Which explains the unique way the President is elected.

Electing Presidents

Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress: but no Senator or Representative, or Person holding an Office of Trust or Profit under the United States, shall be appointed an Elector.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 2

Most people grossly misunderstand what we call the “Electoral College”. First of all, by college, we do not mean an institution of higher education.

In a general sense, a collection, assemblage or society of men, invested with certain powers and rights, performing certain duties, or engaged in some common employment, or pursuit.

COLLEGE Websters 1828 Dictionary

Technically, if there were an electoral college, there would be fifty of them. You see, the electors don’t meet in one place, but in each of the fifty states.

The Electors shall meet in their respective states and vote by ballot for President and Vice-President,

U.S. Constitution Amendment XII

Back to the electors. Contrary to popular belief, the people do not elect the President, the states do. Each state appoints their electors for President based on the rules set forth by their state legislature. Currently, all fifty states appoint their presidential electors based on popular election for them in the state. Look closely at your ballot every four years, and you’ll see that you aren’t voting for President, but for electors for president who have pledged to vote for a specific candidate.

There is one other thing about electing our President that is unique: His qualifications for office.

No Person except a natural born Citizen, or a Citizen of the United States, at the time of the Adoption of this Constitution, shall be eligible to the Office of President; neither shall any Person be eligible to that Office who shall not have attained to the Age of thirty five Years, and been fourteen Years a Resident within the United States.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 5

Only the President has to be a natural born citizen of the United States. Not members of Congress, judges, or any other officer. There is quite a bit of controversy in many circles about the term “natural born citizen”. Some claim the person has to be born on U.S. soil, others that he or she must be born to two parents who are U.S. citizens. Some even claim that a commentary on International affairs is the legal basis for defining a natural born citizen. Let me show you how I’ve come to my understanding of the term. First, the definitions:

CITIZEN, noun

The native of a city, or an inhabitant who enjoys the freedom and privileges of the city in which he resides;

CITIZEN Websters 1828 Dictionary

A citizen is the native of a city, or in our case a state or nation. They enjoy the freedoms and privileges of being a citizen, such as voting. Being born is pretty self explanatory, but what makes a citizen naturally born?

NATURAL, adjective [to be born or produced] …

Native; vernacular; as ones natural language.

NATURAL Websters 1828 Dictionary

Natural is an adjective, it modifies the term born. So a natural born citizen could also be called a native born citizen, i.e., a citizen at birth. How does someone become a citizen at birth? Congress has the power to make rules for naturalization:

To establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization,

U.S Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 4

Many are now rightly pointing out that Naturalization is a process for a non-citizen to become a citizen. Logically, if Congress gets to establish the rules for becoming a citizen, doesn’t it follow that those rules determine if naturalization is needed? In other words, when is a person a citizen at birth or when do they need to be naturalized? And if the rules of naturalization set by Congress determines that someone is a native citizen, they are, by definition, a natural born citizen.

I know that not everyone will agree with me on that point, which is why I’ve shown you the logic and evidence for my deductions. For those who point to Emerich de Vattel’s book, “Law of Nations”, as establishing the definition of a natural born citizen, let me point out that although the book was available to, and read by at least some of the Framers of the Constitution, nothing in the records of the Continental Congress points to any member referring to him or his book while discussing citizenship or the office of President.

Oath of Office

Meanwhile, every officer of the United States is required to take an oath of office, including to support the Constitution of the United States.

The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution; but no religious Test shall ever be required as a Qualification to any Office or public Trust under the United States. 

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 3

Only the President has a specific oath required by the Constitution.

Before he enter on the Execution of his Office, he shall take the following Oath or Affirmation:—”I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.” 

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 8

Conclusion

Rather than a king, like so many people seem to treat him, we see that the President is supposed to be a servant to the states. Executing the laws and powers of the United States, working with the representatives of the states in Congress to make treaties and appoint officers, and accepting foreign dignitaries is all done in service to the union of states. Does that sound like the most powerful man in the world?

Perhaps if more people read the Constitution, we would more fully understand the role of President it actually created, and advise their states to choose better candidates for the office of electors. You know, men and women that would actually execute the office to the best of their abilities, not to the advancement of their preferred special interests. People who would actually preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States and not actively work to dismantle it to advance their political party.

Then again, based on recent history, maybe bothering to understand the Constitution is just too much for a 21st century American.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Modern Day Hirelings In Contrast To That Of The Disciples Of Martyrdom

By Bradlee Dean

January 19, 2023

“If Jesus had preached the same message that ministers preach today, He would never have been crucified.” -Leonard Ravenhill

How true is this statement!

Today’s hirelings (John 10:12) have been set up as a judgment upon the people that have put them in their positions, tickling their ears.  They are preaching a message in stark contrast to “Repent for the kingdom of Heaven is at hand” (Matthew 3:2), thus, making a people to war against the Living God (Micah 3:5).

Scripture tells us, “For the time will come when people will not tolerate sound doctrine and accurate instruction [that challenges them with God’s truth]; but wanting to have their ears tickled [with something pleasing], they will accumulate for themselves [many] teachers [one after another, chosen] to satisfy their own desires and to support the errors they hold…” -2 Timothy 4:3

These people and their big, fancy, expensive suits, which cost more than most people’s whole line of clothing, beg for more money and preach a message of gain is godliness, so that, in the end, they can buy another home, car or even airplane.

“Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds, and destitute of the truth, supposing that gain is godliness: from such withdraw thyself.” -1 Timothy 6:5

Many of them smile so big that one has to ask themselves what is it that they are smiling about?  Especially, when you know that the fruit of his little club of antinomians, those with no regard for God’s moral Law (Exodus 20), are the direct results of this country’s decline, and all of this because of their lack of faithfulness to the Word of God.

.

In contrast to the charlatans above, let’s look among the faithful martyrs who preached repentance towards God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ (Acts 20:21)!

John the Baptist

John the Baptist was executed by beheading by Herod Antipas on the request of Herodias’ daughter.

Paul

Paul, the apostle, who before was called Saul, after his great travail and unspeakable labors in promoting the Gospel of Christ, suffered also in this first persecution under Nero. Abdias, declareth that under his execution, Nero sent two of his esquires, Ferega and Parthemius, to bring him word of his death. They, coming to Paul, instructing the people, desired him to pray for them, that they might believe; who told them that shortly after they should believe and be baptized at His sepulcher. This done, the soldiers came and led him out of the city to the place of execution, where he, after his prayers made, gave his neck to the sword.

Peter

Peter was condemned to death, and crucified. Hegesippus saith that Nero sought matter against Peter to put him to death; which, when the people perceived, they entreated Peter with much ado that he would fly the city. Peter, through their importunity at length persuaded, prepared himself to avoid. But, coming to the gate, he saw the Lord Christ come to meet him, to whom he, worshipping, said, “Lord, whither dost Thou go?” To whom He answered and said, “I am come again to be crucified.” By this, Peter, perceiving his suffering to be understood, returned into the city.

Jerome saith that he was crucified, his head being down and his feet upward, himself so requiring, because he was (he said) unworthy to be crucified after the same form and manner as the Lord was. -The Martyrdom of Peter

Matthew

Whose occupation was that of a toll-gatherer, was born at Nazareth. He wrote his gospel in Hebrew, which was afterwards translated into Greek by James the Less. The scene of his labors was Parthia, and Ethiopia, in which latter country he suffered martyrdom, being slain with a halberd in the city of Nadabah, A.D. 60.

Mark

Mark was born of Jewish parents of the tribe of Levi. He is supposed to have been converted to Christianity by Peter, whom he served as an amanuensis (A person employed to write or type what another dictates or to copy what has been written by another), and under whose inspection he wrote his Gospel in the Greek language. Mark was dragged to pieces by the people of Alexandria, at the great solemnity of Serapis their idol, ending his life under their merciless hands.

Luke

Luke, the evangelist, was the author of the Gospel which goes under his name. He traveled with Paul through various countries and is supposed to have been hanged on an olive tree, by the idolatrous priests of Greece.

John

John, the “beloved disciple,” was brother to James the Great. The churches of Smyrna, Pergamos, Sardis, Philadelphia, Laodicea, and Thyatira, were founded by him. From Ephesus he was ordered to be sent to Rome, where it is affirmed he was cast into a cauldron of boiling oil. He escaped by miracle, without injury. Domitian afterwards banished him to the Isle of Patmos, where he wrote the Book of Revelation. Nerva, the successor of Domitian, recalled him. He was the only apostle who escaped a violent death.

Simon

Simon, surnamed Zelotes, preached the Gospel in Mauritania, Africa, and even in Britain, in which latter country he was crucified, A.D. 74.

James the Great

The next martyr we meet with, according to St. Luke, in the History of the Apostles’ Acts, was James the son of Zebedee, the elder brother of John, and a relative of our Lord.  No sooner had Herod Agrippa been appointed governor of Judea, than, with a view to ingratiate himself with them (Gain favor with the people), he raised a sharp persecution against the Christians, and determined to make an effectual blow, by striking at their leaders.

The account given us by an eminent primitive writer, Clemens Alexandrinus, ought not to be overlooked; that, as James was led to the place of martyrdom, his accuser was brought to repent of his conduct by the apostle’s extraordinary courage and undauntedness, and fell down at his feet to request his pardon, professing himself a Christian, and resolving that James should not receive the crown of martyrdom alone. Hence, they were both beheaded at the same time. Thus did the first apostolic martyr cheerfully and resolutely receive that cup, which he had told our Savior he was ready to drink. These events took place A.D. 44.

James the Less

James was elected to the oversight of the churches of Jerusalem; and was the author of the Epistle ascribed to James in the sacred canon. At the age of ninety-four he was beat and stoned by the Jews; and finally had his brains dashed out with a fuller’s club.

Philip

Philip was born at Bethsaida, in Galilee and was first called by the name of “disciple.” He labored diligently in Upper Asia, and suffered martyrdom at Heliopolis, in Phrygia. He was scourged, thrown into prison, and afterwards crucified, A.D. 54.

Andrew

Andrew was the brother of Peter. He preached the gospel to many Asiatic nations; but on his arrival at Edessa he was taken and crucified on a cross, the two ends of which were fixed transversely in the ground.

Thomas

Thomas, also called Didymus, preached the Gospel in Parthia and India, where exciting the rage of the pagan priests, he was martyred by being thrust through with a spear.

Bartholomew

Bartholomew reached several countries and having translated the Gospel of Matthew into the language of India, he propagated it in that country. He was, at length, cruelly beaten and then crucified by the impatient idolaters.

Jude

Jude, the brother of James, was commonly called Thaddeus. He was crucified at Edessa, A.D. 72.

Matthias
Matthias, of whom less is known than of most of the other disciples, was elected to fill the vacant place of Judas. He was stoned at Jerusalem and then beheaded.

Barnabas

Barnabas was of Cyprus, but of Jewish descent.  His death is supposed to have taken place about A.D. 73.

Such was the fate of the apostles, according to the traditional statements.

Yet, notwithstanding all these continual persecutions and horrible punishments, the Church daily increased, deeply rooted in the doctrine of the apostles and of men apostolic and watered plenteous with the blood of saints.

These fearless disciples paved the way for an innumerable number of lost souls in finding redemption in Christ Jesus, and in Him alone (Ephesians 1:7).

In looking to the crucifixion of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, the Lamb of God…

He is first scourged. The prisoner was tied to a pillar and flogged with sticks and a special whip.  The Romans’ scourging whip “had iron balls tied a few inches from the end of each leather thong on the whip. Sometimes, sharp sheep bones would be tied near the ends.”  The metal weights served to cause serious bruising, or contusions, and the leather of the thongs cut into the skin.  The sheep bones were also made to deepen the lacerations into the skin.  After only a few lashes, the depths of the cuts would reach into muscle tissue.

As each [stroke] cut across the Master’s torn shoulders, small particles of His flesh fell from the knotted leather whip-knots to the pavement, which was now covered with His Blood.

The cruel Roman soldiers first whipped Jesus’ back and then turned Him around.  They proceeded to whip the front of Him.  The physical effects of the beating went far beyond the considerable pain it inflicted—with His flesh torn into on either side,

After the scourging, Jesus’ body was covered in open wounds.  He was in the most acute pain.  His energy drained as a result of the pain and loss of blood.

Then, the purple cloth that the soldiers put it on His back to mock Him on His open lacerations.  Here, too, then Jesus is forced to place upon His head the crown of thorns.

Then the cross in which He was to be crucified, carried upon His back dragging it up to the top of Golgotha.

The condemned would be forced to carry the crossbeam from the prison inside the city to a location outside the city; the crossbeams weighed from about 60-100 pounds.  Jesus picked up His cross having spent a wretched night in prison, with little to no sleep, watching His own people condemn Him.

During the stations of the cross, Jesus falls three times.  With his arms bound to the cross beam, he could do nothing to break his fall. Having to get up under the weight of that cross each time… having a 60-100 pound log crash down upon Him each time He fell.  Is it any wonder that the soldiers conscripted Simon of Cyrene to help Jesus?

Our Lord is Crucified

At the destination of Calvary, Jesus was first stripped of His garments.  Crucifixes always give Jesus a loin cloth, but in reality, Roman crucifixion was designed to be as gruesome and humiliating a death as possible.  The condemned were stripped naked in order to die with as little dignity as possible.

Next were the nails.  Iron spikes that averaged 5-7 in. in length were used to nail the arms of the condemned to the crossbeam, in the wrists.

Although we often see that the palms of Jesus bore the nail wounds, they wouldn’t support the body weight of a person on a cross.  After the victim was nailed to the crossbeam, it was raised up and attached to the vertical beam. The victim’s feet were nailed into the vertical beam and death awaited.

Death would surely come, most often by a combination of blood loss (from the scourging) and asphyxiation.  The victim would only be able to take shallow breaths, until his arms weakened.  At that point, he would have to push his body up with his feet to breathe.  This would be terribly painful on multiple levels: putting pressure on the nail wounds in the feet and the hands and rubbing the open wounds on his back up against a large beam of wood.

Jesus had seven last words from the cross, all of which were probably labored and difficult.

The executioners had two methods to ensure death: breaking the victim’s legs with a massive mallet and thrusting a spear through their torso.  Jesus was spared the first but not the second, even though He was already dead.

We can gain a deeper appreciation of the crucifixion of Jesus by looking at the physical suffering He endured.

As Christians, we see an extraordinary act of love.

“He Himself bore our sins in His body on the tree, that we might die to sin and live to righteousness. By His wounds you have been healed.” -1 Peter 2:24

Friends, these all have sealed their testimonies in blood.

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Overwhelming Evil of the Global Slave Market

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 18, 2023

[UPDATE: By the way, I asked a friend of mine who has met with Tim Ballard if he is for chipping children, and Tim said “Absolutely not. We try to think of everything we can to protect them, but we don’t want the government involved.” More and more lies to discredit Tim Ballard’s work, and the truth of human trafficking and the global slave trade.]

Government, even in its best state, is but a necessary evil; in its worst state, an intolerable one. —Thomas Paine

Throughout history, it has been the inaction of those who could have acted; the indifference of those who should have known better; the silence of the voice of justice when it mattered most; that has made it possible for evil to triumph. —Haile Selassie

Silence in the face of evil is itself evil: God will not hold us guiltless. Not to speak is to speak. Not to act is to act. —Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906–1945)

Over the centuries, mankind has tried many ways of combating the forces of evil… prayer, fasting, good works and so on. Up until Doom, no one seemed to have thought about the double-barrel shotgun. Eat leaden death, demon. —Terry Pratchett, author

Recent research has shown that traffickers are no longer just kidnapping individuals off of the street, but they are now employing new tactics to find their potential victims. There is one absolute commonality amongst the victims of human trafficking; the loss of personal freedom.  —Asa Don Brown, author

The latest Jim Caviezel movie, Sound of Freedom, is absolutely riveting.  Everyone should see it.  Brilliantly done.  Stay thru the credits as Jim then speaks to the audience. He tells us, once you know it is happening, you must work to stop the evil.  Jim asks the audience, “Can we love God’s children more than we fear evil?”

The movie beat out Disney’s highly-anticipated “Indiana Jones and The Dial of Destiny,” among others, Box Office Mojo reported.  Sound of Freedom, which exposes the horrors of human trafficking, scored $14.2 million at the box office ($11.5 million at the direct box office combined with another $2.6 million from PAY IT FORWARD tickets sold), per a release from the studio.  By July 10th, it had raked in $40 million.  The Federalist Papers are telling us the film is likely to break $100 million in gross receipts.

“The Sound of Freedom brings this truth to light,” said Bob Unanue, President and CEO of Goya Foods, and Executive Producer of Sound of Freedom. Goya Cares, inspired by the movie, is a global initiative dedicated to combating child trafficking and educating on child mental health.

Jim Caviezel and Mel Gibson filmed this movie in 2018; it has taken them five years to get it into theatres.  Everyone fought against its theatre release.

Fox News reported, “The Guardian and website Jezebel claimed that the film starring Jim Caviezel, which was based on the true story of a U.S. Homeland Security agent rescuing two young children from human traffickers in South America, was attached to QAnon, a right-wing community that has been accused of buying into fringe conspiracy theories.

“Although the film, produced by Angel Studios and released over the July 4 holiday, never engages in such conspiracy theories while exposing the underbelly of the real underground sex slave trade, both outlets linked the film to fringe right-wing extremists in an attempt to discredit it and its box-office success.”

The reality is that Hollywood, mainstream media, CNN, Washington Post, Media Matters, Rolling Stone Magazine and every leftist outfit is attacking the true story of Tim Ballard’s heroics, saving the lives of sex-trafficked children as portrayed in Sound of Freedom.  They’ve coordinated their reporting with the lies and nonsense of QAnon.

Why is the left so desperate to shut down a film that exposes the child sex trafficking industry?

And who are they protecting?

Sound of Freedom is based upon the true story of former government agent Tim Ballard who quit his job to rescue a little girl from sex traffickers in the Colombian jungle. In the process, Tim ended up saving 123 people, 55 of which were children, from one mission alone.

Human trafficking is the intentional forcing of another into slavery.

The global estimates for 2022 are shocking.  Worldwide, there are 24.7 million victims of human trafficking, 20.1 million labor trafficking victims, 4.8 million sex trafficking victims, and globally, 99% of victims were women and girls.

Chipping the Children

Media is claiming Tim Ballard is promoting chipping of children.  I asked a friend of mine who has met with Tim if he is for chipping children, and Tim said, “Absolutely not. We try to think of everything we can to protect them, but we don’t want the government involved.” More and more lies to discredit Tim Ballard’s work, and the truth of human trafficking and the global slave trade.

However, Georgia has a Child Identification Program.  I would never agree with chipping and neither would I agree with fingerprinting my child.  Data bases are not kept confidential.  Government “protection” is just another way to invade your privacy and collect data on you and your children.

Chipping our pets has caused a rise in cancers around the chip sight.  Why would we risk our children?

We no longer live in the 1950s.  Today’s America is far more dangerous than yesteryear.  Adults must be with their children at all times.

Tim Ballard was the CEO and founder of Operation Underground Railroad.  He recently told Fox News he had been forced out, just as was James O’Keefe of Project Veritas.

DOJ Removed Three Areas of Trafficking Concern

Pedophile Biden’s latest ploy was to have the Department of Justice remove “International Sex Trafficking of Minors” from areas of concern.  One America News Network reported three sections were removed from the “Child Sex Trafficking” webpage –  “International Sex Trafficking of Minors,” “Domestic Sex Trafficking of Minors,” and “Child Victims of Prostitution.”  The timing is questionable with the success of Sound of Freedom.

The section was originally added by the Trump administration and used to highlight how international sex trafficking is a major problem in the United States.

As of July 5th, 2023 Health and Human Services (HHS) said they had at least 6,127 unaccompanied children in its care. In FY 2022 the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) referred 128,904 unaccompanied children to the Office of Refugee Resettlement.

The move also came not long after HHS whistleblower, Tara Lee Roda, accused the U.S. government of being the “middleman” in a child trafficking operation. She testified before the House Judiciary Subcommittee on Immigration Integrity, Security, and Enforcement in April.

The State Department helped fund a film festival in September that featured movies depicting drag queens, incest, and pedophilia, the Washington Free Beacon has learned.

Our government promotes this evil with our tax dollars.

Biden’s Southern Border

Our southern border is wide open.  There are more than 365,000 missing children in our country each year. Thirty percent of those missing are being trafficked (approximately 109,000 children).

As long as Biden incentivizes foreigners to illegally immigrate…Mexican drug cartels will continue to have a river of prey to rob, rape, abuse and exploit.  A study predicts nearly sixty percent of unaccompanied minors crossing the border have been caught by cartels and are being forced into child pornography and drug trafficking.

Texas Public Policy Foundation states, “Sophisticated transnational syndicates are notorious for using children to get single, adult males not just across the border, but through Border Patrol processing. Once these men are granted a stay, they smuggle the children back across the border where they will continue to be trafficked.

“In 2019, the Department of Homeland Security, under the Trump Administration, launched a pilot program that allowed for ICE to DNA test families that were deemed suspicious of fraudulent activity. This program was designed to help prevent minors from being trafficked or recycled, and it resulted in criminal charges for the adults exploiting them. Yet this program was met with great disdain by activist groups and lawmakers and is not being used by the current administration.”

Rep. Kat Cammack, who serves Florida’s Third Congressional District, tells us, “Over my five trips to the border, I have seen children as young as two months old being smuggled by coyotes across the Rio Grande. On my first trip to McAllen, Texas in 2021, I met a little girl who couldn’t speak because her vocal cords had been severely damaged by gang members who sexually abused her.”

On July 11, Yahoo reported that a headless child of two or three years old, washed up on a Spanish beach.  These atrocities are reported every day throughout the world.

While traditional agencies focus on rescuing victims, DeliverFund equips the only people with the power to arrest traffickers–law enforcement.

“Our breakthrough tech tracks down human traffickers and unites law enforcement in the fight.

“While it’s generally believed that children are the prime targets for human trafficking, they make up 25 percent of the 40 million victims across the globe. That leaves 75 percent to adult human trafficking. According to the 2020 Federal Human Trafficking Report published by the Human Trafficking Institute, child victims in active sex trafficking cases in the United States rose to 55% compared to 2019, and 45% for adults.

“These people are lured in using manipulation. Many times, traffickers will make false promises of upward economic mobility, job opportunities, and repayment of debt to make the offer seem enticing. All the while, the individual has no idea what they’re getting themselves into.

“In some cases, sheer force and threats are used to traffic victims, giving them no choice but to give into the demands of the trafficker.

“One of the biggest misconceptions about human trafficking is that it always has to involve sex, and that is far from the truth. In fact, one of the major contributors to adult human trafficking is migration and relocation. 2,364 victims of human trafficking reported that they were trafficked as a result of migration to the United States. This is the type of demographic that traffickers target.”

It is common to think of human trafficking only in terms of sexual exploitation, but from the numbers reported, this is not entirely true. In fact, while the United States tends to have higher awareness numbers toward sex trafficking, there is belief among human trafficking experts that forced labor takes a larger percentage of the global slave market.

Traffickers don’t need to worry about location when hunting for victims, the internet is an invaluable source for them. They prey on the vulnerable, and have methods of coercion that seem attractive or promising to a potential victim. This is how they “recruit” their victims.

There are millions of victims of labor slavery and sexual exploitation.  First, we must all be aware of it, and keep our eyes and ears open, not just for our own children, but those around us. The average trafficked female is 15 years old.

Secondly, we must join the fight to prosecute the traffickers and buyers.

This demonic modern-day slavery must be stopped.

In this six-minute video DeliverFund tells how they are helping to end human trafficking.

Big Money in Resettling Refugees

James Simpson’s article, Resettling Refugees, Part One, written in late 2018, exposes the organizations who are making vast amounts of money via refugees.  In Part Two, Who’s Coming to America, he relates us shocking statistics.  In Simpson’s Conclusion, he tells us the costs.

The current domestic refugee resettlement program, formally called the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program (USRAP), was created with passage of now-deceased Senator Ted Kennedy’s Refugee Act of 1980.

Refugee resettlement originally started with oppressed people coming to America after the Vietnam War, but the United Nations had other ideas.  Being entirely socialist in intention and design, the U.N. envisioned redistributing not only wealth, but also populations, across the globe. As stated in the document, “Human settlement policies can be powerful tools for the more equitable distribution of income and opportunities.”

A vast network of non-governmental organizations, foundations, and non-profits, i.e., churches, rake in huge amounts of money with the resettlement of refugees.  Thus, their reasoning for supporting politicians who vote to keep them afloat.  These organizations need to be audited and the current network of public/private immigrant advocacy and resettlement programs overhauled.

Simpson writes, “These nonprofits siphon millions of dollars from the federal government, spreading the gospel of immigration as they line their own pockets and perpetuate an agenda that advantages the Left as it dismisses justifiable concerns from communities strained by the needs of these newcomers.”

Health and Human Services (HHS) oversees the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR).  Their list of benefits to refugees is astonishing.  We are being bilked for billions upon billions with our wide-open Southern Border!

America is Driving the Demand

Remember the missing children on milk cartons?  It was started in 1979 with six-year-old Etan Patz who disappeared in the Soho neighborhood of Manhattan, New York.  In late 1984, the nonprofit National Child Safety Council began a nationwide program called the Missing Children Milk Carton Program in the United States. Photos of missing children were put on milk cartons. That sparked the program, “Stranger Danger.”  Forty years ago, our nation noticed that children were missing…now it’s an avalanche of loss.

The United States is ranked as one of the worst countries in the world for human trafficking. According to a recent released report by the State Department, the top three nations of origin for victims of human trafficking in 2018 were the United States, Mexico and the Philippines. America’s dirty little secret is the United States is the number one consumer of paid sex worldwide.  America is driving the demand as a society.

From the Bureau of Justice Statistics:

  • Of the 1,169 defendants charged in U.S. district court with human trafficking offenses in fiscal year 2020—
    • 92% were male
    • 63% were white
    • 18% were black
    • 17% were Hispanic
    • 95% were U.S. citizens
    • 66% had no prior convictions.
  • At year end 2020, for the 47 states that reported data, 1,564 persons were in the custody of a state prison serving a sentence for a human trafficking offense

That’s not enough!

Conclusion

Most of us who went to see this movie are God fearing American patriots.  We are now responsible for seeing justice is done, that children are saved and the perpetrators and buyers see a fitting end.

In a recent article by Ray DiLorenzo entitled, The Root of the Problem, I agreed with DiLorenzo except for one point…the Republican Party has long been in bed with the left.  They won’t save America unless we force them to.

They are not Constitutional conservatives.

World Economic Forum member, Kevin McCarthy is House Speaker.  McConnell is a leftist, with a Chinese wife and has gained monetarily through his wife’s family who own a Chinese shipping company.

Only a handful of Republicans do not belong to the left.  Republicans are not Stalinists like the Democrats, but they’re not far behind.  They’re measured Marxists, like Leon Trotsky who wanted people to accept Marxism via slower implementation. Of course, Trotsky ended up with an axe in his head in Mexico.

Do you see any republicans fighting the leftist machine?  They vote for leftist judges, even that lunatic Ketanji Brown Jackson who says she can’t define a woman.  Huh? High school Biology 101 taught chromosomes.  She’s not stupid, she’s a Marxist.

What about the January 6th prisoners?  Who cares?

Biden administration appointees are put in power with the assent of the right.

How many unconstitutional laws did the right vote for?  Nearly all of them.

Stalinists on the left, Trotskyites on the right.  This is the core we’re fighting because every one of them thinks they will be chumming with China when America is overtaken.  The New World Order is nearly complete, now represented by the World Economic Forum, the United Nations and the World Health Organization.

This is why it is up to those of us who watched Sound of Freedom.  Get off your backsides!  Don’t just complain!

I remember the days when we shut down the DC phone system because we ravaged the federal reps with our calls.  Do it again!

Emails that aren’t answered need to be followed up with calls.

Harass the basturds!

Close the damned southern border!

Stop the slavery!

Save the children!

Save America!

And remember all this the next time a Democrat says border security would be “insensitive.”

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The Sound of  Freedom and Islam’s Approval of Pedophilia and Rape

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 18, 2023

If you haven’t yet seen the movie The Sound of Freedom, starring Jim Caviezel, you owe it to yourself and to the huge numbers of sex-trafficked children in America and around the world to view it as soon as possible. Ignore the exceedingly strange responses to the movie by media outlets like The Washington Post, The Guardian, Forbes, Rolling Stone, and others, that seek to keep people from seeing the film by smearing it (quoting from The Guardian) as “the QAnon-adjacent thriller seducing America.”

Leftist media outlets seem to have forgotten the adage, “Don’t shoot the messenger.” If children are being sex trafficked around the world, why wouldn’t every human who is not a sex trafficker oppose the practice? Perhaps because people in the mainstream media are consumers? Or “just following orders”? How about moral character? They might say that they don’t believe the problems are real, but that’s a foolish response. Published statistics say otherwise:

The 2021 Global Estimates indicate a total of 6.3 million people are in situations of forced commercial sexual exploitation on any given day. This number includes 1.7 million children in commercial sexual exploitation, about a quarter of the total. Gender is a critical determining factor – nearly four out of every five of those trapped in forced commercial exploitation are girls or women.[1]

Also, ignore the conservative voices that are saying Tim Ballard is “controlled opposition” and the movie is a “psyop.” I’m a conservative, and I think that many conservatives who repeat these accusations are naïve about the depth and cleverness of the evil people who are opposing the forces of love and freedom. What a brilliant ploy, to attack Ballard (and the movie) by saying on the one hand that he’s a “Q-Anon conspiracy nut” and on the other that he’s working for the pedophiles. The hoped-for results? People don’t see the movie and the very real problem of child sex trafficking is ignored. The accusations are the psyop.

With so much screaming and shouting and bandied accusations trying to bury this movie, freedom-loving Americans (and all people) who want to protect children from evil must rush to this movie and spread the word to as many people as possible.

I watched an interview with Ballard, Caviezel, and Jordan Peterson in which Ballard stated that the United States was one of the largest consumers of pedophilia and its related materials. I find this horrifying, of course, and I feel deeply disappointed that our country’s culture has sunk so low and moved so far away from the sacred love created by God. At the same time, I believe that attention needs to be given to a different civilization that has a deep entanglement with the sexual abuse of girls and women: the global political/religious culture of Islam.

Islam, Pedophilia, and Rape?

This is a shocking topic and will create outrage in many circles. But it is entirely documented in Islamic doctrine, history, and current events around the world. This is especially pertinent because Muslims in the United States have started working with Christian conservatives as they oppose the hypersexualization of children in schools—and that’s a good thing. I am not accusing those particular Muslims of anything and I wish to strongly state that there are undoubtedly millions of individual Muslims who are honorable, decent, moral individuals who find child sex trafficking profoundly evil.

My remarks are about the traditions and mores of Islam that can lead individuals who happen to be Muslim into dark places that violate the rights of children.

Note that Orthodox Islam does not allow any criticism of its tenets, traditions, or actions. Thus, discussing these topics with American Muslims may be arduous or impossible, depending on their level of orthodoxy. Criticizing Mohammed with any Muslim is next to impossible.

There are two additional factors that make discussions about Islam and Mohammed difficult. One is that a significant number of Western Muslims may not have studied all the problematic parts of their own religion. The literature is vast: the Qur’an, the “Hadith” (the actions and traditions of Mohammed), and the “Sira” (the life of Mohammed). There are contradictory verses one must deal with and the Qur’an has been assembled out of chronological order.

A second problem is that Islamic fundamentalists and apologists often deny the darker issues within Islam and practice a religiously-sanctioned method of deceit called “taqiya.”

I provide a link below to an article I wrote called “Saving Western Civilization Demands That We Study Islam: Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam.”[2]

One might ask: why bother even thinking about Islam? Everyone has the right to believe in their own religion, so it’s a “non-issue.” But it’s important to consider this: it really doesn’t matter what people believe unless and until that belief impacts the political and cultural freedoms and well-being of others. When that happens, we have a duty and a right to do something about it. In the context of this article, the issues are the safety and well-being of children and women and the plague of sex trafficking around the world—including the world of Islam.

It is a huge topic indeed, and I offer an introduction to it in a just-published video called “For Muslims and Non-Muslims, Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny.” The video appears below. Some of the topics covered include:

* The doctrinal justifications in Islam that allow men to marry and have sex with nine-year-old girls (a tradition started by Mohammed and continued ever since).

* The doctrinal justifications in Islam that allow Muslim men to rape non-Muslim women and very young girls.

* The obsession with sex that overwhelms so many Islamic jihadis, who fully expect to have endless sexual relations with seventy-two sex slaves in “Paradise.” Think about that and compare it to the Christian Heaven. Orthodox Muslim men are entranced by the belief that in Paradise they will find eternal joy at the hands of sex slaves.

The video below quotes from the Qur’an and the traditions of Mohammed. As any devout Orthodox Muslim will tell you: if the teachings are in the Qur’an and the sacred teachings of Mohammed (the “Sunnah”), then they are legitimate, valid, and must be followed.

In conclusion: the sexual exploitation of children and women under Islam, by Orthodox Muslim men, must not be ignored. How can we ignore the sexual victimization of children and women?

Will fear stop us?

© 2023 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

  1. “Global Estimates of Modern Slavery: Forced Labour and Forced Marriage,” Section “1.2.3 Forced commercial sexual exploitation,” page 45. Published by the International Labour Organization (ILO), Walk Free, and International Organization for Migration (IOM), Geneva, 2022. Accessed on July 13, 2023.
  2. Saving Western Civilization Demands That We Study Islam: Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam,” —Peter Falkenberg Brown



Evil in the White House

By Cliff Kincaid

July 18, 2023

The same week I saw the powerful Sound of Freedom movie about child sex trafficking, I got an email from a pro-Russian activist promoting a Scott Ritter video trashing Ukraine President Zelensky. What the sender did not now is that Ritter, a former Marine and U.N. weapons inspector, is a convicted sex offender. This omission is strange, dangerously so.

Sound of Freedom lives up to the advance publicity, documenting “the true story of former government agent Tim Ballard who quit his job to rescue a little girl from sex traffickers in the Colombian jungle.” Ballard saved 123 people, 55 of which were children, from one mission alone.

Ballard, played in the film by Jim Caviezel, now runs Operation Underground Railroad, to continue the fight to rescue children from sex trafficking and sexual exploitation.

But the Ritter case is one more example of how the problem reaches deep into American society.

Ritter, recently interviewed by RFK Jr. about Russia’s war on Ukraine, was convicted of sex crimes in 2011 after exposing himself on a web camera while chatting with an undercover detective who identified himself as a 15-year-old girl.

In a shocking development, Tucker Carlson, formerly of Fox News, launched a new show and interviewed Andrew Tate, a so-called social media influencer who is presented as a role model for young men but has been accused of human trafficking and rape. Tate denies the charges and has sued the accusers.

The case of Hunter Biden, the son of President Biden, has also been linked to human trafficking.

Representative James Comer says one Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) at the Treasury Department “connects Hunter Biden and his business associates to international human trafficking, among other illegal activities,” involving foreign and American prostitutes. Comer and other Republicans on the House Committee on Oversight and Reform allege Biden violations of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act,

Hunter Biden’s lawyers have denied the charges and says their client is not associated with a human trafficking ring.

The Sound of Freedom only goes so far, in that it focuses on child trafficking networks in Latin America when the movie concedes at the end that pedophiles in the United States are the biggest customers.

Jeffrey Epstein’s deepest and darkest secret was that he was a practicing homosexual and that his entourage of young girls provided a cover story that actually made him seem “respectable” to the movers and shakers in New York and Washington, D.C.

On Thursday, in Washington, D.C., a group of conservatives are putting pressure on the Roman Catholic Church in America to stop facilitating illegal immigration and child trafficking.

Sheena Rodriguez, President/Founder of the Alliance for a Safe Texas, will speak on illegal immigration and child trafficking at a news conference at the National Press Club.

Since January 2021, there have been over 356,000 UACs (unaccompanied minors) encountered at the southern border, a majority of which have been released into the U.S….” notes Rodriguez. “The Biden administration has admitted they do not keep track of their whereabouts when they are released into the U.S. With the use of taxpayer dollars, tens of thousands of children are simply missing.”

Tara Lee Rodas, a Health and Human Services whistleblower who testified before Congress, said she discovered that children entering the U.S. “are being trafficked through a sophisticated network that begins with being recruited in home country, smuggled to the US border,” and then delivered to a “sponsor,” some of whom are criminals and traffickers and members of Transnational Criminal Organizations.

The Roman Catholic Church had a role — and still has a major role — in facilitating the foreign invasion of the U.S. Indeed, in the face of declining membership, new immigrants arriving in the United States, including many Catholics from Latin America, provide new members and priests. Catholic Charities is among the NGO’s which facilitate the migration of illegal aliens into the interior of the country.

While one focus of the Thursday news conference is cutting off government contracts to the Catholic Church which facilitate illegal immigration, an equally serious problem is the failure by men of God and their employees to protect children in their care.

Director Amy Berg exposed the cover-up of pedophilia in the Catholic Church in her 2006 Oscar-nominated documentary, “Deliver Us from Evil.”

To put it bluntly, the Catholic Church bureaucracy in the United States has surrendered to the forces of Cultural Marxism. The Cultural Marxism in the Catholic Church is one focus of the Thursday news conference, as participants intend to highlight the bishops’ “politicking for the Democratic/communist agenda.”

The Archbishop of Washington, Wilton Gregory, has decided that Joe Biden is a Catholic in good standing and deserves Holy communion.

Wilton Gregory’s predecessor, Cardinal Donald Wuerl, resigned from his leadership of the archdiocese in 2018 after he was accused of covering up sexual abuse. His predecessor as archbishop of Washington was the disgraced former Cardinal Theodore McCarrick, the highest-ranking U.S. Catholic leader ever to be removed for sexually abusing a minor.

As a prosecutor and Attorney General in California, Vice-President Kamala Harris refused to take on sexual abuse by priests. As she began her presidential run, Harris announced that she supported the decriminalization of “sex work” – prostitution.

One of the main forces behind this movement is the Soros-funded “Sexual Health and Rights Project,” which pushes special “rights” for prostitutes.

The church under Pope Francis has its own playbook, with Cardinal Peter Turkson — a close adviser to Francis — telling “Axios on HBO” the Catholic Church “plans to be increasingly active on climate, refugees and racial equity.” In other words, change the subject.

Hence, at the Thursday event, Trevor Loudon will speak on the man-made climate change hoax.

With the Sound of Freedom projecting over $85 million total cumulative box office revenue through Sunday, with a strong $27 million box office draw in the second weekend of the film’s domestic release, it is clear that much more work needs to be done.

The film notes that the United States is the largest consumer of child sex in the world but it is also true that the U.S. is the world’s largest consumer of illegal drugs.

Today, the U.S. has become a narco-state, with George Soros having provided $300 million to weaken or dismantle laws against illegal drugs.

“We see trafficking of illegal drugs and human trafficking often happen together,” notes the Drug Enforcement Administration.”

In fact, the failure to stop human trafficking may be directly related to the demoralizing impact of drugs as a sabotage weapon waged by our enemies, blinding the American people to the reality of evil in our midst.

Clearly, Hunter’s sexual activities, including fathering an illegitimate child with a stripper, was related to his heavy drug use, including cocaine.

Now, with the failure by the Secret Service to reveal who brought cocaine into the White House, the situation has become more dangerous.

On July 12, the agency disclosed, “the Secret Service received the FBI’s laboratory results, which did not develop latent fingerprints and insufficient DNA was present for investigative comparisons.  Therefore, the Secret Service is not able to compare evidence against the known pool of individuals,” defined as the “hundreds of individuals who passed through the vestibule where the cocaine was discovered.”

Thus, the Secret Service’s investigation was “closed due to a lack of physical evidence.”

It is apparent the investigation was closed because the agency did not want to identify the obvious culprit or his enabler.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Critical Theory: Bringing Forth the Revolution

By Marlene McMillan

July 17, 2023

Critical Theory is a form of Marxism. Quit looking at the labels and look at the substance of the ideas promoters of Critical Theory proclaim. One cannot understand our times without realizing the basic operating premise of all Marxist, Leninist, Trotskyiteist, or Communist Revolutionaries: “The issue is never the issue. It is always about the Revolution.”

Well-meaning pastors, church leaders, educationists, those calling themselves Conservatives, and even some claiming to be Constitutionalists are unwittingly promoting a Revolution they do not believe in and would disavow if they understood. In latching on to an issue surrounding a cause they believe in, as well as wanting to make the world a better place, many innocents have been enlisted into the army of cultural destruction. Deliver us from the do-gooders! Much tyranny has been perpetrated in the name of doing good.  Maybe we need to reexamine how charities and foundations are trusted and empowered in the name of doing good. But for today, let’s look at how well-meaning Christians, conservatives, and Constitutionalists are promoting agendas diametrically opposed to their stated beliefs.

People with good intentions but ignorant of history, prone to following the most persuasive speaker, in love with celebrities, whether from Hollywood or their own church, must come to realize:

“The issue is never the issue. It is always about the Revolution.”

The playbook of Revolution was written generations ago and is being skillfully used against Liberty and all those individuals and institutions that support Liberty and its resulting prosperity. Legal proceedings like Due Process that result in equal protection under the law, educational policies that make the children practical wards of the State, medical agreements that restrict a patient’s choice in their care, etc. are all evidence something is amiss.

The revolutionaries know what they are doing. Why don’t the rest of us? I would propose that until more people understand how the Dialectic Process works, we will continue to be the victims of its ardent practitioners.

“’We must be ready to employ trickery, deceit, law-breaking, withholding and concealing truth… We can and must write in a language which sows among the masses hate, revulsion, and scorn toward those who disagree with us.’ (Vladimir Lenin) Communists use language and psychology as weapons. Their constant vilification is a form of psychological terror. It puts America and Americans on trial. The verdict is always guilty. Facts don’t matter because the Left does not want to resolve the problems they complain about. They use those problems to agitate and provoke, hoping conflict becomes unavoidable—thereby creating a self-fulfilling prophecy. Their hatred is tactical.” ~ James Simpson, January 12, 2016, “Reds Exploiting Blacks: The Roots of Black Lives Matter”

What is the Revolution? To dethrone Yahweh and enthrone the all-powerful, all-knowing, all-encompassing State as god. Totalitarianism, bondage, tyrannyall just different names for slavery. 

It is understandable how a Saul Alinsky who dedicated his Rules for Radicals to Lucifer could so admire anyone who wants their own kingdom. It makes sense when unsaved, lawless (antinomian) rebels want to be liberated. It is tragic that pastors never pick up on this word in the context of Liberation Theology and ask: “Liberated from what?” What does a person who Jesus shed His blood for on the cross need to be liberated from?

Revolutionaries, by definition, are destructive. Anyone can destroy. Anyone can complain about the defects of a custom-built house and point out the failings of the architect and the builder. But could that person have designed and built a better house? Driving a destructive machine that reduces the house to rubble in minutes doesn’t make a person a builder.

The Dialectic Process is the use of the same words with different meanings to confuse, distort, and deceive. The predesigned steps of the Dialectic Process, crafted to move a person from a belief in absolute truth to a belief in relativism, are how our Nation has been linguistically revolutionized. This is explained in an easy-to-understand manner in Mountains of Deceit: How the Dialectic Process has infected the Culture available at WhyLibertyMatters.com.

The Dialectic Process is a set of very well-crafted steps designed to move a person from a belief in absolute truth to a belief in relativism. Once the fixed reference points of a society are destroyed, then each generation has to be constantly indoctrinated and conditioned to the norms of a totalitarian all-seeing-eye State. No matter how much the State punishes, resistance continues because Yahweh wrote the natural desire for Liberty on the fleshy tablet of the hearts of all mankind.

God says to focus on the heart, but Critical Race Theory focuses on the flesh. Critical Theory deals with the external circumstances, not the internal condition of the heart. Changing a person’s circumstances does not solve the problem of sin. Redefining sin as thoughts that are politically incorrect doesn’t heal the brokenhearted. When the political spirit and the religious spirit join forces, the hierarchical church easily becomes an ally for the totalitarian State.

The first step of the Dialectic Process is identifying areas of discontent. Grateful people don’t focus on their circumstances. Gratefulness and appreciation are magnetic, and they attract favor and blessing. In order to get the people who have more Liberty than anywhere else in the world to be discontented, they must be told constantly how bad their life is. They must be fed a steady diet of victimhood, entitlement, and ungratefulness. They must learn to hate their Nation, resent the rich, hate their employers, resent opportunity, and demand unrealistic outcomes.

Their daily circumstances are not compared to reality — their less-than-ideal life is compared to an unrealistic, never-attainable Utopia (which means it does not exist). Then a Utopian future must be promised with the same answer to every problem: less Liberty and more centralization. Big civil government is always the solution, and individual self-government, personal responsibility, and equal protection under the law are always the problem.

In the name of equality, inequality is promoted. In the name of freedom, more centralization and civil government controls are offered. In the name of economic prosperity, the system that has resulted in more death, poverty, and destruction than any system in history is promoted as the only “woke” possibility.

Social-psychologists, Critical Race Theorists, liberation theologians, and “trained Marxists” (as the leaders of Back Lives Matter define themselves) have now found their way even into the self-proclaimed “evangelical” pulpits of our land. A different gospel has come forward, and whether out of naiveté, pure ignorance, or agreement, we now have social justice messages being mainstreamed from the pulpit. The pulpit is a sacred office, and using it to teach a gospel that goes against Isaiah 61 and Luke 4 has grave consequences.

How do you know if the real Gospel is being preached? Look at the result. If you get cultural liberty (which is irrefutably followed by prosperity), then you know the real Gospel is being preached. If you have Marxism, Communism, totalitarianism, and any other euphemism for tyranny and slavery, then it is a different gospel.

Jesus said He came to set the captives free, heal the broken-hearted, and set at Liberty those who are bound. Marxism is a redistributive economic system that takes from the productive and gives to the unproductive. It is an immutable law of the universe that you get more of what you subsidize and less of what you penalize. When you subsidize poor character, resentment, bitterness, offense, and unforgiveness, you get more of it. When you penalize productivity, morality, and deferred gratification, you get less of it.

The immutable laws of the universe apply equally to everyone just like gravity. Critical Theory is based on false premises and results in unreality. Critical Theory (no matter how many ministers support it) is anti-Bible, anti-Christ, anti-Truth and anti-Liberty. All ideas have consequences. Critical Race Theory gets everyone talking about ideas that only lead to division and heartache.

Since it is an immutable law of the universe that you get more of what you talk about and become what you think about, all this talk about racism just creates more racism. If that is the focus of our thoughts, then that is what we become. But, if the haters of Liberty cannot take away our Freedom of Speech because of that pesky Constitution, then the next best tactic is to get us to self-censor. If we can be convinced we are internally flawed and therefore in need of external controls, then we will give up our God-given, inalienable liberties voluntarily.

Equalitarianism requires centralized enforcement of equal outcomes by force. Totalitarianism is the Communist all-encompassing arm of the State regulating and controlling every area of life. Equalitarianism is far worse than totalitarianism because totalitarianism is forced upon us from outside. We didn’t agree to totalitarianism, and we maintain an inner strength to at least not go along with it in our hearts even if our bodies are enslaved. With equalitarianism, we not only agreed, we promoted it. We funded our own executioners, thus losing the moral authority to stand against it. We were willing participants, and the loss to our personal dignity becomes systemic.  Loss of personal dignity is systemic in Communism, which is just a nice word for slavery.

“Obama’s favorite Harvard professor Derrick Bell devised Critical Race Theory, which exemplifies Lenin’s strategy as applied to race. According to Discover the Networks: ‘Critical race theory contends that America is permanently racist to its core, and that consequently the nation’s legal structures are, by definition, racist and invalid … members of “oppressed” racial groups are entitled—in fact obligated—to determine for themselves which laws and traditions have merit and are worth observing…’” ~ James Simpson, January 12, 2016, “Reds Exploiting Blacks: The Roots of Black Lives Matter”

If racism were really systemic in our system, then it would be codified in our laws under which the people alive today have lived. The Critical Theorists, race baiters, and poverty pimps have told people that the things that happened to our ancestors have different meanings — they twist those meanings to get us to volunteer for our own loss of Liberty.

One of the first steps to Revolution is rewriting a nation’s history. Today, people who have grown up in this Nation (whose system offers the most Liberty in the history of the world) are told how bad their lives are and how severely they have been oppressed. And who are their oppressors? The same people who are telling them how oppressed they are!

It is irrefutable that people with less centralization and government control are more prosperous. But how many people have researched this for themselves? Do you read only secular economists Paul Krugman and Keynes? Do you see God as causative of history, or man? Do you believe civil governments can violate immutable laws of the universe even though individuals can’t? Or do you also seek a perspective in alignment with proven economic principles by reading Walter Williams and Thomas Sowell? Do you read James Cone without also reading Anthony Bradley’s Liberating Black Theology?

One of the methods of the Dialectic Process is using the same words to have different meanings while constantly changing the definitions of words. Political Correctness uses language to control culture. When you control a person’s speech, you control their thoughts. When speech is limited, then ideas are censored.

A brief history of the Frankfurt School and a summary of the Consequences of Cultural Marxism are found in Political Correctness: A Deceptive and Dangerous Worldview edited by William S. Lind and Richard W. Hawkins. On page 225, it states: “The goal of Critical Theory was not truth, but praxis, or revolutionary action: bringing the current society and culture down through unremitting, destructive criticism.” For complete disclosure, I have a chapter in the book.

If an idea is flawed in premise, it is flawed in result. Critical Theory lays out a false frame that is so distorted and anti-Biblical it should be seen for the fraud it is on its face. The sad frame through which they see the world shouldn’t have any appeal to someone who has beheld the Glory. One of the rules of Quantum Physics is you get more of what you are looking for. Critical Race Theory, with its assumptions based in unreality, looks for injustice everywhere. Because they reject the I AM of the Scriptures, who has already determined reality, they end up in despair in their own unrealistic materialistic kingdom.

Without Liberty what will you do? Do you think you will come and go as you please? Do you think your church will be spared because you publicly supported Black Lives Matter? Do you think your congregation will continue to support a minister who eats his sheep instead of keeping them from being eaten? When the ministers who supported Hitler at the beginning woke up, they went to the concentration camps just the same. Their prior loyalties did not protect them. They had to live with the guilt for compromising their God and participate in the suffering of their fellowman.

The Constitution is written to restrict civil government, not to give people their rights. Since rights were considered inalienable — coming from a higher power than government, then civil government could not take away what it did not have the authority to give in the first place.

A preacher or church leader who promotes Black Lives Matter, which openly states its agenda as Marxist, anti-family, pro-abortion and anti-Christ, is promoting slavery and ensuring that any Constitutional protections are done away with by law. Black Lives Matter is not promoting equal protection under the law. They are promoting equal slavery under law, equal poverty, and equal misery. Liberty is not on their agenda.

Critical Race Theory is based in relativism. Since the Bible determines reality, then by definition, Critical Race Theory is anti-Biblical. The Dialectic Process is the way that Social Engineers use language to change and control culture. Yahweh created the world with words, and redefining the culture with words is one of the wiles of the devil that has not been taught from the pulpit. If the Church understood the Dialectic Process, Christians would recognize they are being deceived and manipulated. Then they would reject the lies they are being fed daily as truth instead of feeling powerless to resist the seemingly-inevitable tyranny.

Critical Theory is a linguistic structure of destruction. It has created a vocabulary around victimhood and redefined the rules of life. The problem is when unreality has a collision with reality, reality always wins. Equality can be labeled freedom, but the people in Cuba are still slaves — they have equal wages, fair housing, free healthcare, etc., but they are slaves, with travel outside their borders restricted. The ideology of Marxism got them there, and licensed religious leaders help to keep them there.

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dr. Marlene McMillan: contact@WhyLibertyMatters.com

Website: https://WhyLibertyMatters.com




Central Bank Digital Currency Fight Heats Up

By: Devvy

July 17, 2023

Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) remains a hot topic as the push for CBDC is accelerating.  I’m speculating way more than half the adult population in America have zero knowledge of what CBDC is other than “bank business”.  Or, they’ve heard it’s a new, wonderful way to instantly make your transactions.  Hooray!  With CBDC one doesn’t even need a bank! (Good-bye bank jobs over time.) It is not money you touch or hold.  Didn’t sit well with the people in Nigeria who said, stick it (good for them):

Nigerians’ Rejection of Their CBDC Is a Cautionary Tale for Other Countries, March 6, 2023 – “In Nigeria, citizens have taken to the streets to protest the nation’s cash shortage, further objecting to their government’s implementation of a central bank digital currency (CBDC). The shortage came about due to cash restrictions aimed at pushing the country into a 100% cashless economy. Yet, instead of adopting the CBDC, Nigerian protesters are demanding paper money be restored.

“The country’s experience strongly suggests the average citizen understands that CBDCs present a substantial risk to financial freedom while providing no unique benefit…Further, CBDCs really don’t add anything novel to the market in terms of benefits for consumers. To the extent people want it, many currencies are available in digital forms through debit cards, payment apps and even prepaid cards. That much should be clear from the abysmal adoption rate in Nigeria, where less than 0.5 % of Nigerians have used the CBDC.”

Back on March 23, 2020, a bill was introduced in the U.S. Senate, S. 3571, titled Banking for All Act.  It did not pass but defined digital “dollars”:

  • – Digital dollars: The term digital dollars means dollar balances consisting of digital ledger entries recorded as liabilities in the accounts of any Federal reserve bank.

In March 2023, “FED” Chairman, Jerome Powell told Congress retail digital currency must be authorized by Congress but, here’s where it gets a bit murky: wholesale digital currency between financial institutions and the “FED”.  Still in the testing stages.  Sounds like those COVID-19 experimental gene therapy injections passed off as vaccines.

History and warning – The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913

New York City, December 17, 1913: “My Dear Senator Weeks:

“Throughout my public life I have supported all measures designed to take the Government out of the banking business.  This bill puts the Government into the banking business as  never before in our history…The powers vested in the Federal Reserve Board seem to me highly dangerous especially where there is political control of the Board.  I should be sorry to hold stock in a bank subject to such dominations.

“The bill as it stands seems to me to open the way to a vast inflation of the currency.  I had hoped to support this bill, but I cannot vote for it because it seems to me to contain features and to rest upon principles in the highest degree menacing to our prosperity, to stability in business, and to the general welfare of the people of the United States.”  Very truly yours, Henry Cabot Lodge.

The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 passed on December 23, 1913.  It was and is UNCONSTITUTIONAL.  In 1971, Richard Nixon took us off the gold standard.  Where was his authority to do this?  Certainly not Art. 11, Section 2 or 3 of the U.S. Constitution.  Well, don’t let a pesky thing like the Constitution stand in your way.  Nor did Tricky Dickie use the Executive Order bypass the Constitution route.  He simply directed then Treasury Secretary John Connelly to suspend convertibility of the dollar into gold.  His action became known as the ‘Nixon Shock’.

February 24, 1972.  Richard Nixon met with Chou En-Lai in Shanghai to “cement a new world order”.  America crawled into bed with the commies. The same communists who were holding our POW/MIAs from the Korean and Viet Nam “conflicts.” Those butchers of Beijing had them at the same time Nixon was over there kissing En-Lai’s backside and toasting champagne.

Now we have the illegitimate usurper “president” career crook and China’s pimp, Joe Biden, kissing Chinese president, Xi Jinping’s backside while selling out America.  China is the model for what’s called social credit.  Central Bank Digital Currency is the trap for the American people to get sucked into the social credit nightmare.

This is an action item that allows you to blast to your U.S. House member quickly:  Stop Digital Currency Tyranny — Enact H.R. 1122here’s the bill in full.  It’s still rotting in the House Committee on Financial Services since February 2023.  Ted Cruz has introduced a bill in the Senate.  Of course, the CURE is never even whispered:  Abolish the unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act of 1913, which former congressman, Ron Paul, attempted to do in 2007.  His bill had ZERO cosponsors.

Those crooks in Congress continue to allow We the People be raped to the tune of HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS IN INTEREST EVERY YEAR to the “FED.  Those crooks in the Outlaw Congress need the “FED” to keep borrowing to fund all the unconstitutional cabinets and agencies to the tune of TRILLIONS of borrowed “dollars” every year.  Stealing the fruits of YOUR labor to enrich the banking cartels.  Think about that during the primaries in 2024.

North Carolina joins FL, SD against digital dollar as states becomes key CBDC battleground, May 4, 2023 – “North Carolina’s House of Representatives voted unanimously to ban the state’s agencies and institutions from accepting any payments in central bank digital currency (CBDC) on Wednesday. With this action, the state joins Florida and South Dakota in opposition to a digital dollar as states’ Universal Commercial Code legislation emerges as a key battleground in the fight over the future of the greenback.

“North Carolina Representatives voted 118-0 in favor of the second reading of the state bill, which is designed to prevent any state entity from accepting a Federal Reserve-issued digital currency. The bill also bans the state from participating in any CBDC development activities, including tests and pilot programs such as Project Cedar, the New York Fed’s CBDC pilot which recently moved from the research to the development phase.

State-level CBDC pushback

“Desantis announced the proposal on March 20 while standing in front of a podium that read “Big Brother’s Digital Dollar.” He claimed that any U.S. CBDC would be a tool of surveillance and control.

“[A CBDC] provides the government with a direct view of all consumer activities,” said the Florida governor. “Any way they can get into society to exercise their agenda, they will do it. So, what the central bank digital currency is all about is surveilling Americans and controlling [the] behavior of Americans.”

“Florida’s legislative proposal is even more far-reaching than the South Carolina bill, and it shows that individual states’ Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) legislation will be critical in determining the viability of the digital dollar project.

“The proposal seeks to block any potential growth of the digital dollar by “Expressly prohibiting the use of a federally adopted Central Bank Digital Currency as money within Florida’s Uniform Commercial Code (UCC); instituting protections against a central global currency by prohibiting any CBDC issued by a foreign reserve or foreign sanctioned central bank; and calling on like-minded states to join Florida in adopting similar prohibitions within their respective Commercial Codes to fight back against this concept nationwide.”

“The DeSantis proposal also cited concerns about the impact that a digital dollar would have on commercial banks, saying that it could “diminish the role of community banks and credit unions in our financial system as CBDC currency would be a direct liability of the Federal government, rather than of a chartered financial institution, shrinking market lending power.”

Texas May Launch Its Own Gold-backed Digital Currency, April 8, 2023.  Senate Bill 2334 introduced March 10, 2023.  DOA.  On the House side, House Bill 4903 introduced March 10, 2023.  Also, dead even though it had quite a large number of sponsors from both parties.  Our legislature is now out of session until January 2025.  Our RINO Speaker of the House, Dade Phelan, wasted weeks before he appointed committee chairs in January (4 to Democrats), closed up shop for several 5-day weekends and made eliminating sales tax on tampons a priority.  He’s been in bed with Democrats in our GOP controlled legislature the last two sessions which only last 140 days every other odd year.

It is imperative states outlaw Central Bank Digital Currency.  This will only happen with boots on the ground whether your state is in session or not.  Have you called your state rep or senator to find out if there is any legislative effort to stop CBDC in your state?

Likely you can write off big commie states like California, Oregon, Wisconsin, Minnesota and NY.  But this needs to be addressed now.  It’s also likely to create a big mess if you have say, half the states banning it and half using it.

I know this is a lot of reading but the economy is a big worry for tens and tens of millions of Americans.  Money is the engine that runs the economy.

The other massive big issue is cyber security which we know is a daily occurrence.  Cyber thieves are very good at hacking whether it’s U.S. government agencies, city governments, credit card companies.  Just imagine the nightmare on that front because it’s REAL.

These are but a few I consider essential to understand just how dangerous the CBDC is and why it must fail here in the U.S.

2023: The ABC’s of CBDC, the Great Reset(s) & MORE Centralized Control, Jan. 4, 2023 – “By forcing citizens into a CBDC system, banks like the Fed can “efficiently and quickly” impose negative rates (i.e., where you pay banks to hold your money rather than receive positive interest for your deposits). This already happened in Europe.

“Furthermore, given that all major nations are suffering debt to GDP ratios well past the fatal 100% level, with capital to asset levels surpassing the 200:1 mark, it’s now patently obvious in a rising rate and declining tax-revenue environment that nations like the U.S. can’t afford to pay even the interest on their unprecedented debt piles.  In this sickening backdrop, CBDC systems allow indebted nations to better control, and hence steal from, their citizens…

“Stated bluntly, CBDC is not about freedom, individual rights or privacy. It is pure control masquerading as a safer payment system and faster trans-national currency settlements.  But which would you prefer? What is more important– personal liberty or “efficient payment systems”?

The Dangers Posed by State-Controlled Digital Currency

THE DANGER OF CENTRAL BANKING DIGITAL CURRENCIES – U.S. House Republican Policy Committee – “The risks far outweigh the alleged benefits of CBDCs.”

Last but NOT least, this web site is a must visit and read on constitutional money:  Fact, Fiction or Fraud?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Very important:

State of Control documentary – After you watch this, one can surely see just how dangerous the CBDC is if you value your privacy and freedom.  Pay particular attention at 45:40

Video interview:  Economic Collapse, Bailout & All The Presidents’ Bankers with Nomi Prins (I did a book review for All the Presidents’ Bankers not long ago.  She is one very intelligent woman who knows these issues inside and out.)

Every Move You Make…I’ll Be Watching You, Mine, April 10, 2023 – CBDC

This column has a plethora of sources warning Americans about the true state of banks and what’s underway: Debt Ceiling Battle – Same Old Band Aid, mine

Debt Ceiling Battle – More of the Same, mine




What Dream Has Your Name on It?

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 17, 2023

As a veteran touring rider, and also a day rider—when I travel on my bike, I may stop at an overlook, sit by a river…or simply rest on a patch of grass. I may lay on my back in the grass and look up to the clouds skidding across the sky. They make me dream!

Especially when I’m on tour, dozens of people yell, “You’re living my dream!” Some say, “Wish I could do what you’re doing.” One guy said, “I wish I would have done what you’re doing when I was young…I’m too old now.”

A person standing next to a sign with Nullarbor Plain in the background Description automatically generated with medium confidence

(Frosty Wooldridge, coast to coast, entering New Mexico, The Land of Enchantment)

First of all, I am a farm boy from LeRoy, Michigan. Nothing special. I rode my bike five miles to school each day. Milked cows and baled hay, cultivated corn, and fed the chickens. No big deal. My 10th grade teacher said, “I never thought that you would amount to much.”

Somewhere along that path, I decided to explore the world on a bicycle. And yes, I’ve written numerous books and articles. Mostly though, I’d like to see everyone living their own dreams while they enjoy this “singularly amazing moment of life” on this planet.

So, here’s some ideas for you:

Most people stumble through their teens, stagger through their twenties and meander into their thirties.

By forty, they suffer a mid-life crisis before bumping into the Big “5” “0”.

From 50, they face the last third of their lives with a sense of a downhill slide. Most never lived any “great” moments or vanquished any dragons let alone navigated a great sailing ship called the Black Pearl like Captain Jack Sparrow. None took off through space like the Next Generation on the Starship Enterprise.

Most Americans enjoy two-week vacations with scant time to climb Mt. Everest or raft the Amazon. Others feel so locked into their jobs that nothing or no one can change their fate.

What if teens and twenties changed the course of their existence by co-creating their lives with a greater power, a higher understanding and a plan to enjoy their way of life?

Captain Jean Luc Picard said, “Time is a companion that goes with us on a journey. It reminds us to cherish each moment, because it will never come again. What we leave behind is not as important as how we have lived.”

Breathe that statement into your spirit. Incorporate it into your mind. Engage it with your passions.

What turns you on in your daily existence? What moves you to action? What calls you?

For every human being on Earth, a little engine inside calls for “something” to activate a life-calling. How do you find out which path calls you?

What heroes do you follow? Why? What great moments in history move you? How do you feel when you study a certain subject? What books engage your interest? What famous movie role inspires you?

It’s my contention that you discover your life path by following the slightest thread of your desires. From there, you make your intentions.

One such young lady wanted to fly an airplane. As she grew up, she used a doll for her co-pilot, which she placed next to her in her “airplane” with two seats in her room. As she grew older, she kept the doll next to her and carried it with her when she attended college. After college, she gained work at an airport, but couldn’t afford flying lessons. Nonetheless, she made friends with pilots and trainers alike. At all times, she kept her doll with her to remind her of her dream to fly.

As fate entered the picture, she became an assistant to a veteran airline pilot trainer. She worked hard, showed up on time, stayed late and kept the books in order. After a year of watching her, he offered her some time in a flight simulator. Soon, she showed her adept skills as a pilot that impressed the trainer. He offered to take her up in a single engine plane for flight training. She earned, scraped and saved money for pilot lessons. After two years, she gained her pilot’s license. At all times, her doll sat with her in the cockpit.

Soon, she learned how to pilot a twin engine plane. She flew clients all over the country. With that money, she learned to pilot a 747 with the same trainer who started her out years before. When she received her license to pilot a 747, she earned a job with a major airline. Today, as an international 747 airline pilot, she visits places all over the world. With her, that same doll, that same dream, that same intention rides in the cockpit with her. In fact, she is a friend of mine and wrote a book “Chick in the Cockpit” which publishes later next year.

Ask yourself: What dream has your name on it?

On this long journey of your life, you must co-create your life path with the creative energy within you. You possess all the tools and all the ingenious energy to engage a positive, useful, purposeful and happy life.

Open to possibilities daily, engage the flow, and receive the favors of the universe. Finally, weave your story toward co-creating your dynamic life. Take action toward your chosen destiny.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




What Qualifies Islam as a Religion?

By Amil Imani

July 16, 2023

What qualifies Islam as a religion? What are the criteria for deciding if an ideology is a religion? An illiterate Arab, some 1500 years ago, claimed Allah commissioned him as his emissary. What’s the proof for his claim? The Quran, the book that took him 20 years to put together and bill as the word-for-word utterances of the creator of the universe, Allah? It just so happened that he came up with a tremendously attractive proposition to the forever fighting-plundering Arabs: join me, war with me, and your winning is guaranteed: you kill our adversary, you get to keep 80% of his possessions, including his women and children. You get killed, and your destination is Allah’s glorious sensual paradise, where you will reside forever.

The offer caught like wildfire and, over time, engulfed the world.

There is no proof that Muhammad was indeed chosen and commissioned by the author of the universe for this mission called Islam. So, Islam is a religion because it has a prophet? Why not Nazism? Oh, because Adolf Hitler did not claim so? What about Marx and, Engels, Mao? No, they did not claim to be emissaries of supernatural beings.

Most religions are indeed intended to attenuate human fears. They are based on natural worries, many of which are irrational…but natural nonetheless. For example, many pagan religious practices were focused on the seasonal cycles related to the harvest. Why? Because if the harvest was poor, their entire civilization could perish or be weakened to the point where a neighboring tribe would kill them.

While they misunderstood the scientific basis for whether they created natural (yet irrational) religious beliefs about whether and harvest, in this sense, religions were psychologically helpful and inevitable in addressing natural conditions. But some religions establish for themselves fears of things that do not exist…which the religion itself invented to create and perpetuate fear, and then artificially addressed it to establish a political regime.

The political nature of Islam transcends personal spiritualism and becomes a cult of oppression. This is fraud. This is evil. This is Islam.

Islam essentially invents the idea that Christians, Jews, and pagans are abominations and offensive to Allah and that their very existence represents an attack upon the self-defined Islamic right to reign over the world. Allah thus enlists Muslim believers to eradicate by force those who offend him and, by disbelieving, prevent his rule.

True Muslim believers, therefore, become the enforcers, hitmen, and mercenaries for their God to establish a global Caliphate for their parasitic clergy. Their targets are artificially constructed, adversaries. Believers are instructed to fear the “great Satan.” They are told they are offensive to Allah and their families if they do not follow Allah’s calls to Jihad. It’s a “you’re either for me or against me” strategy. Contrast this with, say, Christian fears. Christians, too, fear offending God because they believe that God will judge their lives when their bodies die. So, their fears are reduced by atoning in personal alignment with the teachings of the Bible.

So, as a political religion, Islam creates artificial fear of alien groups and then eliminates the fear through war and coercion. Islam pleases Allah with brutality and Jihad. Islam seeks to instill a political regime to enforce its provisions. When such a political doctrine declares that “resistance is futile,” it refers to corporeal enforcement by people. Personal religions acknowledge natural fears and then use light, wisdom, and the capacity of human nobility to eliminate them through a positive, spiritual exercise.

Islam can work by brute force and by the lengths the believers will go to perpetuate it. Its theology and practices make it inherently evil and dangerous to all humanity. It has already spread and infected the world like cancer. How do you nuke it out of existence? You can’t…; they will nuke us first, I am sure it.

Warning to free men and women: remain a spectator at your peril. It is imperative that you take a stand and do your part in denouncing the fraud of Islam and do all you can to prevent the Islamic fire from devouring our civilized democratic system.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Alternative Energy Is Not The Answer, Part 3

By Pastor Roger Anghis

July 16, 2023

One thing that we are seeing over the last few years is a demand that no other opinion but the radical left be allowed to be stated. In a nation where differences of opinion have always been allowed as well as allowed to be discussed, we have come to a point where anything but the radical left’s point of view is to be canceled, silenced, and even destroyed if necessary.

One of the most controversial subjects today is climate change. I’m sorry but anyone who thinks that man is causing any form of climate change is a fool. CO2 is the biggest culprit but not all information is being allowed to be discussed concerning it. We are being led to believe that CO2 is the number one cause of climate change and even the EPA outright lies about CO2. On their site, they say that 79.4% of CO2 produced annually is man-made.[1] In a testimony to Congress they claim that 49% of CO2 is from automobiles. Both so-called facts are outright lies. Of all the global warming gases CO2 is .38%, not the 49% or the 79.4% claimed. Man’s contribution to the CO2 from cars, manufacturing, farming ships, airplanes, and other sources is .036%. The planet itself produces ten times the CO2 that man produces. The push for EV cars to reduce our ‘carbon footprint’ is nothing more than an attempt to control what we do and how we do it.

Over in Europe, they are shutting down farms because farming in the biggest cause of global warming. Well, which is it? Cars or farming? If you have an opposing opinion to the radical left, they will silence you. Earlier this summer, the CO2 Coalition was banished from LinkedIn. The CO2 Coalition, with only three full-time employees and an annual budget of under $1 million, had committed the unpardonable sin of sharing contrarian perspectives on climate science. Its work, produced by a network of volunteers that includes dozens of distinguished scientists, offers indispensable balance on a topic that requires honest debate now more than ever.

Among the many comments that followed LinkedIn’s decision, the mentality of the climate crisis mob came through loud and clear. If “the science is settled,” then any contrary perspective is dangerous and must be silenced. A typical comment: “Why does LinkedIn allow so much Climate Disinformation to persist throughout its platform?” Brigades of these content wardens continuously log complaints with LinkedIn against climate skeptics. The impeccable work of Bjorn Lomborg is one of their next targets.[2]

If what the left was pushing was true it would be one thing but most of what they are shoving down our throats is nothing but pipe dreams. They have no factual basis for their so-called reasoning where we base all our decisions on hard facts. I bring all this up because their alternative energy will create more pollution than what we are doing now. An EV from mining materials, manufacturing, and maintenance to disposal creates 30% more CO2 than the average internal combustion engine vehicle. The question is, if they create more pollution as well as use an extreme excess of rare earth materials, why are we going in that direction? The only logical solution to what they are doing is setting a foundation for a completely different type of government than what we now have. One where a few govern the masses.

It is obvious that the present alternative energy sources are not and never will be that reliable otherwise they would have been implemented decades ago and the public would have fully embraced them. A couple of years ago a winter storm in Texas proved that neither solar nor wind are reliable full-time replacements for oil. If the wind doesn’t blow, windmills are useless.  If the solar panels are covered in snow, solar energy is worthless. Oil can operate under any condition.

Shutting down farms creates food shortages. But shutting down farms give the government power and power is the ultimate goal of the radical left. If you want to have proof that all of the threats of melting icecaps and rising seas are outright lies, ask yourself ‘Why are the elite buying multimillion-dollar beachfront homes when those areas are supposed to be the first to be flooded when the ice caps melt. It tells you that they do not believe their own propaganda.

We are headed in the wrong direction, which is typical when Democrats are in charge. According to Victor David Hanson, we haven’t built a new power plant in the last 10 years but China is building one every month. An employee of the EPA testified in front of Congress and said that the proposed $50 trillion we need to spend on global warming will not significantly reduce the Earth’s temperature by more than .025%. A lot of money to spend on such a small movement in temperature.

The government is causing a lot of the shortages that we are seeing and will soon see. With worldwide refinery closures outpacing new construction, shortages, and inflation are likely to be the new norm that inflicts regressive expenses upon those that can least afford it, as control of the worldwide refining industry shifts to Asia and Europe.

As the world has become impassioned with increasing its electricity generation from wind turbines and solar panels from breezes and sunshine, the world is silently slipping into a future of shortages and inflation as society’s demands for all the products and fuels manufactured from crude oil are exceeding the supply available from the dwindling number of refineries.

There were almost 700 oil refineries in the world as of January 2020, but as a result of continuous over regulations, permitting delays, aging equipment,  and the worldwide support of the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) to divest in fossil fuels, the right operating model and level of integration will be crucial for survival and sustained profitability of refineries.

In 2019 there were 135 refineries in the U.S.  but five facilities were shuttered during the last two years.

Each refinery location is a business that needs to make business decisions. Consequently, one in five oil refineries is expected to cease operations over the next five years. One in five is 20 percent, or almost 140 refineries expected to be shuttered worldwide, resulting in a 20 percent decline in the products manufactured to meet the ever-increasing demands from society.[3]

This is how liberals set the basis for control. Create the problem, then claim to have a solution to the problem. More proof as to why democrats should never be allowed to be in charge of anything. This is the path they want us on. Our votes must reverse this trend.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.epa.gov/ghgemissions/overview-greenhouse-gases
  2. https://amgreatness.com/2022/08/16/green-fascists-are-destroying-the-world/ .
  3. https://thepricklypear.org/energy-shortages-and-inflation-the-new-norm-as-refinery-closures-outpace-construction/



Declaration of Independence; Massachusetts Bay Colony year 1636

By Lewis Brackett

July 16, 2023

History of Cape cod by Freeman, excerpt starting in page 124

Yes I have this massive 2 volume history of Massachusetts Bay colony in my library… My primary interest was that both my mothers Crocker and fathers Brackett families were 1630s settlers. My Mothers ancestor is actually briefly mentioned in the record! Reading on that era, I came across this Declaration of independence and codification of laws declared by the inhabitants… By now sadly all but forgotten by history except for a few history geeks like ME.

See The history of the first five years of the 1630s settlements of Portsmouth New Hamphire and Situate Massachusetts. See Lewis Brackett

PP 124 THE HISTORY OF CAPE COD.

The royal patent… existed until the year 1636. No laws were made touching the general organization of the government; the limits of political rights or powers were not defined; and though the laws of England were supposed to be applicable to the colony, few understood their character, authority, or force. The clergy, who were generally best informed, were disposed to follow the code of Moses rather than that of England. A few regulations had been made, such as were supposed to be imperiously called for by the necessities of the moment; but the power of the church was paramount. As the trade of the colonists began to increase and their settlements to expand, it became evident that law, and not mere opinion,- the civil power, and not church censure alone,- must be employed to prevent otherwise constantly recurring disputes growing out of conflicting interests, and to check the selfish principle in-woven in man’s nature and tending to the perpetration of wrongs.

Therefore, November 15, 1636, the Court of Associates first set forth the following declaration of rights:C We, the associates of New Plymouth, coming hither as freeborn subjects of the state of England, and endowed with all and singular the privileges belonging to such, being assembled, do ordain that no act, imposition, law, or ordinance, be made or imposed on us, at the present or to come, but shall be made or imposed by consent of the body of associates, or their representatives, legally assembled, -which is according to the liberties of the state of England.” This, it will be perceived, was, in effect, a declaration of independence.

Page 125 ANNALS OF BARNSTABLE COUNTY. 125 lish laws, “present or to come/’ renounced, but Parliament was denied the right to legislate for the colony. Under these circumstances, it became necessary to provide for the future. It was, therefore, next enacted, – ” That on the first Tuesday in June annually, an election shall be held for choice of governor and assistants, to rule and govern the plantation.” The election was confined to such as shall be admitted as freemen, to whom a stringent oath was prescribed; and none were to be admitted but such as were ” orthodox in the fundamentals of religion, and possessed of a ratable estate of twenty pounds. The votes were to be given in person, or by proxy, at Plymouth. Jurisdiction of all causes under forty shillings was given to the governor, with any two assistants, ” to try, and to do as God shall direct.”

1) The power of trying larger suits or offenses was to remain with the whole body of freemen, by juries. No person was to “live, or inhabit, within the government of New Plymouth, without the leave and liking” of the governor and assistants.2 No other civil executive office was recognized than those of governor and assistants, except that of constable, to 1 However vague and general the power conferred, – “to do as God shall direct,” -such was the oneness of religious views among those to whom the power was committed, that decisions were not expected to be contradictory. At the present day, the will of God would be interpreted variously.

2) This, Belknap intimates, was “to prevent the contagion of dissimilar habits and heretical principles from without; and it was fully understood, that differing from the religious tenets generally received was as great a disqualification as any political opinions whatever. This,” he adds, ” was an act of severity that would not be endured at the present day.”

Page 126 THE HISTORY OF CAPE COD. whom was given large power. He was to serve, as expressed in his oath, ” according to that measure of wisdom, understanding, and discretion as God hath given you,” and had authority to apprehend, without precept, ” all suspicious persons.” Offenses capital, punishable with death, were treason, murder, diabolical converse, arson, and rape. Jurors were to be chosen by the towns; the grand inquest to be impaneled by the government. The occasions that called for the interference of the magistrates were comparatively rare. It may be remarked that, at this time, the idea generally prevailed that the colonists were at full liberty to establish such government as they chose – even 1″ to form a new state, as fully, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been in a state of nature, and were making their first entrance into civilized society.” Hitherto, the only towns settled in this primitive colony were Plymouth, Duxbury, and Scituate.

© 2023 Lewis Brackett – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lewis Brackett: Lewishb@yahoo.com




A Patriot’s View of Root Causes of Tyranny and How to Defeat Them

By Andrew Wallace

July 15, 2023

There are only a few root causes for the replacement of our Constitutional Republic by an Unlawful Criminal Enterprise comprising most of the three branches of federal government, which has no legal standing whatsoever.

We only need to expunge these few criminal activities that have no legal standing, in order to regain our rights from God and our Constitution.

Our public-service law firms are quite happy to litigate the results, but never the root causes of tyranny, for it means lifetime employment for them to fight never-ending criminality.

In writing this article, I am cognizant of the fact that Constitutional references are required, but also that too many words reduce readership and comprehension.

First, we must know the Enemy, and it is the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy billionaire families and their minions in ‘woke’ corporations and government.

We must further accept the cold, hard fact that most elected officials and bureaucrats in all three branches of government are bribed by the ‘woke’ corporations (for the PSRRC) to do their bidding to the detriment of citizens and the world.

The Enemy’s objectives are as simple as they are evil: complete destruction of the Republic, impoverishment and enslavement of the people, depopulation, and total world power.

All of this has been proven by their actions.

Everything that has been done by the PSRRC, in conjunction with their minions in government, was accelerated in 1913, when they replaced tariffs with the income tax and Federal Reserve Bank. It was done to gain power and wealth at the expense of the people.

Evidence is now surfacing that World War Two was caused by the United States and its allies for power and profit.

Since World War Two, we have fought one war after another for the last 77 years, all for profits of the PSRRC, and not one war had anything to do with the national security of the United States! All were “justified” by False Flags.

Our Flag Officers did not win even one of these wars for profit, but they did kill millions of innocent people and destroyed entire countries with our money and in our name..

The Ukraine War is a scam based on False Flags for power and to steal the peoples’ wealth just like all of the lost wars in the last 77 years.

The public treasury is not a piggy bank for the PSRRC’s Criminal Enterprise!

Article 1, Section 9, Clause 7 of our Constitution states “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in consequence of appropriations made by law.”

The non-government organizations (NGO), government officials and employees, etc., who spend government money on illegal invaders should be aware of the preceding and the following.

Article III, Section 3, Clause 1: “Treason is adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort.” Illegal Invaders are enemies of the Republic and its citizens!

These last two quotes from the Constitution indicate that we need to put a lot of people in jail. And hang those responsible for framing those who were prosecuted after January 6.

Our ‘courts’ may not do their duty, but revolutionary courts would administer justice!

I am well-aware that a Civil War would end the evil of the PSRRC and their minions, but at great cost and bloodshed, like throwing the baby out with the bathwater. I want to do everything I can to prevent a Civil War because it would be like the no-holds-barred “French Reign of Terror” for many of the same reasons.

I think we are on “borrowed time” to prevent a guerrilla war, because it only takes one person out of disaffected millions to attack rulers, and their response would galvanize opposition.

As an Economist, I am convinced that in the near future the government will be unable to support the 50% of the people living off the government, and these dependent people will revolt…just more proof that Communism always fails.

But enough pessimism. Let’s look at some positive solutions.

Remember that we need to correct only a few basic problems that are the root causes for most of our problems with the Criminal Enterprise that rules over us, contrary to the Constitution, Organic Law, Supreme Law of the Land.

In simple terms, the majority of our laws and expenditures are unconstitutional because they don’t have lawful authority derived from the “Enumerated Powers” in our Constitution, or are made by unelected bureaucrats of the Administrative state.

Only the legislature can enact laws, even the unconstitutional ones. See Article 1, Section 8, Clause 18 of Constitution “The Congress shall have powers to make all laws”. This means also that unelected bureaucrats in the Administrative State can’t modify or write enforceable laws, ie. the ATF and IRS.

The Federal Government has no authority in the states, and can’t spend money in the states!

So they unlawfully usurped power of the states and enacted unconstitutional federal departments to spend money unlawfully in the states. See Article I, Section 8, Clause 1 of our Constitution: “To pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States”.

Today, this money is mostly used to promote dependency on government, single-mother families, and Communist programs in inner- city plantations.

It has been reported that 50% of babies in inner – city plantations are aborted, and most that survive will be brainwashed criminals with little education or skills and nothing positive to offer society. Because of this the major Democrat cities are dangerous, filthy hell-holes with major out-migration.

Our major goal is to stop enactments of unconstitutional laws and to revoke those already unlawfully enacted! This will at once eliminate these unconstitutional departments and expenditures: Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development, etc, etc.

We would then be able to shut down the unconstitutional, privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank as the most dangerous part of the criminal establishment of the PSRRC. The FBI is the most corrupt part of the government, and must be disbanded, with no employee allowed to work for government again. IRS can be severely downsized. A majority of federal courts can be closed. Foreign Aid would be terminated. American military would not remain on foreign soil without a related declaration of war by Congress.

The only primary powers granted to the federal government (by the States) in the Constitution are for Defense, Foreign Relations, Immigration, Commerce, Treasury, Indian affairs, Currency, and misc.

The powers of the states are almost unlimited, while the federal government’s powers are severely limited by our Country’s creation documents. Think about that.

The present situation could have been prevented if only the courts had not been compromised and refused to hear cases, or by saying “No Standing”.

As a current example of a related problem, SCOTUS recently reversed itself on Abortion and Affirmative Action because there was nothing in the Constitution to justify it. Now the ignorant and venal members of Congress are trying to pass a law supporting abortion, with no authority from the Constitution! Another illegal law in the making…

The courts can still redeem themselves by hearing every case presented to them that question the constitutionality of laws. Proper findings would stop the criminal enterprises dead. Is there any easier solution?

If the courts continue to refuse to act, a Constitutional amendment could quickly solve the problem.

Simply by requiring SCOTUS to rule on the constitutionality of all laws, past and present. This would be a good time politically to pass an amendment. I say this based on a report by Michael Snyder in Lew Rockwell’s site on July 8, 2023. He stated that “one party controls entire legislatures in all but two states”.

Article 5 of our Constitution states that 2/3 of state legislators can call for an amendment but 3/4 have to approve it.

I am under no illusions. The Parasitic Super- Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their minions will do everything in their power (threats and bribes) to stop it. Remember what they did and are doing to President Trump because be wanted to use tariffs to protect middle-class workers and replace the income tax. This would dramatically impact profitability of PSRRC overseas plants. I hope that these faux rulers who have no support for their actions in the Constitution realize their vulnerability if they force us into a Civil or Guerrilla War.

I want to leave you with one thought: elections alone will not solve the problem. You know the root causes of our deprivations. Demand lawful obedience to our Constitution!

God Bless You and Our Republic

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Authoritarian, Totalitarian, Tyrannical, Dictator – What’s the Difference?

By Karen Schoen

July 15, 2023

“Of all tyrannies a tyranny sincerely exercised for the good of its victim may be the most oppressive. It may be better to live under robber barons than under omnipotent moral busybodies. The robber baron’s cruelty may sometimes sleep, his cupidity may at some point be satiated, but those who torment us for our own good will torment us without end for they do so with the approval of their own conscience.” – C. S. Lewis

“[I]f the public are bound to yield obedience to laws to which they cannot give their approbation, they are slaves to those who make such laws and enforce them.” –Candidus in the Boston Gazette, 1772, Hillbilly Politics

We are allowing America to be dismantled before our eyes. Are we to do nothing? In the name of the greater good we have allowed the Authoritarian, Totalitarian, Tyrannical, Dictator, Globalists … It doesn’t matter what we call them, they are all the same… to abuse us and put America into deep debt which will take years to correct.

Authoritarian: Au•thor•i•tar•i•an
favoring or enforcing strict obedience to authority, especially that of the government, at the expense of personal freedom: “the transition from an authoritarian to a democratic regime”

Totalarianism: To•tal•i•tar•i•an•ism a system of government that is centralized and dictatorial and requires complete subservience to the state

Dictator: Dic•ta•tor
a ruler with total power over a country, typically one who has obtained control by force.

Tyranny arbitrary or unrestrained exercise of power; despotic abuse of authority.
the government or rule of a tyrant, dictator or absolute ruler.

Tyrant, King, Absolute Ruler, Dictator, Prime Minister, Globalist, I could go on and on but they are all the same. They are beyond evil and will stop at nothing to keep power. NOTHING. The think of themselves as ELITE. One of their biggest achievements is getting the people to sacrifice and restrict themselves or mutilate the children in order to prevent racism and save the planet. (Code for pay off politician donors.)

One day the people will realize that just like the ancient times days, they re sacrificing themselves and their children to the god and goddess of greed and pleasure. Our Republic based on democratic principals took the good from past forms of government, put them together and came up with the American experiment base on Judeau-Christian values. The experiment was that man is sovereign. Any personal property owned by that sovereign was his to own and control.

The Globalists take the evil from each government: Murder, Torture, Slavery.

Globalists are now are running drugs and people, it doesn’t matter. They lie all the time. How stupid are we to allow children to be sacrificed on the alter of WOKE? As long as the people die or become victimized Americans, globalists are happy. By going along with the insanity we are making it easy for them to destroy America.

Lets learn the truth and start making them prove their actions by asking questions like: Who, What, Where, When and Why. Make them prove their empty talking points. Be prepared. They have no answers so they will yell at you. Stay calm and answer with the truth. Ask questions like: What will the plants do without CO2? How will we eat if there are no plants?

In the name of climate change the Obiden EPA is now focused on making all appliances inefficient and more expensive. Ask them to prove how their change will stop climate change. Stop accepting their orders without proof. Our congress have give up their power to these abusive agencies who make up rules without basis. We must stop accepting them and their rules. Time to end the unconstitutional alphabet abusive agencies. Close the agencies and block grant the money to the states.

Remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everyone follows the same plan. ALL PLANS ARE BASED ON LIES. Globalists must control opposition, Bye Bongino, Carlson. Globalists must take away our voice. Don’t let them.

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL

Lets take away their money. Boycotts work.

Let’s take away their power. Vet your candidates

Let’s take away their control – GET YOUR KIDS OUT OF PUBLIC SCHOOL

© 2023 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

——————-

Podcasts and Articles:, karenschoen.substack.com;  karenbschoen.com;  https://newswithviews.com/author/karen/

Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.com/the-prism-of-americas-education/

Show: Sat and Sun 7AM ET and 9PM ET on AmericaOutloud.com

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL




Farmland Lost is Farmland Lost Forever

By Tom DeWeese

July 14, 2023

“Farmland lost is farmland lost forever.” That catchy phrase is a popular slogan distributed by the Virginia-based land trust called the Piedmont Environmental Council (PEC). While it’s an accurate statement, apparently, the PEC and its like-minded Green brethren are only concerned about losing vital farmland to housing developers. Meanwhile, thousands of farmers and ranchers are losing their industries to radical environmental policies supported and promoted by such groups. Obviously, hypocrisy runs deep in the leftist Green movement.

However, farmland is under attack across the nation, mainly under the guise of climate change and environmental protection. Let’s review some of the main threats America’s farmers are facing.

The central unifying issue driving the attack on America’s farming industry is “climate change.” SUSTAINABLE! That’s the trigger word driving the attack on farming. Green activists say we face an impending apocalypse and so society, they warn, must pursue a stated goal of achieving “sustainable development” or all will be lost. “Sustainable development” determines how food will be grown, processed, packaged, and marketed. Very specific rules determined what kind of crops may be grown, and how much land may be used for that purpose, while much of a farm’s private property is forced into open space for habitat, wetlands, and “supposedly endangered species.

Meanwhile, Biden’s Energy Czar, John Kerry, has accused small farms of being significant emitters of nitrogen. Of course, this is the primary attack on cattle for their burps, flatulence, and manure. The current term is “Climate Smart.” As sustainable development forces higher costs on the farmers, Biden’s massive inflation makes it nearly impossible for farmers to stay afloat.

While the Biden cabal is pushing to maneuver it all into place, the real driving force is being driven by the World Economic Forum (WEF) and its Great Reset agenda. The WEF has actually launched something called its New Vision for Agriculture (NVA) initiative, which it defines as a “roadmap for Stakeholders.” Stakeholders are not farmers, property owners, or others in the agriculture industry. They are Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) many of whom have been working directly with the United Nations for decades to direct climate change policy.

“The World Economics Forum’s New Vision for Agriculture initiative is led by 17 global companies that are Industry Partners of the Forum,” according to the WEF/McKinsey report. It continues, “the 17 global companies that championed the initiative are Archer Daniels Midland, BASF, Bunge, Cargill, The Coca-Cola Company, Dupont, General Mills, Kraft Foods, Metro, Monsanto company, Nestle, PepsiCo, SABMiller, Syngenta, Unileve4r, Wal-Mart Stores, and Yara International.”

Now add the funds of private foundations such as the Rockefellers, Blackrock, and Gates Foundation, then the true road map of those stakeholders and their funders begins to emerge. These forces are NOT protectors of the environment; they are destroyers of it and 0ur current living standards.

Now comes the implementation of the plan. How do they intend to ultimately change the entire food production system of the nation and make it sustainable? Answer: target the land.

Wind and Solar

Reports from the solar industry as far back as 2017, indicate that the Midwestern states are the “growing hotspot for solar and wind power” to replace traditional coal and gas power plants – meaning thousands of acres of valuable farm land would be required to replace current energy sources that now use only a few acres. A World Bank study published in 2017 admitted that “clean energy” technology is “significantly more material intensive” than hydrocarbon energy sources, and that estimate didn’t even consider farmland destruction.

The solar panels are made of plastic – which takes oil to produce. Underneath those solar panels that run end to end, row by row, for thousands of acres, is cement for infrastructure wires. Little can grow underneath them – no grass, no animals. That’s how farmland is being destroyed.

In addition to solar, the Midwest states are also targeted for wind power. Wind power needs enormous amounts of oil for the turbines to turn. And those blades are not degradable when they no longer work. Again, they also need the massive infrastructure under the planned forests of turbines. How much raw material, including limestone, steel, aluminum, cobalt, and nickel will it take to produce a single wind turbine? And what about the transmission lines needed to get the electricity onto the power grid?

Picture thousands of acres of these turbines – the death of scenic views, of peaceful land, and in the air, nothing will be flying. Millions of birds, rapture, and endangered species destroyed – in the name of environmental protection. Ask the Interior Department how many birds are killed yearly. Such information, they will tell you, is classified. Why?

Wind and solar are a joke. Remember when we used to call environmentalists “Tree Huggers?” Well, where are they now? Why are they not standing up to stop wind and solar from destroying the environment? For example, the Wind industry has cleared over 17,283 acres in Scotland for wind farms. To do it they have wiped out 14,000,000 trees – to save the planet!

Wind and solar processes produce next to nothing for the power grid. If all other sources of fuels were banned and all power was to come from wind and solar, estimates are that it would only provide between 4% and 12% of the energy we need to run the country. Yet millions of acres of vital farmland – private property needed to produce our food supply — are targeted to be buried under this insanity.

Carbon Capture Pipelines

Those pushing for more solar and wind energy also champion carbon capture pipelines. They insist that manmade CO2 is driving climate change and therefore pipelines are needed to be used to safely bury this threat from fossil fuel plants into the ground. Here’s the scheme.

Private corporations have targeted thousands of acres of privately-owned, food-producing Midwest Corn Belt farmland to build several interconnecting pipelines. A letter being sent to targeted property owners from Navigator Heartland Greenway LLC says, “Navigator is proposing to build a large-scale carbon capture pipeline system spanning 1300 miles across five states in the Midwest…” The letter goes on to explain that “the pipeline will materially reduce the participant’s carbon footprint and further the global goal of carbon neutrality… The pipeline system… will capture carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from local facilities before these emissions reach the atmosphere and transport the CO2 safely via pipeline to a permanent and secure underground sequestration site in Illinois.”

There is no sound scientific reason for such a project. Trees and plants need CO2 to live. Here are some actual scientific facts that prove CO2 is not a pollutant but is necessary for a sound environment:

  • More CO2 enhances plant growth.
  • More CO2 boosts crop yields which helps feed more people worldwide.
  • Nearly all plants increase photosynthesis in response to increasing CO2 (CO2
    fertilization). More plant growth means less topsoil erosion.
  • More CO2 makes plants grow faster, with less stress and water. Moister soil.
  • More CO2 helps plants to create natural repellants to fight insect predators.

The Carbon Capture Pipelines are unnecessary and dangerous to all of human society. Many scientists warn of a growing CO2 shortage that will lead to famine. The U.S. Navy has produced a chart entitled “CO2 Starvation. The chart reports that average CO2 needs for plant life is 1,600 Parts Per Million(PPM). However, according to the Navy. we are currently at 400 PPM. These figures have been verified by other scientists, including Climate expert Dr. Willy Soon and Dr. Lee Merritt. Dr. Merritt also predicts a “dust bowl” phenomena as a result of plants starving from CO2. Millions of acres covered by solar panels and wind turbines will lead to the destruction of the environment.

Today, in targeted states, including Iowa, South Dakota, North Dakota, Nebraska, and Minnesota, there is growing opposition to the pipelines. Farmers are beginning to understand the threat to their property rights. In response, the corporations behind the scheme resort to ruthless intimidation tactics to scare the farmers into compliance as they boldly trespass on private farmland with armed guards and heavy equipment, damaging crops. With this tactic employed, will local and state governments stand with the farmers who feed us or the powerful corporations?

Attack on the Cattle Industry – Global Roundtable for Sustainable Beef

“Meat consumption is devastating some of the world’s most valuable and vulnerable regions, due to the vast amount of land needed to produce animal feed.” The quote is from a report issued by one of the most powerful environmental NGOs, the World Wildlife Fund. They have made it their mission to stop beef consumption. How can they do that, you may ask?

First, the WWF was influential in creating the Global Roundtable for Sustainable Beef. Quick to join were the four min packing companies that control access to the beef market, including Tysons, Cargil, JBS and National Beef. Next to join was the National Cattleman’s Beef Association (NCBA), the largest association representing the beef industry.

Working together, these organizations began to create new rules that coerced cattlemen to be “certified” to attain what is called “Beef Quality Assurance” recognition from the federal Department of Agriculture. This would grant them the label of being “sustainable,” of course. In the name of environmental protection, these new rules placed restrictions on water grazing, reduced productive uses of the ranchland to make way for wildlife habitat, and forced cattle growers to have smaller herds. All this served to make the ranching process more expensive.

Worst of all is the removal of “Nation of Origin” labeling, so consumers don’t know where their beef is coming from. This allows the packers to use foreign beef which is exempt from the strict Roundtable rules, making it much cheaper than American beef.

The WWF’s Global Roundtable for Sustainable Beef is nothing short of a monopoly controlling the industry. There is no free market per se. A few years ago, an independent company called Northern Beef Packers was created at an investment cost of approximately $50 million to create an independent packing company not tied to the Roundtable. The four major packers simply lowered their costs to block the competition by making the price of beef so low that it drove the independent company out of business.

Many suspect the goal is to stop beef consumption and replace it with the fake meat now being offered by Bill Gates and others. Of course, the packers will still have something to market without contending with the animal rights lobby. These corporations will continue to stuff their pockets while gaining the power to set what products will be offered to consumers.

It’s important to once again emphasize that one of the main packing companies, Cargil, is one of the 17 global companies that are Industry Partners of the World Economic Forum’s New Vision for Agriculture, which, as already reported, is dedicated to transforming the U.S. food industry. Another piece of the puzzle put in its place.

The threat from China – buying up American Farmland

China now owns roughly 384,000 acres of U.S. farmland, according to a 2021 report from the Department of Agriculture. Of that, 195,000 acres are owned by 85 Chinese investors. It is vital to make clear China is a communist dictatorship. There is no free market in China, so there are no private corporations. All are controlled by the government. So, even if it appears that a Chinese individual or company is purchasing land, the power behind it is the government which is an avowed opponent to the concept of free markets, private property or individual liberty. Allowing such a force to purchase massive amounts of American land is a direct threat to American sovereignty, especially when much of the land they buy is within visual range of American military bases.

China is pushing hard for the U.S. to accept wind and solar power while we eliminate gas and coal. Yet, China is leading the world in reopening oil wells and coal mines for their OWN energy needs.

China is behind much of the drive to convert to electric vehicles, away from gas-powered cars. Does it surprise you that China has influence over much of the lithium resources in the world necessary to power those gas cars? China says America must follow the globalist dictates of “Sustainable” policies – but China doesn’t.

China is allied and works in partnership with those in Davos championing the Great Reset – designed to destroy our free market system. The more American land China controls, the more influence it can exert over U.S. policy.

China is an avowed enemy of free markets and American influence. It has proven over the years that it will support or undertake actions that would impact American security and prosperity. That includes the use of American farmland. Through the purchase of American farmland China can add power to the push for the carbon capture pipeline, thereby helping from the inside to destroy American food sources. China can increase the spread of wind and solar over valuable American farmland, decreasing more of the farm industry. Plus, they can use American farmland to raise crops and ship them back to China for their own use, while American grocery shelves grow empty.

In Florida, twelve Chinese investors have already put $16 million into an aquaculture project on 100 acres in Fellsmere, Florida. In Virginia, the Chinese bought Smithfield Foods and its 460 large farms and facilities in 26 states, employing tens of thousands of Americans. Additional projects such as these are in literally every state in the Union.

So serious is the threat that legislation has been introduced in Congress to control or prevent Chinese purchases of farmland. Texas Congressman Chip Roy has introduced the “Securing American Land from Foreign Interference Act” (H.R. 3244). The specific purpose is to block Communist Chinese farmland purchases in America. China has labeled the bill racist against Asians.

However, in the state legislature of South Dakota, legislation was introduced to block China from buying farmland in that state. Yet, the bill faced opposition from nearly every agriculture industry group. According to reports, the farm industry pushed to block the measure because big corporations, now working to destroy the small farmers see an opportunity to extend the global influence of the Great Reset over the United States.

Small, independent farmers are facing extinction. Their replacement will be powerful corporations that will no longer cater to consumers. Instead consumers will have to accept what the big corporations decide to provide – fake meat and all.

Americans must stand up to save and protect farmland because American Farmland lost, is America lost forever.

© 2023 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese




Freedom of Speech in Colorado

By Paul Engel

July 14, 2023

  • What does Colorado have against freedom of speech?
  • First Jack Phillips of Masterpiece Cakeshop, now Lorie Smith of 303 Creative, LLC. Both have had cases against Colorado for violating their freedom of expression.
  • Will the latest Supreme Court opinion finally teach Colorado a lesson?

Freedom of speech has been under attack in this country, and Colorado has been a big part of it. First, Jack Phillips of Masterpiece Cakeshop has spent ten years trying to defend his right to not be compelled to create custom cakes with messages which violate his beliefs. So when Lorie Smith wanted to expand her business into developing custom wedding websites, she was concerned that Colorado would do to her what it was doing to Jack Phillips. Her request for an injunction went all the way to the Supreme Court.

Freedom of speech includes the freedom not to be compelled to speak as well, but what happens when a person’s freedom of speech conflicts with a state’s law? In the case of 303 Creative LLC v. Elenis, the question was asked if the State of Colorado could dictate to Ms. Smith what type of message she had to communicate in her business.

Like many States, Colorado has a law forbidding businesses from engaging in discrimination when they sell goods and services to the public. Laws along these lines have done much to secure the civil rights of all Americans. But in this particular case Colorado does not just seek to ensure the sale of goods or services on equal terms. It seeks to use its law to compel an individual to create speech she does not believe. The question we face is whether that course violates the Free Speech Clause of the First Amendment.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

I don’t know how many times I’ve covered this, but then I doubt the justices on the Supreme Court read my articles. This cannot be a First Amendment case because Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law … abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Since Congress did not make this law, it cannot be a violation of the First Amendment. So what this case truly is, is a violation of the Colorado Constitution:

No law shall be passed impairing the freedom of speech; every person shall be free to speak, write or publish whatever he will on any subject, being responsible for all abuse of that liberty; 

Colorado Constitution, Article II, Section 10

It’s also a violation of the Fourteenth Amendment of the Constitution of the United States.

No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

While the court opinion appears to focus on the First Amendment and freedom of speech, the real issue they were looking at was freedom of the press. Specifically, does the state have the power to compel others to publish content with which they disagree?

Through her business, 303 Creative LLC, Lorie Smith offers website and graphic design, marketing advice, and social media management services. Recently, she decided to expand her offerings to include services for couples seeking websites for their weddings. As she envisions it, her websites will provide couples with text, graphic arts, and videos to celebrate” and conve[y]” the details” of their unique love story.” … The websites will discuss how the couple met, explain their backgrounds, families, and future plans, and provide information about their upcoming wedding. All of the text and graphics on these websites will be original,” “customized,” and tailored” creations. The websites will be expressive in nature,” designed to communicate a particular message.” Viewers will know, too, that the websites are [Ms. Smiths] original artwork,” for the name of the company she owns and operates by herself will be displayed on every one.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Ms. Smith wants to create and publish webpages, without being compelled to use them to communicate a message she doesn’t agree with. Well, at least that was her plan.

While Ms. Smith has laid the groundwork for her new venture, she has yet to carry out her plans. She worries that, if she does so, Colorado will force her to express views with which she disagrees. Ms. Smith provides her website and graphic services to customers regardless of their race, creed, sex, or sexual orientation. But she has never created expressions that contradict her own views for anyone—whether that means generating works that encourage violence, demean another person, or defy her religious beliefs by, say, promoting atheism. Ms. Smith does not wish to do otherwise now, but she worries Colorado has different plans. Specifically, she worries that if she enters the wedding website business, the State will force her to convey messages inconsistent with her belief that marriage should be reserved to unions between one man and one woman. Ms. Smith acknowledges that her views about marriage may not be popular in all quarters. But, she asserts, the First Amendments Free Speech Clause protects her from being compelled to speak what she does not believe. The Constitution, she insists, protects her right to differ.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

I’m sure this language came from Ms. Smith’s attorney, because it uses the same phrases I’ve seen in other opinions used by lawyers. Since I’ve already explained why this case cannot be a First Amendment issue, let me explain why this is a free press case, not a free speech one.

Freedom of What?

Both the First Amendment of the United States Constitution and Article II, Section 10 of the Colorado Constitution protect both freedom of speech and press. Have you ever considered the difference between the two?

The faculty of uttering articulate sounds or words

Speech Websters 1828 Dictionary

Ms. Smith isn’t planning to utter articulate sounds or words in her business, but publishing websites.

The art or business of printing and publishing.

Press – Websters 1828 Dictionary

While Ms. Smith, and for that matter the Supreme Court, see this as a First Amendment Freedom of Speech case, it’s really a Colorado Constitution Freedom of Press case and a Fourteenth Amendment privileges and immunities cases.

To clarify her rights, Ms. Smith filed a lawsuit in federal district court. In that suit, she sought an injunction to prevent the State from forcing her to create wedding websites celebrating marriages that defy her beliefs. To secure relief, Ms. Smith first had to establish her standing to sue. That required her to show a credible threat” existed that Colorado would, in fact, seek to compel speech from her that she did not wish to produce.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Ms. Smith, having seen what had happened to Jack Phillips, and probably others, initiates a preemptive strike, filing a lawsuit and seeking an injunction against the State of Colorado before they have a chance to infringe on her rights. However, since she has not been aggrieved yet, she doesn’t have an obvious standing for the courts. Generally, courts don’t appear to like preemptive law suits, deciding to wait until someone actually suffers some harm before accepting them. In order to show that she had standing, Ms. Smith had to show a credible threat that the State of Colorado would compel her to publish websites that she did not want to produce.

In her lawsuit, Ms. Smith alleged that, if she enters the wedding website business to celebrate marriages she does endorse, she faces a credible threat that Colorado will seek to use CADA [Colorado Anti-Discrimination Act] to compel her to create websites celebrating marriages she does not endorse. … As evidence, Ms. Smith pointed to Colorados record of past enforcement actions under CADA, including one that worked its way to this Court five years ago. See Masterpiece Cakeshop,

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Did Ms. Smith have a credible threat that Colorado would compel her to produce websites celebrating marriages she doe s not endorse? Absolutely. All the court had to do was look at a previous case it had dealt with, Masterpiece Cakeshop, Ltd. v. Colorado Civil Rights Comm’n. In that case the court found that Colorado had violated the Free Exercise Clause, not so much because they compelled speech, but because the Colorado Civil Rights Commission was hostile to Jack Phillips beliefs.

That consideration was compromised, however, by the Commissions treatment of Phillipscase, which showed elements of a clear and impermissible hostility toward the sincere religious beliefs motivating his objection. As the record shows, some of the commissioners at the Commissions formal, public hearings endorsed the view that religious beliefs cannot legitimately be carried into the public sphere or commercial domain, disparaged Phillipsfaith as despicable and characterized it as merely rhetorical, and compared his invocation of his sincerely held religious beliefs to defenses of slavery and the Holocaust. No commissioners objected to the comments. Nor were they mentioned in the later state-court ruling or disavowed in the briefs filed here. The comments thus cast doubt on the fairness and impartiality of the Commissions adjudication of Phillipscase.

Masterpiece Cakeshop, Ltd. v. Colorado Civil Rights Commn

Like all such cases, Ms. Smith’s case started in district court, where she lost. The case was appealed to the Tenth Circuit, which found that she did have standing, but was not entitled to the injunction she sought.

Turning to the merits, however, the Tenth Circuit held that Ms. Smith was not entitled to the injunction she sought. The court acknowledged that Ms. Smiths planned wedding websites qualify as pure speech” protected by the First Amendment. … As a result, the court reasoned, Colorado had to satisfy strict scrutiny” before compelling speech from her that she did not wish to create. Id… Under that standard, the court continued, the State had to show both that forcing Ms. Smith to create speech would serve a compelling governmental interest and that no less restrictive alternative exists to secure that interest. … Ultimately, a divided panel concluded that the State had carried these burdens. As the majority saw it, Colorado has a compelling interest in ensuring equal access to publicly available goods and services,” and no option short of coercing speech from Ms. Smith can satisfy that interest because she plans to offer unique services” that are, by definition, unavailable elsewhere.” …

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

The Tenth Circuit acknowledged that Ms. Smith’s websites would be pure speech (press), so you would think that it would be protected. Unfortunately, under our current and irrational jurisprudence, we have this theory of “strict scrutiny”.

A standard of Judicial Review for a challenged policy in which the court presumes the policy to be invalid unless the government can demonstrate a compelling interest to justify the policy. …

Once a court determines that strict scrutiny must be applied, it is presumed that the law or policy is unconstitutional. The government has the burden of proving that its challenged policy is constitutional. To withstand strict scrutiny, the government must show that its policy is necessary to achieve a compelling state interest. If this is proved, the state must then demonstrate that the legislation is narrowly tailored to achieve the intended result.

Strict Scrutiny – The Free Legal Dictionary

Under this interpretation of “judicial review”, a court can find an act to be unconstitutional, but allow it anyway because of a “compelling government interest”. The fact that this is a direct violation of both the Supremacy Clause and the justices’ oaths of office doesn’t seem to bother them one bit.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

As the supreme law of the land, once an act is found unconstitutional that should be the end of the debate. As has become quite common among today’s courts though, they’ve placed their preferences and options above their oaths to support the Constitution.

As these cases illustrate, the First Amendment protects an individuals right to speak his mind regardless of whether the government considers his speech sensible and well intentioned or deeply misguided,” … and likely to cause anguish” or incalculable grief,” …. Equally, the First Amendment protects acts of expressive association. … Generally, too, the government may not compel a person to speak its own preferred messages. Nor does it matter whether the government seeks to compel a person to speak its message when he would prefer to remain silent or to force an individual to include other ideas with his own speech that he would prefer not to include. … All that offends the First Amendment just the same.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Your freedom to speak and publish is not subject to government regulation. Not only do the constitutions of the several states and the United States prohibit government from restraining your expression, no matter how misguided they may think it to be, they cannot compel or coerce you into expressing the message they would prefer. Suppressing, even eliminating a message they did not like, is exactly what the State of Colorado has done with the CADA.

As surely as Ms. Smith seeks to engage in protected First Amendment speech, Colorado seeks to compel speech Ms. Smith does not wish to provide. As the Tenth Circuit observed, if Ms. Smith offers wedding websites celebrating marriages she endorses, the State intends to forc[e her] to create custom websites” celebrating other marriages she does not. … Colorado seeks to compel this speech in order to excis[e] certain ideas or viewpoints from the public dialogue.” … Indeed, the Tenth Circuit recognized that the coercive [e]liminati[on]” of dissenting ideas” about marriage constitutes Colorados very purpose” in seeking to apply its law to Ms. Smith.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Before we look at the majority opinion, let’s take a quick look at the dissent from justice Sotomayor, joined by justices Kagan and Jackson

Dissent

Five years ago, this Court recognized the general rule” that religious and philosophical objections to gay marriage do not allow business owners and other actors in the economy and in society to deny protected persons equal access to goods and services under a neutral and generally applicable public accommodations law.” … The Court also recognized the serious stigma” that would result if purveyors of goods and services who object to gay marriages for moral and religious reasons” were allowed to put up signs saying no goods or services will be sold if they will be used for gay marriages.’ ”…

Today, the Court, for the first time in its history, grants a business open to the public a constitutional right to refuse to serve members of a protected class. Specifically, the Court holds that the First Amendment exempts a website- design company from a state law that prohibits the company from denying wedding websites to same-sex couples if the company chooses to sell those websites to the public. The Court also holds that the company has a right to post a notice that says, “ ‘no [wedding websites] will be sold if they will be used for gay marriages.’ ”…

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Reading this opening to the dissent, I was reminded of a letter written by Dietrich Bonhoeffer that was quoted under the title Theory of Stupidity:

Against stupidity we are defenseless. Neither protests nor the use of force accomplish anything here; reasons fall on deaf ears; facts that contradict ones prejudgment simply need not be believed —

Theory of Stupidity, Dietrich Bonhoeffer

A quick look at the facts stipulated by both Ms. Smith and the State of Colorado shows that at no time did Ms. Smith deny services to people based on their sexual preferences.

  • To facilitate the district courts resolution of the merits of her case, Ms. Smith and the State stipulated to a number of facts:
    • Smith is willing to work with all people regardless of classifications such as race, creed, sexual orientation, and gender,” and she will gladly create custom graphics and websites” for clients of any sexual orientation.
    • She will not produce content that contradicts biblical truth” regardless of who orders it.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Rather, she recognized it was illegal for the State of Colorado to coerce her to express a message with which she disagreed. It appears that, as Mr. Bonhoeffer noted, the dissenting justices “reasons fall on deaf ears; facts that contradict one’s prejudgment simply need not be believed”. It’s like getting directions to drive from Nashville to Boston, but starting in San Diego. With such a flawed starting point it’s no wonder these justices came to such a ridiculous, may I even say stupid, conclusion. While the language he used was quite different, it appears Justice Gorsuch was just as confused by the dissenting opinion:

It is difficult to read the dissent and conclude we are looking at the same case. Much of it focuses on the evolution of public accommodations laws, … and the strides gay Americans have made towards securing equal justice under law, … And, no doubt, there is much to applaud here. But none of this answers the question we face today: Can a State force someone who provides her own expressive services to abandon her conscience and speak its preferred message instead?

When the dissent finally gets around to that question— more than halfway into its opinion—it reimagines the facts of this case from top to bottom. The dissent claims that Colorado wishes to regulate Ms. Smiths conduct,” not her speech. … Forget Colorados stipulation that Ms. Smiths activities are expressive,” … and the Tenth Circuits conclusion that the State seeks to compel pure speech,” … The dissent chides us for deciding a pre-enforcement challenge. … But it ignores the Tenth Circuits finding that Ms. Smith faces a credible threat of sanctions unless she conforms her views to the States. … The dissent suggests (over and over again) that any burden on speech here is incidental.” … All despite the Tenth Circuits finding that Colorado intends to force Ms. Smith to convey a message she does not believe with the very purpose” of [e]liminating . . . ideas” that differ from its own.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Decision

Now let us look at the decision the rest of the justices came to.

If she wishes to speak, she must either speak as the State demands or face sanctions for expressing her own beliefs, sanctions that may include compulsory participation in remedial . . . training,” filing periodic compliance reports as officials deem necessary, and paying monetary fines. … Under our precedents, that is enough,” more than enough, to represent an impermissible abridgment of the First Amendments right to speak freely.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Sadly, but not unexpectedly, Justice Gorsuch places the opinions of the court above the supreme law of the land. Rather than recognizing that the State of Colorado had made a law abridging the rights and privileges of a citizen of their state and applying the protections of the law unequally, he points to the courts’ prior opinions, their precedent, to grant to Ms. Smith the justice she deserves. There is one portion of this opinion where Justice Gorsuch gives some recognition to the supremacy of the Constitution.

At the same time, this Court has also recognized that no public accommodations law is immune from the demands of the Constitution. In particular, this Court has held, public accommodations statutes can sweep too broadly when deployed to compel speech. In Hurley, the Court commented favorably on Massachusettspublic accommodations law, but made plain it could not be applied to expressive activity” to compel speech.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Although they got to their decision predictably, via a convoluted act of judicial gymnastics, the court did, in a 6-3 decision, come to what I believe is the correct conclusion.

In this case, Colorado seeks to force an individual to speak in ways that align with its views but defy her conscience about a matter of major significance. In the past, other States in Barnette, Hurley, and Dale have similarly tested the First Amendments boundaries by seeking to compel speech they thought vital at the time. But, as this Court has long held, the opportunity to think for ourselves and to express those thoughts freely is among our most cherished liberties and part of what keeps our Republic strong. Of course, abiding the Constitutions commitment to the freedom of speech means all of us will encounter ideas we consider unattractive,” …“misguided, or even hurtful,” … But tolerance, not coercion, is our Nations answer. The First Amendment envisions the United States as a rich and complex place where all persons are free to think and speak as they wish, not as the government demands. Because Colorado seeks to deny that promise, the judgment is Reversed.

303 Creative LLC v. Elenis

Conclusion

While I disagree with how the court arrived at its opinion, my concerns are not with the conclusion, but the fact that the placing of precedent above the supreme law of the land could have just as easily led the court to another conclusion. If the Constitution does not mean exactly what it says, it can mean nothing at all. And that, ladies and gentlemen, should concern us all.

While there are still concerns, today is a day to celebrate an important victory for freedom of expressions, whether by speech or by press. I hope this case will also provide relief not only to Jack Phillips, but to Darnelle Stuzman and all of our fellow Americans struggling to exercise their rights without government censorship or compelled speech.

Three cheers for Lorie Smith. For her courage to stand up, for her willingness to see this case through, and for the beautiful websites she can now design without worrying that the State of Colorado will try to compel her to publish a message against her will.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Silly Season

by Lee Duigon

July 13, 2023

Newspaper editors, including me, used to call it “the silly season,” that stretch of time between Fourth of July and Labor Day. People went on vacation, the politics simmered down, and most of our material was goofy stories that wouldn’t have been reported during the rest of the year.

We still have a silly season, only now it seems to be year-round. A lot of people are saying and doing things that are just plain silly. For instance:

A group in Oregon wants to set up segregated hiking trails in the state forests so that Cherished Minority hikers won’t have to face the risk of running into “prejudiced” people while shambling around in the deep woods. They want hiking trails reserved for—I quote—“underrepresented adventurers who are plus-sized and fat, Black, Indigenous, persons of color, queer, trans, non-binary, disabled, neurodivergent [whatever the dickens that means], and beyond…” Beyond what? Sanity? Coherence?

If they want to see someone with a load of “prejudice,” any mirror can show them a perfectly adequate specimen.

Meanwhile, Far Left Crazy is up in arms against a movie, “The Sound of Freedom,” starring Jim Caviezel as a federal agent who resigns his post to devote himself to combating child sex trafficking. Hollywood and Disney didn’t want this film, they sat on it for five years, so the producers went out there on their own and behold—“Sound of Freedom” is a smash hit.

Why do leftids object to a movie attacking child sex trafficking? Does it hit too close to home? Is there some key difference between sex trafficking and the sexual grooming practiced by “educators” in our public schools, with the enthusiastic blessing of the teachers’ unions? I mean, they’re acting awfully guilty, aren’t they?

I don’t believe the current rumor that theater owners are turning off their air conditioning to suppress this movie’s box office. But it’s not that unbelievable. Who knows what kind of pressure that groups like the monstrously misnamed “Human Rights Campaign” is putting on the theater owners? That’s the part that’s not at all hard to believe.

Finally, in a towering display of silliness, the Obamas have been cranking out tweets about how oppressed they are. They were seen doing this aboard a luxury yacht in Greece—with Tom Hanks aboard as their tame celebrity, and later at a five-star restaurant.

If this is oppression, where can we sign up for it?

Finally, these past two days have seen several reports of President (sic) SloJo yelling and cursing at his staff behind closed doors. Ordinarily our Free & Independent Nooze Media wouldn’t report this story: wouldn’t want to make Uncle Joe look bad. The fact that they’re reporting it now makes one wonder how anyone this silly could be elected to any kind of public office. This, of course, is a silly season that started in 2020 and has been running ever since.

So you can’t escape the Woke crowd by hiking into the heart of a dense forest, or going to a movie, or just noodling around on social media: these kooks are everywhere. [Honorable mention to Boston’s first openly socialist councilwoman, who a few days ago crashed her car into a house for no reason known to anyone. She survived to continue her role in governing the city.] They have infested our government at every level, local, county, state, and federal.

None of this, by the way, can happen without our leaving our children in the clutches of (ahem!) “public education.”

Pull all the kids out of those schools, and watch the Woke just up and die.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… maybe while you’re hiking in the woods. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Bicycling Through the Avenue of the Giants

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 13, 2023

For every bicycle touring rider that pedals the magnificent wonders of the West Coast, perhaps the most stunning, if not peaceful moment occurs when you enter into the Prairie Creek Redwoods…and later, into the magnificent “Avenue of the Giants” of Northern California on Route 101.

Of all my journeys around the globe on my bicycle, I was not prepared for the sheer magnitude, the deep quiet and heights of those ambassadors from 2,200 years ago.  They weigh 120 tons, drink 500 gallons of water a day, spread 25 feet in diameter at their bases, and grow 365 feet into the sky.  Nothing on earth matches their sheer elegance of stature, their eternal wonder, and their ability to inspire artists, poets and adventure-seekers.

(Frosty Wooldridge standing among the giants of the Avenue of the Giants.)

Unfortunately, from 1850 to 1917, lumber companies cut down 96 percent of the 2,000,000 acres of redwoods on the California Coast.  Less than 300,000 acres remain. Those trees had been growing since the Roman Empire, before Christ, before Hannibal crossed the Alps…just an unimaginable amount of time for any kind of being to continue living.  Saved from the lumberjacks’ final cut, back in 1917, SavetheRedwoodsLeague.com members led by Charles Kellogg and the Women’s League of Northern California—bought all the remaining redwood groves they could afford.

John D. Rockefeller, the oil tycoon spent a week in the redwoods, and immediately gifted the League with $2,000,000.00.  They bought and continue to buy every acre of remaining redwoods from private owners.  It’s their gift to all of us.

Once Sandi and I turned off Route 101, we climbed for a mile westward toward the Pacific Ocean until we ran smack-dab into a grove of redwoods that continued for about 10 miles until it reached the campgrounds. The road carefully winds through that magnificent grove. You can stop to explore many trails off the main road.  At one point, you can pull at least four bikes into the base of one burned out, but still living redwood.  Later, “Big Tree” invites you to see its massive base.  Foresters estimated it at around 2,000 years old, 140 tons and 25 feet in diameter at its base.

As you finish the day, the shadows play through the forest floor with the sun peeking in and out of the skyscraper trunks of the trees. Ferns at the base of the trees…and towering wood monarchs rise into the heavens.

When you reach the hiker/biker campgrounds, you will sleep under those monster trees from by-gone eras.

There’s something difficult in describing what it means to sleep in the midst of those ambassadors from another time.  You will feel peace, quiet, charm, silence of the deep woods, time standing still, the distinct scent of trees renewing themselves during the night while you renew yourself in your tent under their incredible canopy over 300 feet above you.

“Let’s do some earthing with this tree,” Sandi said.  “Let’s place our hands on this tree and feel its wonder and wisdom of 2,000 years.”

“Don’t mind if I do,”  I said.

We placed our hands on the tree for 15 minutes of “Earthing” where our right hand was like the positive cable of a battery, and we were the battery that absorbed the positive vibrations of the tree, and then, the negative cable of our left arms drained all the negative energy back into the tree which sent it back into the Earth.  It’s also called  “Grounding” and has scientific evidence that it’s very good for your body, mind and soul.

The next day, we continued south on Route 101 until we reached the fabled “Avenue of the Giants.”  It runs about 35 miles through incredible redwood groves along the Eel River.  Many rich people buy the groves to save them for perpetuity. Park people place their names on the groves.

“This is going to be marvelous and wonderful,” said Sandi as we entered into that sacred road-tunnel winding through those gargantuan trees.

“I’m with you girl,”  I said. “Riding through these enormous trees, well, we can’t pedal slowly enough.”

We stopped at the Dyersville Giant in Founder’s Grove. A walk around that 365 foot fallen giant becomes a study in sheer wonder of its massive size that you can feel after its 2,200 year lifespan ended.  It takes over 20 to 40 years for those trees to fall over after they die, and 100 years for them to decay.  Along that time, they spout new trees and all sorts of plant and animal life along their trunk.

We camped at the main campgrounds where we enjoyed pitching our tent right alongside a redwood.  We walked over to the Park Service Museum for a fabulous movie of the park, more information on the trees, and www.savetheredwoodsleague.org   There are still more  acres to buy and preserve forever for future generations. I have the League in my will to help their cause.

In the morning, we talked to many tourists. They marveled at  our packed bikes. They marveled that we could make such a long ride from Canada to Mexico on the West Coast.

“On bicycles,” one guys said. “You’ve got to be nuts.”

“Happy nuts,” said Sandi.

After leaving the Park Museum, we headed south. We passed tree after tree growing right up to the edge of the pavement.  I cannot describe my feelings of stupendous joy while riding through that tunnel of giants.  I can tell you this though:  every cell in my body felt alive, inspired.  My eyes filled with glorious wonder.  My skin felt like it wanted to become like the redwoods.  My nostrils breathed deeply from the well-spring of eternity those trees represented.

Just as we neared the end of the park, a box turtle had made his way halfway across the road. I feared for his life as cars raced 50 mph through the park.

“Let me get this little guy over the road and into the woods,” I told Sandi.

“Make sure he doesn’t get killed,”  she said.

I picked him up.  He closed his head and feet back into his shell.

“That’s okay little guy,”  I said. “We’re going to get you to your destination for this day.”

I placed him well into the woods, pointed toward the Eel River. He should be reasonably safe.

“Sandi, isn’t it totally amazing that these trees stand here alive for 2,000 years, and we’re only here for 75 years, and that turtle even less years?” I said, coming back to my bike.

“No question that Mother Nature works in mysterious ways,” she said.

In the afternoon, we broke out of the Avenue of the Giants to head south on the main Pacific Coast 101 roadway.  Trucks, cars, motorcycles and all the usual noise once again became our reality.

But looking back, our feelings, our eyes, our noses, our skin, and our hearing would remember that magnificent ride through beings from another time.  Talk about being blessed!  You cannot beat bicycling through those ambassadors from long, long ago.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Why Did This True Story “Sound of Freedom” Hit Every Obstacle In The Making & Releasing?

By Bradlee Dean

July 12, 2023

“Every road block imaginable was hit in making and releasing this movie.”

I just took the time to go see the movie based on real events, “Sound of Freedom. The movie was made 5 years ago.”

[YouTube Video]

The events portrayed were concerning children being kidnapped and trafficked into pedophile rings on a global basis (Deuteronomy 24:7; Luke 17:2).

Can I ask you, friends, who is promoting the acts of what pedophiles are guilty of committing on children?  What, you might ask?  Aren’t the instructions as how to commit the crimes found in public school libraries nationwide? Why, yes, they are!

As most act as if this just isn’t going to happen to them where is law enforcement video

The said representative governments are behind it, and let’s not pretend otherwise.

Representatives in Minnesota want to strike anti pedophile language from state statutes they are revealing themselves to you

Operation pacifier FBI distributing child porn catch people view

Child trafficking documentary congress want see

Look at the list of individuals that were found on Jeffery Epstein’s list of pedophiles.  These crimes were not even written in the Bible due to the fact that these crimes were, and are, unthinkable.

Furthermore, no one is supporting the sodomite agenda more than the government that so many of you tolerate (Leviticus 18:22).  This runs against our laws in every state of our union.  They are rightly called “crimes against nature.”

[Rumble Video]

So, in conclusion, I leave it to you to answer the obvious question here: “Why did the movie ‘Sound of Freedom’ meet every obstacle in its making?”

[Rumble Video]

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Was it Payoffs or Cowardice by Union Leaders Who Didn’t Use Tariffs to Protect Workers?

Andrew Wallace

July 12, 2023

When effective tariffs are used, it is impossible for a foreign manufacturer with cheaper labor costs to compete with an American company in the United States.

You need only look at our history of rapid growth until 1913, when tariffs were being used to protect American workers and to finance the government without income taxes. Period.

Union leaders were not the only ones involved in destroying American manufacturing and middle class jobs.

But the leaders were directly responsible for protecting the workers who elected them, and they failed. Because of this failure, millions of middle-class workers were fired, and thousands of American cities and towns and businesses were decimated.

I say this because the ultimate power and enemy of the People is the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy billionaire families.

The PSRRC controls the ‘woke’ corporations that benefit from off-shoring their manufacturing. They did this with full knowledge that they were impoverishing the people and the American workers…and they didn’t give a damn!

We can pretty much write off both parties in Congress for any good works for the people they supposedly represent, because they will do what the PSRRC pays (read bribe or blackmail!) them to do!

It is easy to understand the agenda of the PSRRC and their ‘woke’ corporations, because power and money is their only motivation and there is not a patriotic bone in any of them!

Both parties in Congress are mostly cowards or are corrupt, with no loyalty to the people who elected them to protect their rights. They are serial liars.

Most legislation is unconstitutional, which is why the majority of the federal government is fake, and is the major criminal enterprise on the planet!

For absolute proof of this statement, I refer you to the “Enumerated Powers” in Article 1, Section 8 of the United States Constitution.

When you compare labor leaders to the rest of the power structure, you wonder why they don’t perform to the full extent of the power that they were expected to exercise. It is obvious they are not using their position to the maximum advantage of their members. Labor leaders should be in close contact with their members and fight for their rights, as none of the other power centers have that advantage. Labor leaders can strike, boycott, and combine their power to deny business to the opposition. Labor unions should grow and demonstrate their awesome powers, publicly and continuously.

Unions have continued to lose membership because they allowed most of their middle- income jobs to go overseas. If they don’t have members, they don’t have the delegated powers they are given to protect their members.

The PSRRC and their ‘woke’ corporations using the ‘authority’ of fake federal agencies have enormous power (even through much is unconstitutional). Note their unconstitutional actions during the Covid scam, FBI’s habit of framing those who oppose their crimes, the assassination of President Kennedy, etc, etc.

Even through much of federal government is a criminal enterprise, it still has the power and the guns.

But I maintain that Unions can be a more powerful adversary than the other players when American jobs are at stake. Politicians never do anything good for anyone, but the union represents food on the table. This gives the union real power. When I was a State Trooper,  I remember the coal miners strikes in Eastern Kentucky; those people were not sissies and they got the fair treatment they wanted and deserved.

Maybe too many Union Leaders are now college graduates (snowflakes) and don’t know how to fight for their people.

Union people seem to think that the Democrat party is the same one my grandfather supported…it is not! Unions can trust neither party. It is possible that Union Leaders are now just as corrupted by the ‘woke’ corporations as those in Congress.

Labor leaders have the power to save this country, if they are patriots and have balls!

Labor leaders have no excuse for allowing ‘woke’ corporations to manufacture overseas, taking away the livelihood of American workers.

If I were a younger man, I would work for a union because that is the future solution to many of today’s problems. I would organize it down to the last member. There would be constant interaction with members, and recruiting would be objective number one. We would have a modern office specializing in public relations. We would have investigators to keep the government as honest as possible, or, failing that, an eye for an eye.

God Bless You and Our Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Unveiling the Machinations of Karl Rove, the Bushes, and Their Vicious Pursuit of Power

By Amil Imani

July 11, 2023

In the annals of American politics, Karl Rove and the Bush family stand out as symbols of ruthlessness and a relentless pursuit of power. These figures, particularly Karl Rove, have employed cunning tactics and maneuverings that have left a trail of destruction in their wake. An in-depth examination of their careers and actions makes it abundantly clear that these individuals are far from the benevolent politicians they are often portrayed as.

Karl Rove: Master Manipulator and Architect of Deception

Karl Rove, known as the “Master Manipulator,” possesses a sinister talent for exploiting the political landscape to his advantage. As a tactician and advisor, Rove has perfected the art of deception and fear-mongering, employing vicious tactics to secure electoral victories. His approach revolves around fostering division, spreading misinformation, and launching relentless smear campaigns against opponents.
Throughout his career, Rove has demonstrated a disregard for ethical boundaries. He has shamelessly engaged in character assassinations, employing negative ads and engaging in dirty tricks to tarnish the reputations of his adversaries. Rove has demonstrated a willingness to sacrifice truth and integrity for political gain by defending people’s fears and exploiting wedge issues.

The Bushes: A Legacy of Self-Interest Disguised as Public Service

The Bush family’s political dynasty, spanning generations, is steeped in self-interest, cloaked in a facade of public service. From Prescott Bush to George H. W. Bush and George W. Bush, their actions consistently reveal a disregard for the well-being of the American people.

George H. W. Bush, the 41st President, skilfully navigated the political landscape, but questionable decisions marred his legacy. He promised a “kinder, gentler nation” but oversaw policies that favored the wealthy elite at the expense of the middle and working classes. His administration’s involvement in scandals like the Iran-Contra affair exposed a willingness to put personal gain above national interests.

Disastrous decisions with far-reaching consequences marked George W. Bush’s presidency. From the ill-conceived invasion of Iraq based on false premises to the mishandling of Hurricane Katrina, Bush demonstrated a lack of competence and a callous disregard for human life. His administration’s policies exacerbated income inequality and weakened environmental regulations while pandering to corporate interests.

Unveiling the Viciousness

Critics of Rove and the Bushes are not misguided. Their tactics were not merely the result of political competition but deliberate acts of aggression. Rove’s relentless pursuit of power and the Bush family’s disregard for the nation’s well-being has left lasting scars on American democracy.

By highlighting the viciousness of these individuals, it becomes apparent that their actions were driven by a thirst for power and a willingness to manipulate the system to their advantage. The negative consequences of their policies and decisions cannot be understated. From the lives lost in unnecessary wars to the erosion of civil liberties, their viciousness becomes apparent when we delve beneath the surface.

Karl Rove, the Bushes, and their political legacies are riddled with deception, self-interest, and a relentless pursuit of power. Their tactics have left a lasting impact on the American political landscape, with repercussions that continue to resonate today. By shedding light on their Machiavellian strategies and destructive policies, we must remain vigilant, ensuring that such individuals are held accountable and that our democracy is safeguarded from their insidious influence. We can only strive for a more just and equitable political future through an informed and critical assessment of their actions.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




While Evils are Sufferable

By Paul Engel

July 11, 2023

  • The colonies would only put up with the evils coming out of London for so long. How long with the states suffer the evils coming out of Washington, D.C.?
  • As Abraham Lincoln said, We the people are the rightful masters of both Congress and the courts.
  • Are the evils we see every day still sufferable? Or will We the People finally get our states to stand up for our rights?

For the last two years I have been showing you how much our current government in Washington, D.C. is acting exactly as King George III did back in the 18th century. While King George’s actions led the colonies to declare independence, the states have not shown themselves as willing to defend their rights and those of their citizens now. Why is that? I think the answer can be found in the Declaration of Independence:

all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.

Declaration of Independence

Could it be that all of the evils coming out of the federal government are still sufferable? Are the people willing to suffer the ruling of judges, the monarchal actions of the President, and Congress acting more like a House of Lords than the representative body it was created to be? Apparently they are. How long will this train of abuses have to grow before we throw out those in this tyrannical government and restore not only our independence, but justice and liberty? What will it take for us to learn the truth of what Abraham Lincoln said:

We the people are the rightful masters of both Congress and the courts, not to overthrow the Constitution but to overthrow the men who pervert the Constitution.

Abraham Lincoln

The phrase “disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable” reminds me of New York City in the late 80s to early 90s. When my family moved out of the city in 1975, things were bad. Times Square was a drug infested cesspool, 42nd Street was full of prostitutes, and there were parts of Central Park where families just didn’t walk. For 20 years after we left, things only got worse. The people kept electing the same type of representation to city government, probably because their evils were still sufferable. Finally, they had enough, and elected someone with a different way of governing: Rudy Giuliani. As Mayor, Mr. Giuliani changed how the police treated crime, how the city provided services, and how people viewed the city. This led to a renaissance for the city, with lower crime, cleaner subways, and more tourism.

The examples of people righting themselves by fixing their government, first by declaring themselves independent from Great Britain and then by New York City electing a different type of mayor, should be an example to us today. As recent elections have shown, people in this country appear more willing to suffer evil than to right themselves. Yet I fear the unrest of those who are unwilling to suffer any more under the tyrannical acts coming out of Washington, D.C., will one day lead some to do more than alter our form of government, but to abolish it altogether.

Declaring Independence

Let’s back up a minute. Through the 1760s and 1770s the colonists suffered many injustices at the hand of King George and the British Parliament. They tried to negotiate with their tormentors, but to no avail. On the few occasions that when Parliament relented, they simply replaced one injustice with another. The colonies sent delegates to the Continental Congress for several reasons, among them, to find relief from British oppression. Finally, it became obvious to at least one of the delegates, Richard Henry Lee from Virginia, that enough was enough. He proposed that the colonies declare independence.

Resolved, That these United Colonies are, and of right ought to be, free and independent States, that they are absolved from all allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State of Great Britain is, and ought to be, totally dissolved.

Lee Resolution (1776)

While the delegates conferred with their colonies about the Lee Resolution, it was apparent that the resolution would pass. Therefore the Continental Congress formed the “Committee of Five”, to draft a statement for when that happened. The opening paragraph of the Declaration of Independence explains its purpose.

The unanimous Declaration of the thirteen united States of America, When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Natures God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

Declaration of Independence

The committee consisted of John Adams of Massachusetts, Roger Sherman of Connecticut, Benjamin Franklin of Pennsylvania, Robert R. Livingston of New York, and Thomas Jefferson of Virginia, who drafted the document. Once the committee agreed on the language, it went to the full congress for final changes and publication.

Modern Independence

In many ways the States today are in a similar situation to the colonies in 1776. For years the government of the United States has not only been infringing on the rights of the people, but on the States as well, though there are some very significant differences. Most significant of all is that the states are sovereign, while the colonies were not.

While the colonies were creations of the British government, the states had declared themselves free and independent, then fought and won a war to confirm it. The colonies, including their governments, were formed with charters under the British crown, while the states were formed by the people and the governments created by their own constitutions. Furthermore, the states created the government of the United States when they ratified its constitution. As the progenitor of the United States, the states not only hold themselves sovereign above their creation, but only subjected themselves to the powers they had delegated to it.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

Amendment X

This means when the colonies declared themselves independent, they were committing a rebellion.

An open and avowed renunciation of the authority of the government to which one owes allegiance;

Rebellion Websters 1828 Dictionary

However, when the states stand up against the overreach of the government of the United States, not only is this not rebellion, insurrection, or treason, but the support of the supreme law of the land.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

As such, both Thomas Jefferson and James Madison recognized not only the power of the states to rein in the United States government, but as their duty.

That this Assembly doth explicitly and peremptorily declare, that it views the powers of the federal government, as resulting from the compact to which the states are parties; as limited by the plain sense and intention of the instrument constituting that compact; as no farther valid than they are authorised by the grants enumerated in that compact, and that in case of a deliberate, palpable and dangerous exercise of other powers not granted by the said compact, the states who are parties there-to have the right, and are in duty bound, to interpose for arresting the progress of the evil, and for maintaining within their respective limits, the authorities, rights and liberties appertaining to them.

Virginia Resolutions

In the face of all of this, why do the states remain under the thumb of the government in Washington, D.C. when it goes beyond its legitimate powers? I believe there are several reasons, including both a poor civics education and a serious lack of backbone.

On the rare occasions when the Constitution is taught in schools, they teach around the document and not what it actually says. They cover some of the names and the dates, even a little of what it does, but they don’t teach what the supreme law of the land actually says. Even law schools teach judicial opinions rather than the Constitution. I’ve asked dozens of attorneys if, while in law school, did they study the Constitution or constitutional law? Over the years I have been performing this informal poll, only one person has said they studied the Constitution; the rest studied the opinion of judges, euphemistically called “constitutional law”. Since so many politicians start out as lawyers, or at least have an education from a law school, is it any wonder they know little of what the document they take an oath to support actually says?

Let’s face it, as much as it may make our skin crawl to consider it, politicians are human. That means they naturally tend to do all they can to avoid pain. Why should a politician stand up and support a position unpopular with their peers? After all, it’s not like the people they represent would be willing to stand beside them, it is? Why should any politician buck their party leadership if the people they represent are more likely to vote for whomever their party prefers? We the People have effectively removed the spin of anyone who makes it to high elected office by teaching them throughout their political career that the way to get re-elected is to say the right things and keep the checks and programs flowing. When was the last time you asked a candidate when they supported the Constitution and it cost them something? If we don’t make constitutional fidelity as a standard for elected office, why should those in office?

Conclusion

It appears that Americans today are willing to suffer much more than our predecessors. As I’ve documented over the last two Independence Days, the grievances we have today against Washington, D.C. not only match, but far exceed those the colonists had against the crown in 1776. Yet here we are, disposed to suffer. The colonies were abolishing their form of government, yet in America today, all we need to do is alter those in government. Yet even that seems to be too much for We the People. Instead, election after election we keep doing the same thing, hoping against hope that this time it will be different. That was Einstein’s definition of insanity. Perhaps it’s not the patriot, the constitutional scholar, or the one fighting for their rights that’s crazy. Perhaps it’s the rest of the country, blindly placing their hope in some individual to free them from this doom. Maybe it’s just that the evils have not gotten evil enough for us to oppose them. Or could it be that We the People have become so enfeebled by our dependence on government that we prefer subjugation to liberty?

The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

Washingtons Farewell Address 1796

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Do We Want to Stop Judicial Tyranny?

By: Devvy

July 10, 2023

“The germ of dissolution of our federal government is in the constitution of the federal Judiciary; an irresponsible body (for impeachment is scarcely a scare-crow) working like gravity by night and by day, gaining a little today and a little tomorrow, and advancing its noiseless step like a thief, over the field of jurisdiction, until all shall be usurped.”  —Thomas Jefferson in a letter to Charles Hammond, August 18, 1821

The herds of useful fools on what is called the left, but in reality, are disciples of Marxist ideology, continue screeching about the U.S. Supreme Court whenever those nine robes issue an opinion on a case they don’t like.  Stack the court! they bellow.

On the “right” are individuals who identify as conservatives but one has to wonder:  What exactly are they conserving by reelecting the same gutless cowards back to Congress who refuse to exercise their power to clean up our rotten, broken federal judiciary?

Like those on the left, conservatives also wail and fret when a federal judge or SCOTUS issues a decision contrary to what they want.  As we all know, elections have consequences and one of the biggest is a legally elected president’s nominations for federal judges and SCOTUS.

Right off the top as an example is the choice by usurper “president” Joe Biden (actually he just reads off a card what his controllers have composed) to put yet another partisan nitwit on the Supreme Court.  Ketanji Brown Jackson was also a Hussein Obama choice for federal courts.  During her confirmation hearings, Jackson was asked to define a woman.

Would seem like a simple enough question.  Her response while scratching the top of her head:  She can’t because she’s not a biologist.  No, I didn’t make that up.  I guess Ketanji Brown Jackson doesn’t know she’s a woman because she’s not a biologist.  Perfect for the Supreme Court and RINO senators who backed her:  Romney, Murkowski and Collins.

Biden, who doesn’t know what day it is, rejoiced after Jackson’s confirmation, “We’ve taken another step toward making our highest court reflect the diversity of America.”  Translated that means top qualifying factor was skin color, just like the female court jester, Kamala Ho Harris, playing VP.  Of course, the court’s decision to stop discrimination in colleges using race-based selection known as affirmative action caused Jackson to have a snit fit.  Diversity of America?  Pray tell what does that have to do with a case between two states over, say water rights, or two corporations with a case granted a Writ of Certiorari?

During all these nominations and hearings for federal judges and Supreme Court Justices we always hear the same refrain:  They’re appointed for life so we have to take back the Senate so when a justice retires, we can get “one of our own” on the court.  I’m so sick and tired of hearing that as if federal judges and those on the Supreme Court are some sort of Gods who cannot be held responsible for their actions.

How many Americans even know how many federal judges and supreme court justices have been impeached?  Up until 2019, a total of 66 federal judges and supreme court justices were investigated.  Since 1803, a grand total of 15 judges were impeached.  Mostly for lying (aka “making false statements”), showing favoritism and being drunk.  This is a list of impeachments; many were acquitted in the senate.

The one I remember so well was the impeachment and removal of Alcee L. Hastings, a Democrat, U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida.   “Impeached by the U.S. House of Representatives, August 3, 1988, on charges of perjury and conspiring to solicit a bribe; Convicted by the U.S. Senate and removed from office, October 20, 1989.”

But, wait!  In his big come back, Hastings won a seat in the U.S. House of Representatives in 1992.  Off to Congress he went.  Hastings kept getting reelected until he died in 2001.  Of course, he was a member of the House Black Caucus.  Yep, voters in his district just loved a judge removed from the bench for perjury and bribery charges.

But, then again, Democrats love to elect liars, cheats and morally bankrupt politicians.  Current senator Richard Blumenthal flat out lied about his military service record (Vietnam) and got caught when he was Attorney General for Connecticut.  Good old tricky Dickie apologized because he was running for the senate.  He was sorry – sorry he got caught.  But Blumenthal supports killing the unborn, the myth called ‘same sex marriage’, hates the Second Amendment, supports Hussein Obama’s unconstitutional ‘ObamaCare’ and is another eco-climate change fool.  Just what Democrat voters in Connecticut apparently want.

Day by day, case by case, the Supreme Court is busy designing a Constitution for a country I do not recognize.” Former Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, Antonin Scalia.

Americans paying attention to what’s destroying our republic are fed up with the rot in our federal courts and clearly partisan Supreme Courts.  But what can be done, you ask?

Dr. Edwin Vieira wrote what I consider a must read:  How to DeThrone the Imperial Judiciary, published in 2004.  It’s a shame that book isn’t in every senior high school class dealing with government and mandatory for college freshmen.

Let’s start with the U.S. Constitution and this “appointed for life” narrative.  Art. 111, Section 1:

“The judicial power of the United States, shall be vested in one Supreme Court, and in such inferior courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of the supreme and inferior courts, shall hold their offices during good behaviour, and shall, at stated times, receive for their services, a compensation, which shall not be diminished during their continuance in office.”

Appointed for life as long as they are good boys and girls.  We must understand what that means and it is found in Edwin’s book, How to DeThrone the Federal Judiciary:

“The most important constitutional issues of this generation concern the meaning of the rule of law and the ability of the people to enforce true law by restraining runaway activist judges.  For decades, such judges have been simply making up the law.  What is worse, liberal and conservative lawmakers have been reinforcing such behavior by treating such rulings as if they are legitimate…Dr. Edwin Vieira offers us the best researched and clearest overview to date of the power of the people to control a runaway judiciary.”

Chapter 14 of the book is quite important:  Removal of Judges for Lack of “good Behavior” or by “Impeachment…and Conviction”

Now, we can continue down the same road to a dead-end or get educated on how to clean up our federal judiciary and make sure our U.S. Congress critters and our state legislators know their role.  They don’t here in Texas which I covered in my Jan. 23, 2023, column:  Two New State Nullification Bills – Will They Pass? (An important read.)

Those two bills (Texas) should have been the subject of talk radio and conservative organizations statewide:  House side:  HB 384 and on the Senate side by one of our best state senators, Bob Hall:  SB 313 – State Sovereignty, Tenth Amendment.

Oh, no.  Instead, lots of coverage about our RINO House Speaker, Dade Phelan, pushing to eliminate sales tax on tampons.  No, that’s not from an episode of Twilight Zone.  Phelan is and has always been in bed with the DemonRats in our legislature.  Both bills were referred to the State Affairs Committee (Republican Chairman on both senate and house on that committee) where they died.  A Republican controlled legislature let two critical bills die.

Apparently, Republicans on that committee don’t want Texas to exercise their Tenth Amendment rights using nullification to stop federal tyranny.  Our legislature went out of session at the end of May and don’t come back until Jan. 2025, although we’re now in the second special session called by Gov. Abbott over property taxes and a couple of other priority items.  In the meantime, because our legislature didn’t pass those bills, the illegitimate Biden “administration” will keep stomping Texans into the ground.

I hope you’ll get Edwin’s book, read it and get the word out to all the conservative organizations in “red” states.  If you can purchase a few copies (your organization can pool the cost) get one to your state rep, state senator and U.S. House member and Senator along with as many people signing a letter telling he or she this must become a top priority.

Solutions or just more talking?  Judicial tyranny or curing the problem?  If we do nothing, nothing gets done.  Just like Congress.

How to DeThrone the Federal Judiciary

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2




America’s Marijuana Army

By Cliff Kincaid

July 10, 2023

It is entertaining to watch Republicans getting facetime by sniffing around the Hunter Biden scandal. But even if Hunter is finally sent to prison, which is unlikely, the Democrats continue to expand their ranks of voters with endless handouts, including promises of cheap dope.

In Maryland, the latest state to legalize dope, “There’s more than 4 million eligible [marijuana] consumers versus 168,000 medical patients,” said Will Tilburg of the Maryland Medical Cannabis Commission. The means another potential 4 million Democrat voters legally enjoying the “Soma” of the Brave New World since the state legalized the drug on July 1.

That may not have much political significance in Maryland, already a heavily Democratic state. But with 22 percent of Americans currently using marijuana, that means millions more across the country are potential votes for the political party willing to give them special access to cheap dope through state-licensed “dispensaries.”

A leader in this effort for Republicans is Rep. Matt Gaetz, who has now proposed that the U.S. military recruit potheads to the ranks. His rationale is that the Pentagon is failing to recruit enough people for its all-volunteer military and so it needs to lower its standards even further.

A critic of our “woke” military, Gaetz now wants new soldiers suffering from the “purple haze” they went through on the civilian side.

Suddenly, one of Trump’s strongest defenders in Congress is getting rave reviews from the stoners in the liberal media, as his website is full of news clips praising his “forward” thinking.

Fortunately, most conservatives and Republicans oppose the drug pushers on moral and legal grounds, noting that marijuana is still illegal on the federal level and that its use has been linked to mental illness and violence. Hence, the publication Politico has run an article documenting how the push for legal dope faces “hostile ground in red states.”

In Maryland, the power of the pot lobby is such that the state’s Catholic Conference, representing more than one million Catholics, took no official position on legalizing dope. Instead, it said simply, “We implore all Catholics and people of good will to think critically about the consequences of legalizing recreational marijuana in Maryland.”

The consequences can be seen in any number of violent incidents, such as the Parkland, Florida mass murder that Rep. Gaetz, being from Florida, should know something about. After having a chance to clean out his system of mind-altering drugs and now thinking straight, convicted killer Nikolas Cruz pleaded guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and blamed heavy marijuana use for the “demons” in his brain.

Yet, on Capitol Hill, Rep. Gaetz urges Republicans to vote for potheads in the military.

In this case, President Biden may hold the line, refusing to rase the white flag of surrender. More so than most, President Biden understands that illegal drug use has wreaked havoc on his own family members. Indeed, after President Biden took office, the Daily Beast reported that “dozens of young White House staffers” were suspended, asked to resign, or placed in a remote work program due to past marijuana use.

It would be wise for Republicans to expand their sniffing around the cocaine scandal in the White House to investigate how illegal drugs of all kinds, including marijuana, are rotting the country from the inside out.

As legalization was being implemented in Maryland under Governor Wes Moore, a former executive of a marijuana company, a Baltimore inner city resident said, “We’ve already got too much of that stuff!” Pot-friendly Baltimore is already a bloodbath of violence.

It’s doubtful that the government-sanctioned pot can undercut the prices of the illegal weed. But politicians in states like Maryland figure it is worth a try, in order to generate tax revenue and campaign donations for Democrats who made it legal. It’s a cynical political strategy designed to create more voters dependent on the government for what sustains them. It was legalized in a referendum.

In South Carolina, where marijuana is illegal, a man was sentenced to life in prison on June 22 after using a semi-automatic rifle to kill a mail carrier who failed to deliver his pot from California, where it’s legal. He fired about 20 times into the back of her mail truck. Then he stole her vehicle, searching for the package intended for him.

Both the perpetrator and victim, 64-year-old Irene Pressley, were black.

The federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives has emphasized that marijuana users are still barred from buying guns even in states where pot is legal. Marijuana users are jeopardizing their own job prospects, especially federal jobs that require security clearances. Since marijuana is still illegal under federal law, employees who test for marijuana at private companies can be terminated.

Yet, Maryland State Delegates Karen Simpson and Ken Kerr, as well as Debbie Streeton, Manager of Member Services for the Chamber of Commerce, helped stage a ribbon cutting at the Curaleaf store in Frederick County, Maryland, on July 1 when “adult use” sales began.

But now, on the federal level, Rep. Gaetz comes to the rescue, inviting potheads to join the military and get armed at taxpayer expense. Getting them security clearances is the next logical step. Gaetz favors decriminalization on the federal level.

Meanwhile, a national security issue has emerged, as officials in Connecticut and Massachusetts are investigating marijuana business Curaleaf for alleged undisclosed financial ties to Russian billionaire oligarch and Vladimir Putin ally Roman Abramovich. Media outlets such as Bloomberg confirmed that Curaleaf received hundreds of millions of dollars in financing from Abramovich during its early years. One article was headlined, “How Putin’s ally Roman Abramovich bankrolled America’s largest marijuana company.”

Were these ties disclosed to Maryland and Frederick County officials?

In Russia, however, as we saw in the WNBA case of American Brittney Griner, sentenced to nine years in prison for marijuana possession, the authorities take a different approach. Griner, whose defense was that she had a “medical marijuana” card, was later exchanged for a Russian arms dealer.

Curaleaf currently has 152 dispensaries operating in 19 U.S. states.

Perhaps one is coming to an Army base near you.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




An Amazing Discovery While Pedaling Into Kanab, Utah

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 10, 2023

On a bicycle tour, you run into every kind of surprise under the sun. You might meet an old high school classmate. You could discover a lost dog and take her under your wing. A tourist stops you to take a picture of you standing alongside of him. You might see 10,000 birds swirling around a certain spot in an ocean lagoon… in a feeding frenzy.

A picture containing sky, outdoor, person, mountain Description automatically generated

(Sandi riding into the animal sanctuary “Friends Forever.”

At some point, if you’re lucky…on the fabled Big Sur, you might discover a mother Gray whale and her calf surface below your vista point…or dolphins surfing the waves…or sea otters playing a game of tag…or loons giving their haunting call in the wilds of Minnesota.

World bicycle touring offers every rider the “Art of Discovery.” Not only of events and happenings around you while you pedal, but discovering yourself…what you’re made of, what enthralls you, what angers you, what saddens you and a host of other emotions. Why is the world so unfair to some and so sickeningly opulent to others? That’s why long distance bicycle touring offers you to enter into the realm of the Art of Discovery.

This spring, Sandi and I cranked our bikes out of Kanab, Utah, which is just north of the Grand Canyon on Route 89. Not far north, we read a sign along the highway: “Best Friends” Address: 235 S 100 E, Kanab, UT 84741

The logo showed the muzzle of a dog or cat. BestFriends dot org

“Let’s go check this place out,” Sandi said.

“I’m with you, dear,” I said.

We rode the bikes through a canyon surrounded by enormous red-tan rocks with lots of desert cacti and sage brush. It’s pretty hot and dry in that neck of the woods.

At the welcoming center, we saw a lot of dogs, cats, horses, birds and other animals. Indeed, they featured one of world’s largest animal protection areas of 4,100 acres. When we walked in, a number of staff walked up.

Lena said, “Welcome to Best Friends…we have a mission to bring down the 17 million ‘put down’ deaths of cats and dogs 20 years ago in America each year to zero. Last year, we dropped those horrible numbers from 17 million to 625,000 animals in 2020.”

Sandi said, “I had no idea the deaths by injection were THAT high. That’s dreadful.”

I said, “How can we help?”

Lena replied, “We’re forming more organizations of “Best Friends” across the country…one in in Denver where you live. Help them out.”

I said, “I will with money and a helping hand.”

Best Friends across the USA features a “No Kill” of any dogs and cats by 2025.

Later, we pedaled to the largest pet cemetery in the world about a mile or so from the visitor center.

“Holy catfish,” I said, as I surveyed the thousands of grave markers for cats and dogs.

“This is almost unbelievable,” said Sandi.

A picture containing ground, outdoor, lined, shore Description automatically generated

(Friends Forever animal cremation cemetery, Kanab, Utah)

We walked around to see pictures of dogs and cats engraved above their markers. Kind words, painful loss, heartfelt appreciation. Additionally, chimes surrounded the cemetery to give soft music as the breezes wafted through that sacred area.

One of the keepers walked up. “How you two doing?”

“Fine,” said Sandi. “We have never seen such a remarkable cemetery.”

“Yeah,” she said. “We’ve buried animals from all 50 states in this cemetery. And, we think we’ve had some ‘human animals’ remains as to cremations buried right alongside their pets. Those animals were their best friends and they wanted to rest eternally with them. Of course, we can’t prove they are human remains, but emotions are powerful between a dog or cat and the owner.”

I could relate because I shared life with a Hungarian Komondor for 13 years, and we XC skied, biked, packed and played frisbee together. When he died, the bottom fell out of my world.

That morning, we made yet another “Amazing Discovery” while on cycle tour. We saw the living trying to save the living from extermination by needle. We saw the dead resting with their owners in eternal repose. We promised to become a part of “Best Friends” by doing our part to make pets’ lives in America more humane.

As we pedaled back out onto the highway, it dawned on me as to how lucky, how fortunate, and how graced we are to pedaling into the world with curiosity, with creative energy and with a sense of high adventure that can only come from riding a bicycle at the perfect speed…pure eudemonia.

What did our visit show us? Well, we discovered that for all the bad people in the world…there an equal and greater number of good people doing good things. What good things are you doing in the world?

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Closer to God Through Prayer & Works

By Rob Pue

July 9, 2023

We live in troubled times.  Things have changed.  Satan, his demons and his minions among humanity have fundamentally transformed our world into a hideous thing that our forefathers wouldn’t recognize.  Troubled times, indeed.  Perilous times have come.

But, as I’ve said many times before, as Christ-followers, we have nothing to fear.  The worst the world can do to us is end our earthly lives, which would simply send our souls back home to our Lord and Savior.  So we need not be fearful.  Nor should we be riddled with anxiety and worry.  Philippians 4 reminds us, “Be anxious for nothing, but in everything, by prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known to God, and the peace of God, which surpasses all understanding, will guard your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.”

We’d do well to follow the instruction of James 4:8, “Draw nigh to God and He will draw nigh to you.  Cleanse your hands, ye sinners, and purify your hearts, ye double minded.”  Our heavenly Father wants a relationship with us — He wants to love us and hold us close to Himself…as a loving earthly father would love his precious children.  But we’re hard-hearted people, selfish and self-centered.  Often we can only focus on what we see here in this world and forgetting God, we struggle through so much on our own.

How sad for the earthly father whose children forget him on Father’s Day.  How that Dad longs to have a relationship with his kids.  How much more does our heavenly Father long for us to seek Him, go to Him, spend time with Him, and love Him with all our hearts.

As a father myself, I’m very blessed to hear from my adult children, and now that they all live far away, it’s a very special time when we can be together in person.  But if they encounter a situation where they need help, advice or guidance, I’m so blessed that they come to me seeking answers and solutions to their problems, and I’m more than happy to give them the best, wise, Godly advice to help solve those problems.  Often times, things that can seem overwhelming to my children, who are young adults now, are “simple fixes” for me.  And no matter what situation we find ourselves in as Christ-followers in this world, there’s no problem or situation too great for God to handle.

Now, this doesn’t mean my kids come to me and automatically get everything they ask for.  In fact, in almost every situation, when my kids come to me with a problem, it’s a “teachable moment.”  Since I’m much older than they are, just about every situation they come to me with is something I had to deal with when I was their age.  I learned how to handle it and I learned what to do — and what not to do, so now, I’m able to offer wise counsel and advice, and by God’s grace, sometimes I’m able to just take care of problems and lift the burden from their shoulders.  But these are always teachable moments.  It’s the same with our God — He promises to walk beside His children, care for and teach us through all the trials and tribulations this world will throw at us.

But unlike God, I don’t know everything, so sometimes I have things to learn too.  This past winter, my daughter called one evening to say she left her car lights on while at work and came out to a dead battery.  She asked a co-worker to jump-start her car and then they advised her to let it run a while so the battery had time to charge.  So she called me to ask, “how long should I let the car run to make sure the battery is charged?”

I responded with, “what does your volt meter say?”  She answered, “I don’t think I have one of those.”  “Of course, you do,” I said.  “All cars have volt meters… sometimes they have a picture of a little battery on them and the needle will show how strong your battery is.  Look at your gauges.”

“I’m not seeing anything like that,” she said.  I couldn’t believe she didn’t have a volt meter in her car.  So I went out to my vehicle — and sure enough, I don’t have one either!  Apparently, the car-makers decided some time ago that those were unnecessary now.  But in the old days, all cars had volt meters.  I guess I’m pretty old… Anyway, I told her to give it fifteen or twenty minutes, then drive home and the battery would be fine.  And it was.

Just a silly story, but I was glad that in her time of need — even for something as simple as a dead car battery — she came to me for my advice and help.  We have a close relationship and I’m blessed whenever any of my kids come to me, to share their difficulties as well as their joys and accomplishments.  God wants to have that type of relationship with us, too. He’s ready and waiting for us, but so often we neglect Him, and it never even occurs to us to go to God until we reach rock bottom.

You know, that’s usually the point when people pray.  Even Christians.  They’ll do and try everything else they can think of in their own power, and when all else fails, they’ll say, “Well, all we can do now is pray.”  As if prayer is not only a last resort, but one that they really don’t believe will accomplish much, if anything at all.  But in Mark 11, Jesus told His disciples the importance of having faith in God.  In verse 24, He told them, “…whatever you ask in prayer, believe that you have received it, and it will be yours.”

Paul told the Colossians to “Continue steadfastly in prayer, being watchful in it, with thanksgiving.”  Jeremiah 33:3, “Call to Me and I will answer you, and will tell you great and hidden things that you have not known.”  And Psalm 145:18, “The Lord is near to all who call on Him, to all who call on Him in truth.”

Now God doesn’t promise to give us everything we ask for.  But He does promise to give us everything we ask for that is in alignment with His will.  He doesn’t give us everything we want, but He absolutely does provide for us everything we need… because He knows far better than we do what’s best for us, what we truly need in every situation.  And He is there beside us, most especially when we go to Him in prayer.

I’m reminded of the song, “What a Friend We Have in Jesus.”  An old hymn, from 1855, that talks about the importance of prayer.  It goes like this: “What a friend we have in Jesus, All our sins and griefs to bear!  What a privilege to carry everything to God in prayer!

“Oh, what peace we often forfeit, oh, what needless pain we bear.  All because we do not carry everything to God in prayer!”

The Scriptures tell us to pray without ceasing.  This doesn’t mean to spend the entirety of our lives doing nothing else but praying.  But it does mean that we should pray and communicate with God all throughout every day and night of our lives.  We should have a constant connection to the heart of God through our prayers.  When you get that green light in busy traffic, just a quick “thank you, Lord” should be offered. When faced with an enormous “to-do” list of chores or work to be done, ask, “Lord, please show me what I should do first, what’s most important.”  And when you see a spiritually lost person on the street and pray, “Lord, please show me how I can tell them about You,” He will open that door of opportunity.

What a different world this would be if all who claim the name of Christ would pray without ceasing…praying from the heart as we commune with our Father in heaven, in Jesus’ name.  But today, even among Christians, prayer is not a priority.  We may pray in church or before a meal, but these are often out of obligation or habit; and that doesn’t make for a close relationship with God.

Corporate prayer is wonderful, when it is sincere and from the heart.  But Jesus told us in Matthew 6 that it can also be vain when done with a wrong spirit.  He said, “…when you pray, you must not be like the hypocrites. For they love to stand and pray in the synagogues and at the street corners, that they may be seen by others. Truly, I say to you, they have received their reward. But when you pray, go into your room and shut the door and pray to your Father who is in secret….And when you pray, do not heap up empty phrases as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard for their many words. Do not be like them, for your Father knows what you need before you ask Him.”

If God already knows what we need before we ask, then what’s the purpose of prayer?  It’s not a vain, religious ritual — it’s building a relationship and a close bond with our Father, our Lord and Savior.

The “Lord’s Prayer,” found in Matthew 6, gives us an outline — a concept of how we should pray within the will of God.  “Our Father in heaven, hallowed be Your name.  Your kingdom come, Your will be done, on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our debts, as we also have forgiven our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil.  For Thine is the kingdom, and the power and the glory, forever.  Amen.”

So, we’re to reverence God’s hallowed name, pray for His kingdom to come and His will to be done on earth.  We should thank Him for providing our daily sustenance, while asking His forgiveness for our shortfalls, while remembering to forgive those who we might be holding a grudge against.  We should ask Him to steer us clear from things the enemy might tempt us with, and keep us from evil things meant to harm us.  And we should acknowledge that God, our Creator is the ruler of all things, with all power and glory.

This is a wonderful prayer, but it only touches on the basic concepts we should know and acknowledge when we talk to God.  Unfortunately, in many churches and religious circles today, it’s become just something we recite from memory, with no real understanding or sincerity behind it.  God doesn’t want us to speak to Him in meaningless words.  He wants to commune with us, heart to heart.  He wants us to have His heart within us, as we’re transformed to His will through the renewing of our minds.  And as Christ-followers and His ambassadors on this earth, we should always be growing closer to the image and heart of our Savior, through ever-growing sanctification and the continuous filling of our souls with His Holy Spirit.

I’m not real good at leading corporate, public prayer.  People expect an eloquent speech, and a concise prayer that flows smoothly out of one’s mouth.  I have to tell you, that’s not me.  Of course, I do pray steadily throughout each day with short little comments to God.  But in my extended prayer times, I will first speak, and then listen.  Usually, I listen for a while — and this can frustrate people if I’m leading a group in prayer.  They want something concise and to the point.  Instead, I talk with God in prayer, and we converse.  As we have our conversation together, God leads while I listen, and then I respond.  And then I listen some more.

I believe that’s how it should be.  Because prayer is real.  It’s not a last resort thing to try when all else fails.  It’s communion with God Almighty and it should be heartfelt — a time to connect and bond with my heavenly Father.  Indeed, it is that personal relationship that we hear so much about.  That personal relationship is not just a concept.  It’s a real thing, especially when you spend intentional, meaningful time together with God, and we do that through the wonder of prayer.  Prayer changes things.  It changes people, because through it, we draw ever closer to our Father.  What a privilege it is — to carry everything to God — in prayer!

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




A Simple Gift

By Late Roy Masters

July 9, 2023

I learned over forty years ago how a simple gift can be debilitating. A friend, out of genuine kindness, gave me a gold pen.

The next day I was surprised to find that I could not say no to him—I quickly connected the dots and solved the mystery.

The problem was not with him, you see, it was that I was not mature enough to receive such kindness without becoming beholden to the giver. Such dependency is amplified by terrible insecurities, fears and a sense of worthlessness established in childhood.

Childhood trauma-conditioning works like this: The war between your mom and dad has reached its violent emotional peak.

Dad has gone off with another woman. For weeks on end, mother takes out her frustration on you to the point of lunatic screaming, blaming you for everything.

Unable to take any more of the violence, you break down sobbing. “I can’t take it any more. I’ll do anything—please, please.” In that moment, your mother’s contorted face suddenly changes from a demonic fiend into a compassionate friend.

Freedom awaits you; be still and moment by moment let go of all those parent-authority resentments.

The violence stops and you find yourself embraced by the sweetest love you ever tasted. This was the crippling moment of lost innocence and where you became a sacrificial lamb to terrorists.

The unholy one consumes and displaces the holy child within. The implanted identity then cries out for the nurturing love of dark-natured re-creator parent substitutes. Pity the children of Islamic terrorists. There is no escape for them.

Now, a dependent born-again changeling is in the driver’s seat, compelling you into a life of infernal servitude. This is the reverse of the Christian death of ego and the born-again experience of God’s saving embrace. 

Only God, through Christ, can save you from a beastly alliance. Freedom awaits you; be still and moment by moment let go of all those parent-authority resentments. Finally, watch that you do not look to any person for sympathy and love.

© 2023 FHU.com – All Rights Reserved




Alternative Energy Is Not The Answer, Part 2

By Pastor Roger Anghis

July 9, 2023

It goes without saying that we have not found a good source of energy that can even come close to the effectiveness and reliability of fossil fuels with the exception of nuclear.  With Three Mile Island, Chernobyl, and Fukushima we have had very little downside with nuclear. These three incidences do make me shy away from nuclear but the efficiency cannot be beat.

Liberals are trying to shove EVs down our throats but there is so much that can and does go wrong with them not to mention the mining disaster they cause. Here are a few facts that advocates for the EV simply ignore. They are very important facts that negatively affect every state in the union.

This informatization is directed to Californian multiply it by 49 and you can see the nightmare that it developing.

  1. EVs are powered by fossil fuels. According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), fossil fuel-based power plants — coal, oil, or natural gas — create about 60% of the nation’s electrical grid, while nuclear power accounts for nearly 20%.
  2. The batteries of EVs rely on cobalt. An estimated 70% of the global supply of cobalt emanates from the Democratic Republic of the Congo, a country with deplorable working conditions, especially for children.
  3. study released earlier this year by an environmental group showed that nearly one-third of San Francisco’s electric charging stations were non-functioning. The population of San Francisco represents roughly two percent of California.
  4. Supporters of the California law admit there will be a 40% increase in demand for electricity, adding further strain to the grid and requiring increased costs for power and infrastructure.
  5. According to one researcher, the strain of adding an EV is similar to adding “1 or 2 air conditioners” to your home, except an EV requires power year-round.
  6. Today, 20 million American families, or one in six, have fallen behind on their electric bills, the highest amount ever.
  7. Utility companies will need to add $5,800 in upgrades for every new EV for the next eight years in order to compensate for the demand for power. All customers will shoulder this cost.
  8. The average price for an electric vehicle is currently $66,000, up more than 13% in just the last year, costing an average of $18,000 more than the average combustible engine. Meanwhile, the median household income is $67,521. For African American families, the average is $45,870, and for Hispanic households, $55,321.
  9. 2022 study found that the majority of EV charging occurs at home, leaving those who live in multi-family dwellings (apartments) at a real disadvantage for charging.
  10. The same study also noted that many drivers charge their EVs overnight when solar power is less available on the grid.[1]

I’ve always stated that liberals never count the cost of their proposed policies. This is one of them.  I understand that science moves quickly but to achieve the goal, as some states do, of replacing 90% of the internal combustion vehicles when the electrical grid in California cannot handle the load that is currently on it. The number of new power plants that we would have to build and keep in mind that these power plants use coal, and natural gas which are fossil fuels themselves. Nuclear power is the most efficient. The storage of nuclear waste is the biggest problem. If there is a meltdown, serious damage can be done to the immediate area. The long-term effects of traditional power plants can last for decades. It is very difficult to build any type of power that is 100% safe. Popular discussions about nuclear power eventually get around to at least one of five objections: It’s not safe; no one knows what to do about waste; it’s too expensive; it leads to nuclear weapons proliferation; or there isn’t enough uranium. All of these objections are baseless.

It’s not safe (yes it is)

The Paul Scherrer Institut in Villigen PSI, Switzerland is a frequent European Community consultant concerning safety. Their collection of more than 33,000 records of accidents related to electricity production shows that nuclear power is the safest-ever way to make electricity, by a very wide margin. Only 46 fatalities are directly attributed to municipal nuclear power in its entire six-decade worldwide history, all at Chornobyl.[2] In my research I have found interesting fact MSM and science either ignore or simply refuse to address. With wind mills do not have that long of a shelf life in the field.   How long does a wind turbine last? The ad copy says 25 years. But new research has chopped wind’s life expectancy in half to 12 years.

“A study of almost 3,000 turbines in Britain – the largest of its kind – sheds doubt on manufacturers’ claims that they generate clean energy for up to 25 years, which is used by the Government to calculate subsidies,” reports the Daily Mail. “Professor Gordon Hughes, an economist at Edinburgh University and former energy advisor to the World Bank, predicts in the coming decade far more investment will be needed to replace older and ineffective turbines – which is likely to be passed on in higher household electricity bills.”

Hughes found that onshore and offshore wind turbines degrade differently. The monthly load factors, or the amount of electricity generated as a percentage of their nameplate capacity, drops from 24% percent in the first year to 11% after 15 years. 

Offshore wind, meanwhile, declines more drastically from 40% in year one to 15% after ten years. This should not be surprising, as saltwater is an incredibly hostile environment. 

Larger turbines fare worse than smaller turbines, Hughes says.[1] It is also noteworthy to mention that a windmill has to run for 50 years just to pay back the energy it took to make it. We are finding out now that these machines on average only last 12. Is that really that good of an investment? It requires large quantities of fossil fuel materials to manufacture it and as of today, the blades are not recyclable. It does not produce the power they promised, lasts only 25% of the time they said it would.

Science is not moving as fast as what will be needed to develop the technology, we must have to reach the goals of the New Green Deal. And there is good reason for that, science cannot go that forward that fast.

Back in the ‘60s a guy developed a car that ran on hydrogen, water. Just a few days before he was going to release his findings he was killed and the government removed his test vehicle and all of his notes. Something happened to Tesla. Who’s trying to keep what from the public?[3]    

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.zerohedge.com/technology/10-facts-electric-vehicle-advocates-dont-want-you-know
  2. https://vsnyder.substack.com/p/five-myths-about-nuclear-power
  3. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37



The True King Will Depose All Usurpers

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 9, 2023

Clive Staples Lewis (November 29, 1898 – November 22, 1963) was a British writer, literary scholar, and Anglican lay theologian. He was the author of numerous works of fiction and non-fiction, including Christian apologetics.

Lewis was a close friend of J.R.R. Tolkien, famed author of The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings, and credited his influence in helping him return to his Christian faith after a period of professed atheism from his teenage years.

One of Lewis’ best-known works was The Chronicles of Narnia, a series of epic fantasy novels for children published between 1950 and 1956. It describes the realm of Narnia as a place of magic, mythical beasts, and talking animals. It portrays the adventures of various children during different periods of time magically transported from the real world into this realm by the lion Aslan (a figure of Jesus) to save Narnia from a present evil threatening it. This series has been adapted for radio, television, the stage, film and even video games.

The first book published in this series, and likely the best known, was The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe (1950). It tells the story of four English sibling children, Peter, Susan, Edmund, and Lucy Pevensie, who are magically transported to Narnia via a wardrobe in a large country house where they were staying during the Blitz of 1940.

Narnia is ruled by the White Witch, who calls herself the Queen of Narnia. However, she is not the legitimate ruler of Narnia. Her despotic reign of terror was not only over the people, but extended to the land itself. Through her dark magic, she covered the once beautiful and green land of Narnia with a perpetual blanket of snow. For about a century, she made it “always winter, but never Christmas,” representing her evil rule that stole joy and hope from the residents of Narnia.

Despite her seemingly unbreakable rule, the White Witch lived in dread of a prophecy that her rule would come to an end when “two Sons of Adam and two Daughters of Eve” sit on the four thrones of Cair Paravel, the royal castle, now an empty derelict.

When the Pevensie children arrived in Narnia, the White Witch did all she could to kill one or all of them to prevent the fulfilment of the prophecy. As the children escaped from her grasp and into the wilderness, they noticed the snow starting to melt. They took it as a sign of the White Witch’s diminishing power. As if to confirm this, Father Christmas (who had been kept out of Narnia by the Witch’s magic) appeared and gave gifts to them needed for the final conflict ahead.

Just before the last battle, Aslan sacrifices his life for Edmund, who was guilty of treachery. But later he rose from the dead to thoroughly destroy the White Witch and her army in the final conflict, and crown at Cair Paravel the Pevensie children as the rightful rulers of Narnia, bringing in a golden age of peace, joy, and prosperity.

The one-year reign of King Ahaziah (841 BC) of the Kingdom of Judah ended during a courtesy visit to King Joram (852-841 BC) of the Kingdom of Israel, who was recovering from injuries received in battle with the Arameans (2 Kings 9). One of the captains of King Joram’s army, Jehu (841-814 BC), staged a coup d’état and assassinated both kings as he took the throne of Israel.

Athaliah (841-835 BC), mother of Ahaziah, upon hearing of the death of her son seized power in the Kingdom of Judah to rule as its only queen (2 Kings 11; 2 Chronicles 22:10-12, 23:1-21).

According to common practice in ancient times and up to the present day, rulers seeking to consolidate their hold on power would eliminate any potential rivals. Close relatives, family of the previous ruler, and their associates were not exempt from being imprisoned, exiled, or killed.

Athaliah followed this course by murdering the royal family. She even sought the life of the sole surviving heir to the throne, her one-year-old grandson, Joash. But Jehosheba, Ahaziah’s sister and wife of the chief priest, Jehoiada, secreted him to the Temple. During Athaliah’s bloody reign of terror, she sought to turn the people of Judah away from the Lord to the worship of Baal.

Jehoiada secretly protected and raised Joash, and when six years had passed, revealed him to the people and crowned him king of Judah. Much to her surprise that Joash had survived her purge, and dismay that her usurped rule was at an end, she vainly tried to stop the rebellion against her. But she was seized, and the sword she used against her own family was visited on her.

The people of Judah rejoiced that Athaliah was slain, and the rightful ruler was on his throne. They also tore down the temple to Baal, its idols, and altars, and put to death the priest of Baal. Finally, Jehoiada made a covenant between the Lord God of Israel, the king, and the people that they would serve the Lord.

Satan is described in the Bible as the god of this world (2 Corinthians 4:1-4), and with his lieutenants (Ephesians 6:10-17), he usurps rulership over the earth. He hates humanity because human beings are made in the image of God, and so he seeks their destruction, even those he has deceived and granted great wealth and power to extend evil in the world.

BlackRock is the world’s largest money investment manager. It controls about $20 trillion, which allows the multinational firm immense influence or control over most major corporations, governments, and other organizations around the world.

BlackRock imposes a social credit metric for corporations called the ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance) score. According to Chairman and CEO Larry Fink in a 2017 New York Times interview, this is to “force behaviors” of companies to comply with promoting their preferred methods of organizational recruitment. This form of pressure or coercion extends to promoting the sexual grooming and mutilation of children, infanticide, euthanasia, austerity through climate change policies, war, and other efforts that lead to depopulation.

Captured on hidden video in June 2023 by an undercover female reporter for the O’Keefe Media Group, Serge Varlay, a technology recruiter for BlackRock, boasted about his power over individuals and the firm’s ability to dominate people and decide their fates, particularly through buying politicians, media control, stock manipulation, war, and the destruction of food production.

The devil especially sees Christians as a threat to his rule, so through his minions and the organizations they manage, he does all he can to eliminate them. But just as Jehoiada the high priest stood between the Athaliah and Joash to save his life and establish him as the rightful ruler of Judah, Jesus as the High Priest (1 Timothy 2:5-6; Hebrews 7) and only Mediator between God and man saves all who trust in Him from the wrath of God for our sins and the destructive intentions of the devil.

As Aslan protected and redeemed the rightful rulers of Narnia and vanquished the illegitimate queen, Jesus came to this lost world, suffered, and died for sinners, rose again from the dead, and ensured the end of Satan’s usurped rule and the permanent establishment of His kingdom (1 John 3:8).

The assumed rule of global elites and their organizations such as BlackRock, the World Economic Forum, United Nations, Bilderberg Group, and the World Health Organization will not last.

The true KING of kings and LORD of lords, Jesus Christ, will depose all the usurpers of the world to establish His rule, which will be a golden age that will never end (Daniel 2:40-44; Revelation 19:11-21, 21:1-27).

Do not be a servant of a kingdom that cannot last. Believe the gospel of Jesus Christ and be a child of God in His eternal kingdom.

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




The Left’s Scorched-Earth War Against Sacred Sexuality

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 8, 2023

~ Alfred C. Kinsey and Wardell B. Pomeroy are the evil godfathers of the hypersexualization movement. ~

~ This is the text of a speech given by the author on May 25, 2022, at an event called “The Hypersexualization of School Children,” sponsored by the Gray Republican Committee in Gray, Maine.

On May 20, 2022, Bill Maher, the host of “Real Time with Bill Maher” on HBO, spoke out very boldly against the LGBT community’s stance on children. He stated:

“. . . it’s okay to ask questions about something that’s very new and involves children. The answer can’t always be that anyone from a marginalized community is automatically right. . . . End of discussion. Because we’re literally experimenting on children. Maybe that’s why Sweden and Finland have stopped giving puberty blockers to kids because we just don’t know much about the long-term effects. . .

If we can’t admit that in certain enclaves, there is some level of trendiness to the idea of being anything other than straight, then this is not a serious, science-based discussion. It’s a blow being struck in the culture wars using children as cannon fodder.[1]

I think we should applaud Bill Maher for his defense of children. His comments also highlight one of the central questions of the twenty-first century:

=> Who should manage children? Their parents or the state?

As many parents have finally realized, the Marxist Left’s track record in Soviet Russia, China, North Korea, and now America demonstrates their belief that children are owned by the state.

But this is not a new phenomenon. It stems from the much larger controversy that has raged for millennia:

=> Does God own the world, or do humans?

When militant anti-theists state that there is no God and thus no basis for morality, unfettered arrogance and hell can quickly follow. As I wrote in the essay “Marriage and Family and the God Who Created Everything,”

“This has tremendous relevance to marriage and family because, without God, anything goes, and truth is whatever you want it to be, but with God, one must consider the thoughts, feelings, hopes, intent, and designs of God, the source of life, love, and all things.

. . . In any discussion of marriage and family, children need to be the priority because we all were children once. Is there anyone who has never been a child? No one, of course. Then this is very personal to each of you! Everything starts with children, and the birth of sacred love should begin in our childhood.”[2]

The Left pushes the idea that children have the right to be emancipated from the oppression of their parents. But they never suggest that children have sacred, inalienable rights that come from God—rights that must never be violated by a monolithic dictatorship or parents who want to bend reality for their own pleasure or convenience.

Children have many sacred rights, but two of the most important are these:

===

First, all children have the sacred right to be loved and raised by their own biologically male father and biologically female mother. Their birth was caused by the joining together of a sperm and egg produced by a specific male father and a specific female mother. Connected to this biological reality is the historical and spiritual truth that children have a deep-seated desire and need to be loved by their real father and mother.

Second, all children have the sacred right to experience a childhood that fosters a pure and sacred environment surrounding sexuality, gender, love, and marriage. Destroying a child’s sexual purity is a crime against that child’s heart and future. That destruction could be caused by rape, incest, pornography, sex trafficking, induced or supported gender confusion, hypersexualization, or other factors. In all cases, the theft of purity and innocence is a spiritual and physical tragedy.[3]

===

These are sacred rights, but they have also been the foundation for the maturation of emotionally healthy and loving children since the beginning of the human race. It is true that not every child sees these rights fulfilled. Some children lost their parents and had to be adopted. But unfortunate happenstance is very different from the normalization of systems in which the child is denied these fundamental rights because of the personal desires of adults.[4]

With the fulfillment of these two “Sacred Rights of Children,” children can grow into emotionally mature and healthy adults who have a better chance of finding love, getting married, and having beautiful children of their own.

The Marxist Left rejects the sacred rights of children entirely. As Maher stated, children are cannon fodder in a war waged for the total control of human life. Vladimir Lenin declared, “Give me four years to teach the children, and the seed I have sown will never be uprooted.”[5]

The Left is determined to own our children because then they will own them as adults. For example, how does the masking of our school children benefit children? It’s not for the prevention of Covid. It’s all about training children to submit to control. Seth Dillon, the CEO of the satire website The Babylon Bee, recently stated that satire is getting more difficult because reality has become increasingly absurd, like the real headline that he quoted: “Stanford students are more likely to wear masks on bicycles than helmets.”[6]

Forcing the wearing of masks is bad enough, but it pales next to the Left’s efforts to destroy sacred sexuality, gender, and the two-parent family structure. Now, in 2022, parents have become painfully aware of the evil and destructive hypersexualization content placed in front of their children in K-12 schools. I won’t go into those horrifying details here.

Instead, I will address two questions: Where did this rancid material come from and how did it happen?

The Left has been waging a scorched-earth war against sacred sexuality for decades. It’s also important to state that not all of the individuals and leaders who are complicit in the spread of hypersexualization are Marxists.

The primary messages in hypersexualization are that “children are sexual from birth” and “any and all sexual activity is normal.” There are no boundaries.

Those messages were given the weight of professorial documentation in the 1940s and ’50s, starting with Alfred C. Kinsey and Wardell B. Pomeroy. They co-authored the books Sexual Behavior in the Human Male and Sexual Behavior in the Human Female. Their books have had an enormous impact on sex education professionals, to such a degree that we can accurately state:

=> Alfred C. Kinsey and Wardell B. Pomeroy are the evil godfathers of the hypersexualization movement.

In their text on the human male, in Chapter 5, “Early Sexual Growth and Activity,” Kinsey and Pomeroy focused on “the activities of the younger, pre-adolescent boy.”[7] Their research documented sexual activity with boys as young as five months old. They wrote (in describing the boys’ behavior during orgasm) that in some cases, there were symptoms of:

“Extreme tension with violent convulsion: … eyes staring or tightly closed … mouth distorted, sometimes with tongue protruding …. violent jerking … violent cries, sometimes with an abundance of tears (especially among younger children) . . .”[8]

Kinsey’s comment immediately following the above passage revealed his deep callousness to the children’s plight:

“After-effects not necessarily more marked than with other types of orgasm, and the individual is often capable of participating in a second or further experience.”[9]

One of Kinsey’s charts documents a four-year-old boy having twenty-six orgasms in a twenty-four-hour period.[9] He wrote that “Even the youngest males, as young as 5 months in age, are capable of such repeated reactions.”[11]

The material in The Kinsey Reports is repugnant and shocking. What is worse is that the reports created a false academic legitimacy around aberrant sex that was then taught to so-called professional sex educators across the country. The Kinsey Institute has been going strong for seventy-five years[12] and collaborates with many sex education organizations like AASECT, the American Association of Sexuality Educators, Counselors, and Therapists.[13]

AASECT’s Sexuality Educator Certification requires that educators attend a “Sexuality Attitude Reassessment” session, known as a “SAR.” Their website states:

“The applicant will have participated in a minimum of fourteen (14) clock hours of structured group experience in which the major focus is on a process-oriented exploration of the applicant’s own feelings, attitudes, values and beliefs regarding human sexuality and sexual behavior [e.g., a Sexuality Attitude Reassessment (SAR)].”[14]

What happens at a SAR session? George Leonard, a reporter, attended a SAR event forty years ago and wrote in an article called “The End of Sex,” published in Esquire in December 1982:

“As we lounged on cushions in the darkness, the whole wall lit up with images of human beings—and sometimes even animals—engaging in every conceivable sexual act . . . some seventeen simultaneous moving pictures . . . over a period of forty minutes.

How did we . . . react? . . . By the end . . . the physical act . . . seemed commonplace. Nothing was shocking, but nothing was sacred either.”[15]

After Kinsey died in 1956, Wardell B. Pomeroy became even more prominent and in 1982 promoted the SAR program in an interview with the British Journal of Sexual Medicine. He described the SARs this way:

“As part of our intensive courses we project several films onto a series of screens simultaneously. They vary in context from “hard porn” homosexuality to milder loving themes.”[16]

Lest anyone think, “That was forty years ago!” one of AASECT’s SARs vendors in 2022 is the Institute for Sexuality Education & Enlightenment. Their current description of the SAR program states: “This course has been developed and is based on a method first developed in the 1970s . . .”[17]

Earlier, in 1968 and 1970, Pomeroy had written two books, Boys and Sex and Girls and Sex, that were placed in many school libraries across the country. In Boys and Sex, he wrote:

“By playing with girls sexually before adolescence, trying to understand how they are made and how they react, the chances are increased for a satisfactory sex life when a boy grows up . . . But it is too much to expect that parents will take that attitude.

Because it is done secretly, however, doesn’t mean it’s dirty. Too many parents tend to make their children feel that anything done in secret must be dirty. It isn’t. It’s simply private.”[18]

In 1977, Pomeroy wrote an article called “A New Look at Incest.” In it, he stated:

“. . . Incest between adults and younger children can also prove to be a satisfying and enriching experience . . .”[19]

We can see then that the crisis in 2022 of the hypersexualization of school children has been building for a very long time. Sex educators in America who adhere to views like those articulated by Kinsey, Pomeroy, and AASECT are not our children’s friends.

To me, they are like drug pushers, but instead of pushing heroin, cocaine, and fentanyl, they are presenting innocent school children with sexual materials and practices that will damage many of them almost beyond repair.

In their attack on sacred sexuality, purity, and morality, this army of sexologists has created a civilization-shattering, existential crisis that parents and others must resolve.

When we examine the radical sexual materials and theories that are presented to our school children in 2022, are there action steps that we can take? Should we ban sex education that includes hypersexualization materials? Should all sex education be banned? Should it be banned for all age groups?

Even parents who oppose hypersexualization might think that banning all sex ed for all ages is extreme and that it’s enough to ban sex education from the lower grades.

The problem is that the sex education industry can’t be trusted in its current form. It’s almost impossible to have complete confidence that any particular school and set of teachers will not teach radicalized hypersexuality. Teaching radical sex education to seventh graders, as their hormones start to rage, is just as problematic as teaching that content to children under twelve years of age. It’s far safer to remove all sex education from schools until the entire hypersexualization industry can be dismantled.

Thus, I recommend these four action steps:

  1. Remove and ban all sex education materials from K-12 schools. It is no longer just “biology class.” None of this material should ever be presented to children.
  2. Ban all curricula and teacher/counselor guidance about LGBT issues, especially regarding gender selection and transitioning. These issues must be left up to the parents.
  3. Remove all sex education teacher and counselor positions from K-12 schools. As a group, the purveyors of sex education can no longer be trusted. Some may be sincere and “good people,” but the risk to our children is too great.
  4. Abstinence education should be propagated as part of a marriage preparation curriculum to help restore our children’s belief in sacred sexuality. We are more than animals.

Whatever action steps parents feel are right for them, one thing is clear. Parents must take ownership of their children’s sex education. Our children are not “owned by the state.” Thus, it is far past the time for parents to push back against the Left’s war on sacred sexuality—to push back and to win.

= = = = = = = = = =

Peter Falkenberg Brown is the author of the abstinence education curriculum: The True Love Thing to Do: An Interactive Workbook on Finding Love and Preparing for an Enduring Marriage at: https://worldcommunitypress.com/tl.

© 2023 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Images: Girl: from Pixabay.com. No attribution required.

Kinsey and Pomeroy: from photo by Smithsonian Institution. 1953.

Acc. 90-105 – Science Service, Records, 1920s-1970s, Smithsonian Institution Archives

No known copyright restrictions.

FootNotes:

  1. Bill Maher, “New Rule: Along for the Pride | Real Time with Bill Maher (HBO),” May 20, 2022, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMBzfUj5zsg
  2. Peter Falkenberg Brown, “Marriage and Family and the God Who Created Everything,” May 9, 2022

https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com/writings/essays/culture-and-politics/marriage-and-family-and-the-god-who-created-everything/

  1. Ibid.
  2. Ibid.
  3. https://www.barrypopik.com/index.php/new_york_city/entry/give_me_four_years_to_teach_the_children
  4. Seth Dillon, remarks at the Freedom Center’s Wednesday Morning Club in Los Angeles, May 17, 2022

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/2022/05/video-seth-dillon-babylon-bee-frontpagemagcom/

Quote from Maxwell Meyer, “Review Analysis: Stanford students are more likely to wear masks on bicycles than helmets,” September 29, 2021, The Stanford Review, https://stanfordreview.org/stanford-bicycles-helmets-masks/

  1. Alfred C. Kinsey, Wardell B. Pomeroy, Clyde E. Martin, Sexual Behavior in the Human Male, Chapter 5, “Early Sexual Growth and Activity,” W. B. Saunders Company, 1949, p. 157

https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.187552

  1. Ibid. p. 161
  2. Ibid.
  3. Ibid. p. 180
  4. Ibid. pp. 179-180
  5. https://kinseyinstitute.org/about/history/index.php
  6. https://cs.aasect.org/content/presidents-desk-august-2016
  7. AASECT Requirements for Sexuality Educator Certification, page accessed on May 22, 2022

https://www.aasect.org/certification/aasect-requirements-sexuality-educator-certification

  1. George Leonard, “The End of Sex,” December 1, 1982, Esquire

https://classic.esquire.com/article/1982/12/1/the-end-of-sex

  1. Eric Trimmer, “Sexology – therapy or titillation? Eric Trimmer speaks to Wardell B. Pomeroy,” January, 1982, British Journal of Sexual Medicine
  2. Title of Workshop: SAR, https://www.aasect.org/sar / https://instituteforsexuality.com/

https://catalogisee.myshopify.com/collections/streaming-classes/products/sar-sexual-attitude-reassessment-streaming-live?variant=41457490854044

  1. Wardell B. Pomeroy, Boys and Sex, 1968, Delacorte Press, p. 44
  2. Wardell Pomeroy, Forum Variations Magazine, “A New Look at Incest,” 1977



Probabilities and Brutal Reality, Based upon Experience and History

Andrew Wallace

July 8, 2023

People with a modicum of education and knowledge would agree that our present situation is similar to the fall of Rome.

The similarities are frightening: currency was debased, military was weakened, people were on the dole, corruption was rampant, crime was uncontrolled, citizenship had no value, enemies were at the gates, and people abandoned the cities.

Our founders learned from Rome that a Democracy always fails; it is mob rule.  As a result, we are believed to be living in a Republic, where democracy only means the right to vote in fair elections, with the benefits and protection of our Constitution.

We don’t live in a Democracy (MOB RULE) and never did!

We know, from our own revolutionary war and history in general, that it is always a small group of agitators that instigate initial confrontations that provoke the rulers to retaliate, which in turn unites the larger group to action.

Our population is divided into two basic groups. One group believes in our Constitution and the Rule of Law, while the other is brainwashed and ignorant of its contents, and lives off the government dole or crime. But 50% of the population, comprising both groups, are supported by government, one way or another.

Among other things, Communism requires an ignorant, dependent population without religion, education, or families. This is an apt description of our inner-city populations in Democrat-controlled cities, is it not?

Our founders left Europe to escape their cities; now our Democrat cities are worse than historic European cities ever were, and a mass exodus is now in progress.

The United States is a land of dichotomies, the most important being that half the population wants to be free, and the other half is content to be dependent, ignorant slaves molded by propaganda.

It is difficult to get a dependent population to demand its rights from the rulers, the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), but if for any reason the government can no longer support them, these people WILL revolt.

This is a real and dangerous reality predicted for the near future.

Our Constitution is the ONLY lawful justification for all government, but a majority of our federal government has no legal authority or support in our Constitution, the Supreme Law of the Land.

In other words, a majority of government is fake and a criminal enterprise!

If you need proof, simply compare the present structure, actions, and expenditures of the federal government to the lawful “Enumerated Powers” in the Constitution in Article 1 Section 8.

In simple terms, the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) are wealthy billionaire families who control the directors of ‘woke’ corporations to create cultural conflicts and bribe every member of government in both parties in all three branches.

Their objective is simple: the destruction of the United States to make way for their New World Order and Great Reset.

Most of us pray for a fair election that will turn things around, but we know that is IMPOSSIBLE unless we elect representatives that are NOT DEPENDENT on the PSRRC for campaign money and bribes.

President Trump is the only man who fits the bill with proven ability, and is certainly not dependent; in fact he is HATED by the PSRRC because he will expose and destroy their criminal enterprises!

Some people don’t like him because his language is plain spoken and of the common people. The PSRRC and their wholly-owned media have smeared and framed Trump longer and more aggressively than any other man in history, causing the ignorant, dependent  Democrats to hate him.

I have been a Patriot writer for 15 years and I have never been able to convert even one brainwashed Democrat…not even family members!

Mostly, these deceived minions won’t even talk to you. They will only be receptive to the truth when they are starving, and experts forecast that, too, in the near term.

In the meantime, it is total stupidity to give them resources to destroy you!

Don’t invest in or buy from ‘woke’ corporations that advocate BS such as the ‘Trans’ garbage, white racism, DEI (Diversity-Equity-Inclusion), and ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance). These corporations don’t support you or the Republic, and do not deserve your patronage!

The PSRRC and its Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations are doing everything to impoverish the people and to destroy everything…and I do mean everything! Think food production, monetary system, Social Security,  Medicare, Medicaid, criminal justice system, police protection, city-state-federal services, and etc, etc.

Illegal invaders who speak no English, have no skills or education and bring only diseases, crimes, and dependence, represent a dangerous element to our society. Citizens already resent them for their superior claim on scarce resources and government largess. I can imagine blood in the streets when invaders are fighting citizens over almost non-existent food supplies. Can’t you?

Your only option is to pray for the election of an INDEPENDENT President and become as independent of the system as possible with defensive weapons and ammunition (shotguns and AR-15s), food, medications, and emergency supplies.

Many people maintain that God is our only salvation, if we do our part, and I agree with them.

GOD Bless You and Our Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




DeGovernor Shows His True Colors; Not My Kind of Guy

by Kat Stansell

July 7, 2023

Ron DeSantis has declared his intent to run for President of the United States. That’s “old news”. In so doing, however, he has shown the world who he really is. THAT may be new information for some, but everyone needs to know, so let’s review.

First, Ron DeSantis is NOT a man of his word. In the run-up to his 2022 re-election as Florida’s Governor, he vowed that he would serve the citizens of his state for his full term if elected. He accepted millions of dollars donated to help him become Governor of Florida then served exactly 8.3% of that term before he broke that promise. He took the rest of his donations to the gubernatorial campaign, and put them in his POTUS war chest.

Most of those 4 months as Governor were spent preparing to ditch his constituents, jockeying with the Legislature to get the law changed so he could abdicate the governorship while keeping the office if he had to return to it. Several other bills were also passed at his behest, that allowed the Governor to seal all of his travel and visitor records (ala Obama), and make machine voting mandatory. Knowing as we all do, the inaccuracy/fraudulency of machine voting, why would anyone do this? He also gutted the citizens’ medical freedom bill to render it meaningless. WHY? Hint, none of this has anything to do with integrity.

So much for DeSantis’ promises. Why would anyone believe what he says he will do for the country if elected, when he doesn’t stand by his word to Florida?

Second, his endorsements and funding further define him. Ron DeSantis is openly endorsed by Jeb! Bush, Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell, and scores of other RINO’s. Most of his Florida state legislature has fallen in line, despite only five sitting US Representatives having indicated their support: Bob Good, (VA), Laurel Lee (FL), Thomas Massie (KY), Rich McCormick (GA) and Chip Roy (TX). The Insider on June 18, 2023, gives us a hint as to why so man FL elected representatives voice their support. Apparently, “many in Tallahassee are ‘terrified’ of DeSantis and his team.” He has “no inner circle because they just chop off heads and move on.” Easy to do with the Republican “supermajority” that came with that engineered “red wave” in 2022. Guess now we know why George Soros dubbed him “shrewd, ruthless and ambitious.”

That brings me to the third revelation as to the man and “integrity”, this time in the arena of elections.

It is no secret that there are massive amounts of inaccuracies in the Florida voter rolls; they have been proven repeatedly. First, The state was a member of ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information Center, the infamous repository for phantom voters and bad addresses in its member states. In 2020, the US government’s own numbers had Florida with 101.6% of all possible eligible citizens of voting age on its rolls. The rest of the ERIC members (32 states) had similarly inflated numbers. Fifty percent of them had voter registration lists, like Florida, in the realm of statistical impossibility; Alaska led the pack with 126%. The remaining ERIC members were in the high 90’s, and ALL were higher than any non-ERIC member state.

Florida, however, “loves ERIC”, as citizens were told directly by the Sec. Of State, Cord Byrd. “We just use it a little differently” Byrd said with a dismissive chuckle, right before the Midterm “red wave” occurred. Prior to the 2022 election, thousand of ballots had been sent to KNOWN undeliverable addresses, then returned, voted and signed. Those ballots were stacked in offices of county Supervisors of Elections prior to Nov., 2022. Conservatives who discovered this and tried to report it to authorities were harshly ignored. They were very concerned that these phantom ballots were the doing of the opposition, and that Charlie Crist was set up to steal the election from DeSantis. After that “red wave”, which catapulted the Governor onto the national stage, however, it seemed apparent that the way that “we use it differently” had been further defined.

Since the midterms, additional massive manipulation of voter records has come to light, as reported by Kris Jurski on his https://www.the-peopoles-audit.org. This is an ongoing controversy involving the election integrity of the state of Florida. DeSantis has ignored the real issue, and tried to cover it up by touting his “Election Crimes Unit” in Tallahassee, which has made a few meaningless public arrests but ignored the real problems. In recent legislation, DeSantis refused to strengthen that Unit’s role.

Remember, Florida controls 11% or 30 of the 270 electoral votes in the US. Therefore this is a big deal wherever you live.

Florida is actually Trump Country, and its citizens are NOT happy with the governor who has gone “MIA”, ignoring them to run against him. To make matters worse, an ex DeSantis staffer, from Ron’s time in the US House, (2013 – 2018) told the Washington Post that Rep.

DeSantis used to joke about Trump; “Ron always said this guy (DJT) was just an idiot.” Shortly thereafter, on the verge of losing the governorship in 2018, DeSantis accepted Donald Trump’s help to win in a squeaker – by four tenths of one percent over a gender dysphoric drug user Democrat, Andrew Gillum. That is how popular DeSantis was NOT without hitching his wagon to the power of the Trump Force.

On the 2024 campaign trail, Ron has spoken against Donald Trump repeatedly. He has said that he would refuse to occupy the same debate state as Trump, and would not support Trump should DJT be the 2024 Republican nominee. Does DeSantis realize (or care?) just how small this makes him look? Gratitude requires honesty, and if you don’t have that, you don’t worry about it, I guess.

Last, and definitely not least, RON DESANTIS SUPPORTS THE HIDEOUS TREATMENT OF THE J6 PRISONERS. In Jan, 2021, he said that they jailings were “deserved” and never changed that tune. “I am glad to see some of these people being arrested from the DC thing because I think the prosecutions will really make a difference.” For 2 ½ years, he ignored all 103 J6 families in his state, as they came to him for help.

After he declared his POTUS run, he immediately said he would free them all. Oh, gag me.

When you think of Ron DeSantis, think of him as the governor who has gone missing in action from his elected office, deceives his people and supports the vile actions of the Coup. If you like that kind of stuff, you’re free to vote for him. I don’t and won’t.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




The Worm is Turning

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 7, 2023

To quote crooner Bob Dylan, the times they are a changing.  The worm is turning.

After 60 years of the culture swinging left, the pendulum is beginning to swing back.  That is what the “worm is turning” is all about.

Here is what the dictionary says about the worm .

We live in dangerous times.  Desperate people do desperate things.  The Left is losing and they know it.  The “long march through the institutions” is beginning to end.  Communism is the religion of atheists.  Government is their weapon.  They are running out of bullets.

Donald Trump did more damage to their agenda than anyone could have possibly understood.  That is why they hate him…all the government/media complex hates him.  He was the poison pill…the anti-government vax.

Whether he is re-elected or not does not matter.  He created MAGA.  Trump may fade away…but the awakening will not.  Trump is a man.  MAGA is a movement.  Men are easy to stop…revolutions are not.

Can’t you see it?  The Left is crying bloody murder.  Their power is ebbing.  THEY know it.  That is why they are dangerous.  A cornered tiger is a dangerous animal.  The LEFT is cornered.

The Left seized the courts just after WWII.  They knew that what they could not win through legislation they could accomplish though the courts.  Slowly the power shifted from the “power to the people” through voting, to the power of the minority through the Courts.  It took only 30 years for the “courts” to change the direction of this nation.

Here is how they did it.

In 1947 the courts ruled that there was a “separation between the church and the state” ripping Christian morality out of the heart of the law.  This opened the door to a cavalcade of anti-Christian “laws.”   The LEFT seized on the opportunity and used “stare decisis” to reshape the American culture.  They did through the courts what they could never do at the ballot box.

The “separation between morality and state” lead to a domino effect…striking at the heart of all that made America great.  Alexis de Tocqueville warned us that “if America ever ceases to be good, they will cease also to be great.”  The America that our courts have given us has destroyed this once-great Christian nation.

The lie of “the separation between church and state” bolstered by the lie of “stare decisis” enabled the Luciferian-controlled courts to remake America in Satan’s image.  “My body, my choice” is straight out of the mouth of the Evil One.  What good is voting when the direction of the nation is controlled by 5 unelected “terrorists in black robes?”

The “separation between the church and the state” led to a trail of tears.

  • Engel v Vitale                 1962 criminalized school prayer.
  • Abbington V Schemp   1963 criminalized Bible reading in school
  • Roe v Wade                    1973 Legalized baby murder.
  • Stone V Graham            1980 Criminalized the 10 Commandments.

All those decisions…in just 18 years…overturned the Christian history of America.  They did it through the Courts and not through the will of “We, the People.”

But the worm is turning.  The Left is apoplectic.  They have lost the courts.  Donald J Trump appointed three Judges to SCOTUS who in the last year have determined:

  • There is no CONSTITUTIONAL right to kill an unborn child.
  • No one can be forced to bake a cake that violates his/her own conscience.
  • Race-based quotas are illegal. Affirmative action is discriminatory.
  • College loans do not have to paid by those who did not take them out.
  • The restoration of religious rights for CHRISTIAN workers.

Oh. how the worm is turning.  Where would America be today if Hillary Clinton had been elected and given the job of appointing more Luciferian justices?

But that is why things are getting so dangerous.  The LEFT has lost control of the weapon that they have used to overthrow Christianity in America.  SCOTUS, thanks to Donald Trump, is now wielding that hammer.  The impact of his Presidency will be felt for generations to come.

The LEFT is capable of doing ANYTHING to destroy this nation.  They would rather destroy it than put America back into the hands of “God’s people.”  Nukes?  Assassinations?  Ballot stuffing?  Nothing is below these people.

Permit me, if you will, to speak to the Christians reading this column.  The ball is now in our court.  The battle has moved once again to the Legislatures, especially in the independent States.  Having lost their primary weapon, the courts, the God-hating Left is now returning to the ballot box where they will try and force their Luciferian agenda by the “vote of the people.”

No “vote of the people” can ever make “legal” what God has said is unlawful.

Just this week Justice Thomas raised the issue as to whether or not the “marriage” decision and legalization of sodomy need to be revisited.   To borrow from the movie Deliverance,” that is making the Left “squeal like pigs.”

But here is where the rubber meets the road.  Will the American “church” rise to the occasion?  Will Christians see the opportunity to “restore righteousness” as an expected standard in our nation?  This could be the American church’s finest hour.

But the church is going to have to make a tough choice.  Does God expect us to “occupy” till He comes, or cower in the corner and wait for the rapture?  The ball has been served squarely into our court.

The worm is turning.  What if the future of America laid in the hands of HIS people?  It is time for the church to fish or cut bait.  Our children are counting on us.

Stand up Grandpa.  Give this a listen.

© 2023 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




America: There Will Be Blood

By Amil Imani

July 7, 2023

The Muslims’ killing campaign did not end with their defeat at the gates of Vienna. Jihadism never changes. The long history of violent Islam speaks for itself. It’s a significant reason that explains why Eastern European citizens do not accept mass immigration of Muslim societies with the same kind of “tolerance” demanded by the elitist governments of Western Europe. Their fury is slowly reaching a boiling point.

Their eviction from Spain was a temporary forced retreat. But now, in huge numbers, Muslims have penetrated the gates of every city and town in Europe and North America without even having to use their swords.

Worried by the Muslims’ trouble-making and killing sprees, civilized nations in Western Europe and Northern America are bending over backward to placate them to join the family of humanity by admitting hordes of immigrants and offering them all manners of hospitality and assistance. All these gestures remain in vain and to no avail. Many of the new arrivals, deeply infected by their Islamic indoctrination and ethos, find it impossible to assimilate in any host country. Instead, they strive to impose their defunct order, which is the cause of their own misery, backwardness, and inhumanity on the host nations.

The non-Muslim world is at its wits’ end. No accommodation or kindness seems to stem the tide of Islamic violence. Countless numbers of proposals have been advanced in dealing with this systemic Islamic disorder. Some feel that, in general, Muslims are law-abiding citizens of their adopted countries, and it is only a minority that is responsible for the violence and mayhem. Thinking along these lines has prompted people to say that the solution to Islamic violence rests with Islamic leaders. That is, Islamic leaders should speak up and condemn jihad and jihadists.

Western armchair theorizers and wishful thinkers need to take time and study Islamic history and its system of belief to avoid making demands on Muslim leaders–demands that will never be met because they are entirely unrealistic.

Islam presently has its stranglehold over a billion humans, posing an existential threat to all non-Muslims. When this billion and a half adhere to the pathological belief of Islam and use it as their marching orders of life, the rest of humanity ignores this threat at its peril.

Yet again, Islam has risen from the ashes and is on a campaign of conquest worldwide. Hordes of fanatical Islamic foot soldiers are striving to kill and get killed. They all want the opportunity to discharge their homicidal-suicidal impulses on their way to Allah’s promised glorious paradise. And in the background, granting the foot soldiers’ wishes, are their handlers, the puppeteers, who pull the strings and detonate these human bombs. Those who cherish life must recognize these emissaries of death — what makes them, what motivates them, and how best to defend against them.

With a long tradition of protecting religious freedom, America still clings to the “hands off” practice of leaving alone any doctrine or practice billed as religion. A thorny problem is deciding what constitutes a religion and who will make that call. There is a glimmer of hope that the American people are waking up to the deceit and the menace of the creed called Islam. Their opposition to the building of the mosque at Ground Zero and their numerous objection to building mosques reveals that the creeping Islamization of America is indeed something to stand against and prevent before it is too late.

As more and more Muslims arrive in America, as they reproduce with great fecundity, as they convert the disenchanted and minorities, and as petrodollar-flush Muslims and Muslim treasuries supply generous funds, they gather more power to undermine a severe challenge to the American system of governance—representative democracy. As for our Constitution, Muslims have no use for it at all. Muslims believe Allah’s rule must govern the world as a Caliphate—a theocracy. Making a mockery of the system of law, subverting its workings, and ignoring its provisions is a Muslim’s way of falsifying what he already believes to be a sinful and false system of governance invented by infidels.

Very few of us have been sounding the alarm for decades about the ever-increasing menace Islam poses to America and our way of life. Apathy, political correctness, and massive Islamic lobbying have successfully prevented the public from truly grasping the all-pervasive Islamic assault.

Time and again, we are told by the politically correct “experts” not to worry about Islam posing a threat to our way of life. We’re also told not to worry about the horrific things that are happening on the other side of the world! If Muslims act heinously toward non-Muslims, it is how things are in those countries and hardly any of our business. This is the same attitude that set the Islamization of Europe on a seemingly irreversible track. One European country, one after another, is rapidly buckling under the weight of Islamism.

With heavy assurances like this from so many know-it-all authoritative figures, we can relax and not worry. Yet, the Islam problem is very real and deadly. Neither the pronouncements of the experts nor any relaxation of the mind can make it go away. Islam will continue its bloody conquest.

Islam is a belief in blood. It lives and thrives on blood. It can be an animal, an enemy, or even its own blood. Unless our government sees the handwriting on the wall and deals with it accordingly, before very long, America will have to turn its deed over to the new Muslim invaders or rebel and fight block by block, city by city. That’s when There Will Be Blood.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




So What’s With the Movies?

By Lee Duigon

July 6, 2023

For most of my life, going to the movies was a treat. Go with a date, go with your friends, or just go alone: you’d always enjoy it.

My wife and I still watch movies on the Internet, but it’s been—what? A dozen years, at least, since I went to a theater and paid to get in.

In our area most of the movie houses are no more. They were palaces, once upon a time. My grandmother took me to the RKO Theater in New Brunswick, and the magnificence of the place just blew my mind.

But it’s not just the theaters going out of business, one by one. There have not been many movies lately that I’d want to see.

Take, for instance, Indiana Jones 5: The Dial of Destiny (and if I ever proposed such a title to my editors, they’d think there was something seriously wrong with me). This must be the worst movie ever made. Every day there are two or three more blistering reviews posted on the Internet. They’re saying it’s a total wipeout.

Yeahbut, yeahbut… Meanwhile, Disney Corp. has cranked out eight (!) box-office bombs in a row, losing almost a billion dollars on them, and Warner Bros., five in a row, just over a billion dollars up the spout. And these figures, mind you, presuppose a world-wide market. Yeesh, what if they couldn’t show these films in China? What if they were forced to show them only in America? One, two, three, it’s off to bankruptcy.

It’s not that people don’t watch movies anymore. They’re still watching them online, and family-friendly, faith-friendly movies—like Jim Caviezel’s Sound of Freedom—are doing just fine at the box office. People still want movies. They just don’t want lousy movies.

Movies are a form of story-telling, which is part of being human. However far back you go in the history of human culture, you find storytellers.

What you don’t find is storytellers who insult and berate their audience. “Once upon a time in this no-good stinkin’ tribe of ours, where nothing’s fair and even the woolly mammoths despise us for our systemic racism, two serial killers had sex and begat three babies before they had a chance to abort them. One was a thief, another was an idiot who would’ve voted for Donald Trump if he were alive today, and the third was a villain who invented a gas stove…”

Gee—add a little dash of transgender, and you’ve got another Disney movie. And another bomb.

Why do they make movies like this, sure-fire failures? Who wants to see them, except for people who take their kids to drag queen story hours and can’t wait to re-elect Joe Biden? And what kind of fan base is that? Has Hollywood gone altogether suicidal?

They must know they’re competing with movies on the Internet—movies that people choose to see. So the studios make their movies available for home screening and still come up short. Even to the most rudimentary intellect, it must be obvious that the problem with today’s big-studio movies is the content. How can Disney executives fail to see that?

Well, never mind! If they want to tear down their own house, the public should just step aside and let them do it. Companies that make movies that don’t condescend to us, that don’t club us over the head with political preaching, will surely capture a bigger and bigger share of the market.

If Walt Disney could ever come back to take control again… heads would roll.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and enjoy a visit. It’ll be better than The Dial of Destiny. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Bikes in Bloom Across America

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 6, 2023

This summer while bicycling 3,400 miles across America from New Port Beach, Oregon to Washington DC, I met hundreds of Americans, tourists and bicycle travelers.  I heard the craziest conversations in coffee houses and diners.  You will be hearing some of their stories in the coming months.

While traveling at 12 miles per hour, I really “see and feel” the landscape.  I become part of it.  I mesh with Mother Nature in a physical, mental and spiritual dance.  Hard to describe, but it’s exquisite on multiple levels.  When it’s hot, I sweat like a horse. When it’s cold, I pedal to keep warm. When it’s raining, I become a duck on a bike.  It takes “true grit” to pedal a bicycle long distances.

You could say that the mountain passes that I climbed “etched” lots of memories into my thighs.  Some call it “hard work” while I call it “hard play.”  Many commented that it would be easier to ride on the flats of the Midwest.  I responded that I would rather climb mountains to enjoy their rugged wildness.

My friend John Muir said, “Camp out among the grass and gentians of glacier meadows, in craggy garden nooks full of Nature’s darlings. Climb the mountains and get their good tidings. Nature’s peace will flow into you as sunshine flows into trees. The winds will blow their own freshness into you, and the storms their energy, while cares will drop off like autumn leaves.”  There is something special about bicycle travel that encapsulates Americans’ imaginations.  I tried to capture my adventure in words:

“If the roar of a wave crashes beyond your campsite, you might call that adventure.  When coyotes howl outside your tent–that may be adventure.  When the wind rips at your tent pegs—that too, may be called adventure.  While you’re sweating like a horse in a climb over a 12,000 foot pass, that’s adventure.  When a howling headwind presses your lips against your teeth, you’re facing a mighty adventure.  If you’re drenched from head to toe in sweat as you pedal across a desert, that’s adventure.  If you’re pressing through a howling rainstorm, you’re soaked in adventure.  But that’s not what makes an adventure. It’s your willingness to struggle through it, to present yourself at the doorstep of Nature.  No greater joy can come from life than to live inside the ‘moment’ of an adventure.  It may be a momentary ‘high’, a stranger that changes your life, an animal that delights you or frightens you, a struggle where you triumphed, or even failed, yet you braved the challenge.  Those moments present you uncommon experiences that give your life eternal expectation.  That’s adventure!”  Frosty Wooldridge

But more than adventure greeted me on my journey across America.  When you travel the blue and red highways of our country, you get to meet “Norman Rockwell America” or better yet, you get to meet “Andy and Barney of Mayberry RFD America.”

Kids in parks ran up to our loaded bicycles.  They took pictures and wanted to touch our cycles and gear. Their parents introduced themselves.  They snapped pictures with their smart phones of my sign “Across America” and immediately visited my website on adventure.  They thanked us for keeping the “Spirit of Adventure” alive.  They marveled at our journey.

In those towns, we thrilled to the architecture from 1880 to 1910 on the fronts of the buildings. We walked into some 120 year old post offices still operating.  We ate breakfasts at old fashioned diners with real “down home” cooking. I fondly recall eating at the One Street Down Restaurant in Redmond, Oregon.  Best oat meal and pancakes in the country.   Another stop in Pinedale, Wyoming at the Rock Rabbit Restaurant served blue berry pancakes and omelets to fight for!  But more than the food, the town folks enthralled us.  Everybody shared their stories.

After riding through Hannibal, Missouri to visit Mark Twain’s former haunts, I pedaled down Old Route 66 along the Mississippi River.  On my ride through Cincinnati, I picked up Route 50 to pedal through a bucolic hamlet named Milford, Ohio.

On the edge of town, I noticed a rusted 1950 Schwinn bicycle with flared handlebars.  In the front basket,  purple and white petunias exploded into the morning sunshine. On the rear rack, another basket of flowers curled their way through its back spokes and covered the seat.  “Good grief!” I muttered. “That’s beautiful!”

On the back staked into the ground, a sign read, “Bikes in Bloom”.

I snapped a few pictures and figured that would be the end of it.  But as I traveled down that 120-year-old Main Street in Milford, Ohio, I noticed a bicycle in bloom in front of every merchant store front.  I discovered incredibly beautiful bikes of every description decked out in flowers. I witnessed yarn woven into the shape of a Pac Man on the front wheels, rhinestone ropes curled around top tubes and yarned up seats and cranks.  Big bikes in flowers and little bikes in flowers.  The entire Main Street exploded in flowers and bicycles.

Every year, Milford, a crossroads for touring bicyclists, features “Bikes in Bloom” as a friendly competition of all the merchants.  Tourists, locals and cyclists enjoy community, creativity and fellowship.  I marveled at the beauty.  Halfway through town and 25 pictures later, I stopped at Bishop’s Bicycle Shop.  What a blast!  I met a bunch of long-distance touring riders working there with Kelly, Chris and Jim.  After a great stop, I continued on my way across America with vivid memories and an idea.

How about everyone reading this column all across America create a “Bikes in Bloom” in your own cities, towns and hamlets?  I already introduced the idea to my Golden, Colorado city council. I presented photographic examples on an overhead projector like you see attached to this column.   They loved it.

Let’s move America toward beauty, flowers, peace, joy and community fellowship.  It’s fun, creative and positive on every level.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Supreme Court Ends Affirmative Action – Where We Go From Here

By Steven Yates

July 5, 2023

When I learned last Thursday that the U.S. Supreme Court had ruled 6–3 against affirmative action programs in higher education based on two suits, one at Harvard and the other at the University of North Carolina, I honestly didn’t know what to think.

After all, I joined this fight at the start of the 1990s. While I wasn’t a party to any legal action, I penned a widely-circulated major article here, which looks to have been “boosted” following the decision. The article brought down on me the wrath of both black students and a couple of black faculty members, giving me insight into their feelings-based worldview.

I also wrote a book, published in 1994, reasonably well-received everywhere except academia where it was “indexed” in a few major universities. Even then, academia was inclining toward censorship. A few years later, this.* Part of my argument was that political correctness and what soon became known as cultural Marxism had definite ties to the perceived need to delegitimize criticisms of affirmative action that were then appearing. My career, though, was dead in the water. I found myself essentially blacklisted. After 1995, I never taught full-time again.

My case against affirmative action joined with others, the best and most extensive of which came from economist and prolific author Thomas Sowell, that affirmative action only aggravated the problems its overly idealistic architects back in the 1960s said they wanted to solve, many of them the problems of discrimination itself. It had replaced discrimination against blacks and women with discrimination against white men, mostly those seeking employment. We were portrayed as motivated by residual racism and sexism. Cultural Marxist groups such as the Southern Poverty Law Center piled on, further indexing some of us (somehow I dodged that bullet), contending that the country was seeing an upsurge of “right-wing” resentment.

But, as Sowell had documented, whenever there is widespread realization that one or more groups are receiving government-sponsored favors at the expense of other groups, tensions between the favored and the disfavored rise. They worsen until they threaten to explode into violence. Sowell documented many cases on a worldwide scale, also showing that discrimination per se need not be a barrier to a group’s advancement (it has never held back Jews, for example).

Meanwhile, affirmative action failed to benefit the majority of those in favored groups. It is common knowledge that most of its actual beneficiaries were white women. The black community gradually went into a tailspin: into a “left-liberal welfare plantation,” if you will.

The rates of crime and horrid public schools in black-dominated cities testify abundantly to the utter failure of over fifty years of affirmative action in America.

If anything, I’m annoyed, therefore, because the Supremes should have had the gumption to make this kind of decision long ago. Today, of course, we have six conservatives in Clarence Thomas, Brett Kavanaugh, Samuel Alito, Neil Gorsuch, and Amy Conant Bryant, with John Roberts who wrote the majority opinion, holding that race-conscious admissions violate the equal protection clause in the 14th Amendment. This should be obvious. Had no previous Court noticed?

Arch-leftists Sonia Sotomayor and Elena Kagan dissented, of course. Leftist Ketanji Brown Jackson — the Bidenista appointee who couldn’t define woman for the Senate Judiciary Committee — recused herself from the Harvard case as she has ties to Harvard, but penned a dissent regarding the North Carolina case.

Given the current environment, no one in his right mind thinks one Supreme Court decision is going to put this to bed. The cultural left is simply too strong for that. Among my warnings was that political correctness would spread from academia and law schools to every major institution in the country. It has done just this. The woke mindset which evolved from political correctness now dominates corporations from Big Tech to Hollywood, has infiltrated mainstream religious denominations, and been felt in the military (e.g., Gen. Mark Milley’s wanting to understand “white rage”).

California governor Gavin Newsom (whom many of us are watching as a possible replacement for the increasingly enfeebled Joe Biden between now and November 2024**) has already warned that ending affirmative action will result in falling black enrollment rates at major universities.

He’s probably right, not seeing the results in his own state as still more testimony that affirmative action has failed miserably, and that the worldview behind it fails.

Thus we’ll see more lawsuits, and possible legislation able to reverse such decisions, once the Democrat Party again controls Congress (not unimaginable in 2025).

The failures of blacks in particular to make significant advances in American society outside athletics and mass entertainment will continue to be blamed on “systemic racism,” that academic creation of critical race theory (which also originated in the 1990s), not on failed left-liberal policies such as affirmative action, and on the broader and much older disaster known as public education. “White privilege” cannot explain how Asians have succeeded in America despite facing the same barriers other ethnic minorities have faced. They, too, began to chafe at policies that increasingly excluded them—because cultural Marxism doesn’t target whites as such, it targets the successful. Many Hispanics have also succeeded despite hostility from some whites including the previous president of the U.S.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) has accomplished little more than rationalizing black (and left-liberal) failure. Diversity certainly doesn’t mean intellectual diversity; what we have seen for over thirty years now is a march leftward — easy once conservative intellectuals are kicked out and rendered almost extinct! Equity, moreover, is not equality, either economically or as equal treatment under the law; embedded in the term is the Marxian call for a total restructuring to eliminate “systemic racism.” Inclusion, finally, does not include whites — or Asians or successful Hispanics or Jews who aren’t billionaires.

DEI, in short, is a pseudo-intellectual cult, and a commentary on the freefall that American academic has experienced at least since the 1990s (probably much longer), leading to present circumstances where you can be any “gender” you like, and people with PhDs cannot define what it means, biologically, to be male or female.

DEI will also prove extremely difficult to dislodge from American culture in its present state.

There is something my book and essays got wrong at least by implication, therefore, and I’ve had less trouble facing this over time. The Libertarian in me, back in the day, blithely assumed that when presented with rational, evidence-based argumentation based on literally overwhelming evidence, the public if not academic authorities would respond. They would demand an end to what was manifestly causing far more problems than it was solving. Blacks in particular would wake up out of their left-liberal collective slumber and realize that neither the federal government nor the sprawling entertainment industry are their friends.

But if people responded rationally to evidence — or absence of it — then no one would have countenanced replacing discrimination against blacks and women with discrimination against white men, Asians, and other success stories.

We’d never have been in this mess.

If people responded to evidence — or its absence — then gender ideology would never have caught on with supposedly intelligent people, much less become a dominant force in psychiatry and academic pseudo-subjects like “gender studies.”

Gender ideology posits a “social construct,” gender, differing from biological sex and supervening over it so that it conditions how different “genders” see the world. It also opens doors to what we now see: “transitioning” and “gender affirming care” as part and parcel of transgenderism, arguably now a bigger danger to impressionable (and naturally curious!) children than sex-ed ever thought of being!

I am continually amused when journalistic shills in dominant corporate media (e.g., The Washington Post, CNN, MSNBC, Yahoo News, etc.) pen something along the lines of “Putin [or Trump or whoever they want to demonize that day] asserted without evidence that …” as if they truly cared about real evidence and were doing more than delegitimizing the person and whatever he/she was claiming.

You can point to reams of evidence of the corruption of Big Pharma — how multibillion dollar pharmaceutical corporations place money ahead of health and even lives, and how they are protected by American courts by indemnity from lawsuits for the harm done by their products. Read the latest outrage here.

These are the outfits we peasants were supposed to trust regarding mRNA “vaccines” for covid-19(84). Tens of thousands of people have keeled over after receiving these shots, some of them visible athletes. Millions, moreover, have gotten the shots and got covid anyway. None of this has mattered. The official narrative, that the shots are “safe and effective,” has held.

I was wrong in assuming that people decide political-economic beliefs on evidence. Not even Republicans respond to real evidence. If they did, then Dr. Ron Paul would have been the leading candidate for the presidency back in 2008; or surely in 2012. (Listen to his farewell speech on the occasion of his retirement in 2013 and tell me that Dr. Paul wasn’t the leading voice of reason in the American political system.)

What I’ve learned over the course of almost thirty years of investigation, nearly all of it on my own, is that you can present reams of evidence for the existence of a globalist superelite — a small minority of would-be philosopher kings in the World Economic Forum and elsewhere who believe themselves fit to dominate the world economically and technologically. You can teach yourself to follow money trails such as the hundreds of millions funneled to the Wuhan lab — and still be dismissed as a “conspiracy theorist.”

You can point out that the CIA weaponized the phrase conspiracy theory back in the 1960s to circumvent doubts about the official story of the JFK assassination, and it falls on deaf ears.

Very basic beliefs are accepted emotionally, not rationally. We Christians believe in a God who ordered the universe and created us because we are more “at home” psychologically in such a universe. I am not so delusional as to think I can prove God’s existence with logic or supposed evidence from design. This has been the folly of theistic philosophers (except for a few figures like Kierkegaard) for centuries.

Materialists, for whatever reason, feel more “at home” in a universe without such a Being — probably because it frees them from the sense of responsibility to moral rules set by such a Being and allows them to be as hedonistic as they please. They want a world in which they answer only to themselves or each other. I can point out the consequences of materialism in the secular world, and this, too, fall on deaf ears.

Marxism is a worldview, a species of materialism. It posits that the fundamental forces in reality and history are dialectical, not mechanistic; that history is the outworking of violent clashes between “masters” and “bondservants” (or “slaves”) which Marx thought would end only when the process (led by his “enlightened” minions) established perfect Communism.

I should perhaps note that the above-mentioned would-be philosopher kings — superelites, Globocorp, whatever label you use for them — don’t care about any of this. Power has no ideology as such. Superelites have no interest in the fate of American blacks … nor that of homosexuals nor supposed transgenders.

The last thing they want are educated populations capable of critical, fact-based thinking. Much of the history of public “education” is a history of efforts to quash intellectual independence and curiosity, in favor of docility, conformity, acceptance of one’s status as a peasant, and bowing before the judgments of one’s superiors, the “experts.”

Returning to the matter at hand: I am therefore gloomy about anyone giving up DEI, affirmative action, or the cultural Marxist worldview more generally, even if this Supreme Court decision is a step in the right direction. Leftists are turning attention to what they think of as the “affirmative action” of legacy admissions, i.e., mediocre students getting into Harvard because daddy went and gave millions of jack to the school. I’m not sure attention on legacy admissions is such a bad thing. It might open doors to criticisms of the plutocratic oligarchy that really runs the country on behalf of the global would-be philosopher kings.

My recommendation remains, therefore: separate, rather than urge reforms (as I once did). There is little point in continuing to argue with these people. Instead, build parallel institutions: private universities even if unaccredited; private academies for children and teenagers which whets rather than stifles their natural curiosity; autonomous communities where their elders of whatever ethnicity can deal with one another and solve common problems peacefully. Continue with alternative media and independent publishing platforms, for those of us conscious of what gets results and builds successful families, communities, and lives; versus those things presently taking us down the path to global-level destruction.

*This is not the original, which appeared on LewRockwell.com and is long gone, a casualty of my falling out with Libertarian circles during the 2000 decade over Libertarian tendencies to condemn institutions of government while maintaining dead silence as global corporations ran increasingly wild.

**Joe Biden recently asserted, “Vladimir Putin is increasingly losing the war in Iraq.” The man literally cannot speak a coherent sentence without a teleprompter, and sometimes ends quotes from others actually saying “end of quote.”

This article originally appeared on the author’s Substack.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_____________________________________

Consider becoming a Patron if benefitted from this article and feel like supporting my work.

Join Jack Carney and Steven Yates for Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, Saturdays at 5 pm EDT. Next weekend (it’s Session 33 of a projected 50) we will be discussing brainwashing as a tool of power. More information about Philosophy of Responsible Freedom here. To get on our email list contact me at freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published on October 31, 2023. To learn more, shoot me an email.




Income Taxes Replaced Tariffs to Screw the People and Destroy Millions for Profits

By Andrew Wallace

July 5, 2023

Tariffs financed a rapidly-growing and prosperous country…until they were replaced by Income Taxes, assisted by the privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank in 1913.
Starting in 1913, we were on the road to hell, controlled by the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy billionaire families.

Millions lost their jobs without the protection of tariffs. We suffered a Great Depression due to Federal Reserve Bank actions, with the transfer of the people’s resources to the wealthy. Millions of people in foreign countries were killed, or lost everything, due to our wars- for-profit of the PSRRC. Our currency was debased from gold to fiat paper, promoting inflation and to finance wars-for-profit. Powers of the states were usurped by federal government to better steal peoples assets. Most laws (actions and expenditures) of federal government agencies are unconstitutional, as are Federal expenditures in states and for foreign aid. Schools, universities, and media have the primary function of brainwashing the public. Many (if not most) elections are fraudulent, and both parties in all three branches of government have been bribed. “We the People” no longer have representation in government and our Rights are not protected. We have a two-tier “justice” system, with “justice” only for the criminal bureaucrats and their minions. Millions of criminal invaders are being imported and supported at the expense of citizens, etc, etc, etc. Treason is found at every level of government.

Do I have to tell anyone that all of the preceding is unconstitutional-unlawful, and has been done contrary to the Supreme Law of the Land, our Constitution?

In other words, the criminals that did and are doing these things have no legal right to do them; they only have the barrels of many guns and control all three branches of government (the majority of which is fake).

Our ignorant ‘rulers’, the PSRRC, threaten the people with F-16s as if the people would confront the military directly.

Americans are armed to the teeth and would use guerrilla warfare on a massive scale if it came to that. No military has ever defeated a determined guerrilla force in the field.

Income taxes don’t benefit Americans…they only allow the PSRRC to wage no-win wars for profit, and manipulate the fiat dollar to enrich the PSRRC at the expense of the people.

Military flag officers have not won a war in 75 years, and not one war was fought to protect the vital security interests of the United States. The result of these ‘wars’ was that the PSRRC made a lot of money, millions of people were killed, and countries destroyed. These wars, like the Ukraine war, were ‘justified’ only by False Flag events and fake news (propaganda).

The truth about World War Two is now being revealed, revealing that we and our allies were at fault for starting it. Who is surprised by this?

Overwhelming proof of the preceding is contained in “America Has Suffered A Coup” by Paul Craig Roberts in LewRockwell.com on June 15, 2023. His article refers to research and writings by Ron Unz, David Irving, A.J.P Taylor and Harry Elmer Barnes. Read this and learn the real truth about WW Two.

It is imperative that you understand why tariffs are so important to our freedoms and prosperity.

They keep jobs in the country at the middle- income wage level, and they finance government. Income taxes only finance Communist activities by Government, corruption, and wars for profit, etc.

Our real enemy is the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), using fake government functions and authority to suck the blood from Americans!

Their dirty work is carried out by the ‘woke’ corporations and bribed officials in both parties in all three branches of government.

We have the greatest Constitution in history, but those in government do not follow it. They are ruling us with zero authority and raw power, the result of generations of mis-education and propaganda.

I pity those who live in the filth, degradation, and danger of the Democrat-controlled cities. But they could move away…

May God Bless You and Our Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




What Price Liberty? A Family Answers the Call

by Tom DeWeese

July 5, 2023

When their ship from the Netherlands docked in the harbor of New Amsterdam (now New York City) in 1688, Garrett Hendricks DeWeese, and his wife Zytian, could not have known of the historic events that would direct the destiny of their future family. Nor could they have known how those future sons and daughters would be central figures in molding those events.

Almost one hundred years after Garrett landed on American soil, his descendent joined others in a great struggle to overthrow the oppressive rule of the King of Great Britain. The growing DeWeese family found themselves heavily involved as some served in the militias, while others served in the Continental army and navy.

Philadelphia became the hotbed of revolutionary activity as the Continental Congress met in Independence Hall. The Congress struggled over monumental decisions. Should a new nation be declared or should a list of grievances be presented to the King by loyal subjects? The stakes were high. Never had any British colony broken from the mother nation.

But the passion for true liberty from tyranny began to burn deeply in the hearts of citizens, and so finally, the decision was made. The Congress produced a Declaration of Independence. By signing that document, the members pledged their lives, their fortunes, and their sacred honor, not only their own, but that of every citizen in what was to become their newly declared nation.

The Congress signed the Declaration of Independence on July 4, 1776, but it was not until a few days later that it was officially presented to the people. It was a monumental occasion, full of drama, apprehension, and anticipation. The American people would never again witness a more significant event for their nation – its actual birth.

It was decided that the public reading of the document would take place on July 8, in front of Independence Hall. John Adams assigned the task of organizing the event to the High Sheriff of Philadelphia. His name was William DeWeese, Sr., a direct descendent of Garret DeWeese.

But, as Sheriff DeWeese stood on the platform listening to the defiant message as it was addressed to the most powerful force on earth, the King of England, little did he know the pain and suffering his actions would cause his family in the coming years. Hit especially hard would be his own son, William DeWeese Jr., who lived somewhat north of Philadelphia.

The year following the signing of the Declaration of Independence was disastrous for Washington’s Continental Army as it suffered a series of setbacks, lacked needed food and supplies, and lacked solid military training.

Starving, freezing, demoralized, and unmercifully chased by the British, the Continental Army, in the dead of winter, showed up on the doorstep of William DeWeese Jr. You see, he owned part of a forge. The community around William’s property was named after the business he was involved in. It was called Valley Forge.

And so, for one fateful winter, the young nation’s only hope, its army, rested, regrouped, and trained on the grounds of William DeWeese’s land. As the Spring arrived, the army marched on, eventually to victory.

But for William DeWeese Jr, the experience was a disaster. Not only did the Continental Army eat him out of house and home, ravage the countryside, but the British also brought havoc by burning some of his buildings and destroying his business. William was even briefly thrown into a British jail. William never fully recovered financially, living the rest of his days in poverty. A bill he sent to the government for reimbursement for helping to keep the Continental Army alive during its worst winter stands today, unpaid. Americans can still visit William’s house, preserved at the Valley Forge national park.

Interestingly, one of the soldiers who served at Valley Forge and even lost a toe to frostbite, was my great, great Grandfather, the Reverend Joshua DeWeese. After the war he resided in Fayette County, Pennsylvania. From there, n 1804, two of his sons, Thomas and Jethro and their wives, decided to make the trek west, heading for Columbus in the Ohio territory. They began to suffer illness as they travelled westward across the unsettled territory. Finally, as they reached the banks of the Licking River, still more than 35 miles from Columbus, and still weak from the illness, they could go no farther. As they lay there, not knowing what to do, some people who lived in the area discovered them and nursed the party back to health.

Thomas and Jethro were so impressed by the kindness of these folks that they decided to stay in the new community that was just being established there on the banks of the Licking River. It was named Newark, Ohio. There they purchased property, started farms, and raised their families. 145 years later, another Thomas was born on the banks of the Licking River, and resided on the east side of Newark, less than five miles from where the first Thomas had owned his property. Yes, I am a direct descendent of that Thomas.

Other DeWeeses moved further west, to Kentucky, Indiana, and the plains of Kansas. They traveled the Santa Fe Trail, lived in sod houses, and taught their children in one-room schoolhouses. They constructed businesses and established farms to help build the economy of the new nation. And the record shows that time and again, DeWeeses took up the call to fight for the nation which William and his son sacrificed so much to help create.

Thomas B. DeWeese of Michigan served in the U.S. Calvary under General George Armstrong Custer during the desperate battle of Gettysburg. Another DeWeese rode with Teddy Roosevelt up San Juan Hill. And a DeWeese even rode with Doc Holiday, creating unknown havoc. Throughout history, DeWeeses continued to impact the nation. There is a DeWeese Gulch in the Bad Lands of the West, and a DeWeese Museum in Canon City, Colorado.

I regularly receive letters from people all across the nation, describing encounters they have had with a DeWeese, perhaps a teacher, a neighbor, or a business owner. All want to know if I am related. The answer is yes. All DeWeeses, no matter how the name is spelled, are related to that first family member to come here, Garrett DeWeese. The DeWeese family, working arm in arm with millions of other courageous pioneers, defied certain death from the wilderness that surrounded them by creating the means then needed for survival. And they risked their lives, their fortunes, and on occasion, even their sacred honor to assure that their children would be free to create an even greater nation.

So which generation faces the greater foe? That of our fathers who challenged a vast, untamed wilderness with primitive tools and boundless courage, or that of their sons and daughters who now face mad men attempting to bring back the wilderness and denounce human progress? Today, our children face a much more insidious foe than any imagined by the troops that camped around the DeWeese house at Valley Forge in that desperate winter of 1777. The very homes and businesses that were the crowning achievement of our forefathers’ struggle from the wilderness may be wiped away as this new enemy seeks to abolish private property rights. This monster even seeks to erase our proud history from textbooks and “de-educate” our children.

It must be asked. Will we, the descendents of those patriots, exert the same dedication, the same profound belief in the freedom of the individual, and the same passion for ownership of the land as did our forefathers to defeat the enemy of freedom? Remember, they stood ready to sacrifice everything, including their homes, wealth, and safety, for the right to make their own decisions and live as they chose. Will we be willing to engage in the debate to defend those principles against the new force which denies these truths of our founding fathers? For that is the very root of the meaning of liberty.

I’m proud of my family and its incredible history. And I do not hesitate to stand and fight for those principles of freedom, just as they did. As I continue pushing forward in the unending battle for liberty, two visions keep reappearing in my mind, and they will not let me rest. First, when I take my last breath and finally stand in front of the Pearly Gates, I find myself looking straight into the approving eyes of William DeWeese and the rest of the DeWeese family. In the second vision, I am greeted by George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and John Adams, each with hands extended as they say, “Well done, Tom.” Then I’ll know I’ve made it to the Camp of Freedoms Heroes. Until then, there will be no rest.

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese




Pulpits Promoting Critical Theory Destroy Hope

By Dr. Marlene McMillan

July 4, 2023

Critical Theory is an artificial construct that reframes or distorts the world into a sad and hopeless place. It robs you of your dignity and trains you to focus on the negative at the expense of all things beautiful and true, including Liberty. It robs you of the ability to think from principle, follow a logic chain, or recognize truth from error.

Critical Theory is hopeless because in trying to remake reality into their own worldview, you are robbed of knowing how to align your real life with the Immutable Laws of the Universe. These fixed principles are in operation whether you like them or not, believe them or not, or want to have to live within their bounds or not. Knowing these fixed principles allows you to solve real world problems in ways that move you from victim to overcomer. This gives hope for the future.

Critical Theory is a linguistic structure of destruction. It is a high-minded attack on the Word of God with the intent of getting innocent, well-meaning people to operate against the Word while thinking they are doing good.

Cultural Marxism is a form of Marxism that deceptively gets people to voluntarily embrace the ideas of Marxism into daily life by controlling their thought processes. Critical Theory (CT) is the academic term for the method of thinking on which Cultural Marxism is built. Critical Race Theory (CRT) is Critical Theory applied to racism. Black Lives Matter (BLM) embodies CRT.

The Frankfurt School grew out of the Institute for Social Research founded in 1923 in Frankfurt, Germany. When its Communist professor founders fled Nazi Germany in 1933, most of them, with the help of John Dewey, ended up at Columbia Teachers College. The Frankfurt School saw the patriarchal family as the enemy because it maintained established standards of sexual morality that the Frankfurt School believed had to be destroyed through education in order to bring about Cultural Marxism.

Critical Theory and all of its ideological children and grandchildren are hopeless ideas. Critical Theory has become systemic in all of our educational systems. So why have we been teaching this ideology, which has its origins primarily in the Frankfurt School, in our seminaries under the name of Higher Criticism? Rather than learning to know Yahweh and the Truth of His Word through relationship, future pastors are stripped of their belief in the infallibility of the Word of God, and instead, taught a hierarchical system of religious power and bondage based on the doctrines of men to keep the masses under control and dependent.

Critical Race Theory, while claiming to correct injustice, is dystrophic, destructive, and disadvantaged; it results in a meaningless dystopia that steals the future. Who has Critical Race Theory ever helped? An essential element of Critical Theory is constant criticism. Always looking for what is wrong results in unforgiveness, negativity, and bitterness. Bitterness is contagious. It repels joy and blessing. Its followers are kept in a weakened state of victimhood by constantly begging others to do something for them.

Critical Theory openly states the remaking of the family, sexuality, and education as its primary area of focus. Put directly, this means destruction of the nuclear family, the normalization of deviancy, and education that only allows thoughts in agreement with the party line, all while tracking everyone’s place on the continuum of acceptance of the New World Order group think.

When a minister proclaims his support of Black Lives Matter, he is affirming his support of their godless anti-Biblical agenda. He may only desire to share in the suffering of others, express empathy, or prove he is trying to understand. None of those are the real agenda of Black Lives Matter.

While we always assume a good motive, BLM and any organization knowingly or unwittingly promoting Cultural Marxism tell us by their own language where they stand. Many are led astray because they don’t know the meaning of the words used by Social Engineers to implement Marxism without the awareness of the masses.

Jesus did not come to found another religion. He came to establish a Kingdom. That Kingdom is based on fixed principles that are the same for all peoples. It took generations to work out the perfect law of Liberty in the Scriptures and figure out how they applied practically to life. These principles were taught from the pulpit, engrained in the people, and lived out by Kingdom thinkers who saw Liberty as the way of showing the unconditional Love of Yahweh to the unsaved world. Yahweh’s principles are not flawed even though the people who apply them are. It is the unredeemed nature to desire to oppress and enslave others, and there is no secular gospel that can change that, no matter how many laws, surveillances, or prisons are put in place.

Abolitionists were the people who brought slavery to an end in England and the United States. Almost 100% of the abolitionists arrived at their hatred for slavery as a result of their understanding of the Scriptures. They reasoned if Jesus came to set the captives free, it was impossible to be Biblical while enslaving them in the name of Jesus. The 2% of the population who were slave holders before the Civil War are being held up as the norm instead of the Abolitionists who had the majority support of the general population across the South as well as the North. It was primarily Christians who taught the slaves to read and write and risked their lives to help them escape. The more anyone has a Biblical understanding of Liberty, the more they hate slavery, and thus, to accuse them of being complicit is slander.

James Cone’s theories of systemic racism are erroneously accepted without question as authoritarian. To be systemic, it has to be incapable of being separated, and therefore, the whole system has to be destroyed to get rid of the disease. If this is the case, then our whole Constitutional system would have to be obliterated and replaced. With what?: Marxism (centralized redistribution of wealth and power throughout culture), Socialism (Hillary Clinton tells us it is just a nice word for Communism), Democratic Socialism (giving the people a chance to vote for their enslavement), Communism (the Party is god, thus the Party is always right and has a divine right to impose its will upon the people), or Anarchy (lawless chaos), which is always followed by Totalitarianism (total slavery).

In a pro-Critical Theory book by Stephen Eric Bronner, Critical Theory: A Very Short Introduction, this defender and promoter of Critical Theory states the following:

“Critical theory was conceived within the intellectual crucible of Marxism.” p. 2

“They were concerned less with what Marx called the economic ‘base’ than the political and cultural ‘superstructure’ of society.” p. 2

“Alienation and reification are the two ideas most commonly associated with critical theory. The former is usually identified with the psychological effects of exploitation and the division of labor, and the latter with how people are treated instrumentally, as ‘things,’ through concepts that have been ripped from their historical context.” p. 3-4

“European radicals applied its ideas to reconfiguring the family, sexuality, and education.” p. 5 (emphasis added)

“Critical theory was intended as a general theory of society fueled by the desire for liberation.” p. 21

“Critical theory would treat facts less as isolated depictions of reality than as crystallized historical products of social action.” p. 21. To ensure the reader understands the goal, it states the “intent upon transforming reality.” p. 21

“Critical theory sought to make good on the injunction of the young Marx and engage in a ‘ruthless critique of everything existing.’” p. 22

Yes, Critical Theory is a form of Marxism. Quit looking at the labels and look at the substance of the ideas promoters of Critical Theory proclaim. One cannot understand our times without realizing the basic operating premise of all Marxist, Leninist, Trotskyiteist, or Communist Revolutionaries: “The issue is never the issue. It is always about the Revolution.”

“’We must be ready to employ trickery, deceit, law-breaking, withholding and concealing truth… We can and must write in a language which sows among the masses hate, revulsion, and scorn toward those who disagree with us.’ (Vladimir Lenin) Communists use language and psychology as weapons. Their constant vilification is a form of psychological terror. It puts America and Americans on trial. The verdict is always guilty. Facts don’t matter because the Left does not want to resolve the problems they complain about. They use those problems to agitate and provoke, hoping conflict becomes unavoidable—thereby creating a self-fulfilling prophecy. Their hatred is tactical.” ~ James Simpson, January 12, 2016, “Reds Exploiting Blacks: The Roots of Black Lives Matter”

What is the Revolution? To dethrone Yahweh and enthrone the all-powerful, all-knowing, all-encompassing State as god. Totalitarianism, bondage, tyrannyall just different names for slavery. 

It is understandable how a Saul Alinsky who dedicated his Rules for Radicals to Lucifer could so admire anyone who wants their own kingdom. It makes sense when unsaved, lawless (antinomian) rebels want to be liberated. It is tragic that pastors never pick up on this word in the context of Liberation Theology and ask: “Liberated from what?” What does a person who Jesus shed His blood for on the cross need to be liberated from?

In future articles we will investigate more about Critical Theory and how it has been normalized in our culture. We will also explore more about the linguistic revolution we are all experiencing, no matter where we reside in the world. During times of change, there is great opportunity for Truth to be heard.

© 2023 Dr. Marlene McMillan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dr. Marlene McMillan: contact@WhyLibertyMatters.com

Website: https://WhyLibertyMatters.com




July 4, 1776 and 2023—America Then and Now

by Attorney Rees Lloyd

July 4, 2023

The time is now near at hand which must probably determine whether Americans are to be freemen or slaves… .The fate of unborn millions will now depend, under God, on the courage of this army.  Our cruel and unrelenting enemy  leaves us only the choice of brave resistance, or the most abject submission.  We have, therefore to conquer, or die.”

These are the now immortal words of General George Washington in his Order of July 2, 1776, issued following the vote on that date by the Continental Congress to adopt the “Lee Resolution”  of Virginia to separate from England.

Two days later, on July 4, 1776, the Declaration of Independence, authored primarily by Thomas Jefferson,  was adopted by the Continental Congress. By that act, the United States of America became the first government in the history of the world to be established by “the consent of the governed.” America is now,  after its birth on July 4, 1776, 247 years ago, the longest lasting free republic in the world.

The American founders generation went to war against the  abuses of the English Empire, then the most powerful military force in the world, in order to create their freedom—and ours. Indeed, we Americans of this generation are among those “untold millions” whose future freedom was dependent on the willingness of the founders’ generation to serve and sacrifice their lives in the War of Independence, as General Washington wrote in his July 2, 1776 Order.

Serve and sacrifice they did. Ultimately, 25,000 American patriots—out of a total population of only 2.5-million in all thirteen colonies— would give their lives for freedom. They were citizen soldiers, patriots, who left their farms, jobs, homes, and families, and went to war for freedom. Almost all brought their own  guns from home.

These citizen soldiers, with no formal military training, rose up to fight for freedom  against the greatest military power in the world at the time, the English Empire. English King George III had the best trained, best armed, best equipped, best experienced army and navy in the world. King George III and the English elitists of that era  scoffed at the idea England could be defeated by what they ridiculed as a “ragtag” American army, that was untrained, barely equipped, with no experience, with no cavalry, and with no war experienced navy, while England ruled the waves of the world.

The American patriots suffered one disastrous military defeat after another in the months following the July 4th Declaration of Independence. The conditions in which they fought were horrendous. They lacked food, shoes, clothes, supplies, medicines, ammunition, medical care.

Only a third of the population supported the war; another third was neutral; and the final third—“Tories”— was actively in support of England,  desiring to remain “subjects” of King George III rather than free “citizens” of America.

Yet, the American patriots fought on. The first really significant American victory after the Declaration of Independence came on the day after Christmas, December 26,1776, the now famous crossing of the Delaware River in a freezing winter storm led by Gen. George Washington to win the Battle of Trenton.

That victory brought hope and inspiration that the war for freedom could be won. It would take until 1783 for the revolutionary war to be ultimately won with the signing of the Treaty of Paris. It was the longest war in our American history until Vietnam.

Freedom was achieved by the American patriots despite all odds. The indispensable American in this victory for liberty was General George Washington, who would not give up. He was universally admired, respected, by the troops, who were inspired by him. He placed himself in danger with the troops countless times in the heat of battle, mounted and visible to the troops and the enemy.  When at war’s end many credited Gen. Washington with being the cause of the victory, he demurred, saying  victory came only by  the intercession of “Providence” or “the hand of God.”

Gen. George Washington later was unanimously elected to preside over the Constitutional Convention,  which created in 1787 the  Constitution under which we live now as free Americans.

George Washington would be unanimously elected as the First President of the United States of America. He was unanimously elected to a second four year term. After his second term, George Washington was offered a third term, or to be “President for life,” or even “King.” George Washington refused it all, saying to serve more than two terms as President would be improper. Instead, he relinquished all power and authority, and went home to his farm, content to be a private American citizen.

In walking away from all power and authority, George Washington shocked not only the country, but the world.  Even England’s King George III, whom Washington had defeated, said that George Washington was “the most distinguished of any man living…the greatest character of the age.” Napoleon, who had no doubt of his own eminence, said:  “This great man fought against tyranny; he established the liberty of his country….George Washington is the greatest man of his era.”

Similarly, at home, George Washington would be universally recognized as “The Father Of Our Country.” Revolutionary War hero Harry “Light Horse Harry” Lee (father of Robert E. Lee), summed up the feelings of the nation for George Washington: “First in war. First in Peace. First in the hearts of his countrymen.”

On this July 4th 2023, 247th anniversary of our Declaration of Independence and the birth day of our United States of America, we Americans ought to remember, honor, emulate and give thanks to the patriots of July 4th 1776 — from Gen. George Washington, the Father of Our Country, to the least ranked unknown soldier of the Revolutionary Army, whose service and sacrifice created our freedom.

Indeed, on this Independence Day, July 4, 2023, we Americans must search our souls and answer the question:  Are we Americans willing to fight, to sacrifice, and to give our lives if necessary, in defense of American freedom now, as the Americans of the Founding Fathers generation did then, on July 4, 1776?

May God bless and keep each and all of them, and may our nation never cease to honor  and emulate them in defense of freedom.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2023 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




The Supreme Court Won’t Save Us

By Cliff Kincaid

July 3, 2023

On July 4, in Philadelphia, communists are planning a rally, “America Is Nothing To Celebrate.” The sponsor, a Maoist group by the name of the Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP), is in the middle of a $100,000.00 fundraising drive and reports that about three-quarters of that amount has come in so far. The fundraising is conducted through YouTube videos.  Donations are accepted through PayPal and credit card.

By contrast, my America’s Survival anti-communist videos were totally banned by YouTube. That was a total of 500 videos eliminated from public viewing.

On March 18, in Lafayette Square across from the White House, I took pictures of more than one thousand communists, socialists and fellow travelers. The RCP was among them.

Similar Communist rallies were held in more than one dozen other cities.

Speaking to the Faith & Freedom Coalition conference, President Trump said, “Using federal law, section 212 (f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, I will order my government to deny entry to all communists and all Marxists. Those who come to join our country must love our country. We don’t want them if they want to destroy our country…. So, we’re going to be keeping foreign Christian-hating communists, socialists, and Marxists out of America. We’re keeping them out of America.”

A writer for the Communist Party newspaper admitted that Trump said, accurately, that the law already “prohibits the entry of communists” into the U.S. Federal immigration law does indeed say that any immigrant “…who is or has been a member of or affiliated with the Communist…party (or subdivision or affiliate thereof), domestic or foreign, is inadmissible.”

But they are already here.

Trump understands this, asking, “But my question is, what are we going to do with the ones that are already here, that grew up here?” The communist writer reported that the packed auditorium erupted with screaming chants of “Deport them! Deport them!”

A law intended to jail subversives, the Communist Control Act, is on the books but no longer enforced by the Biden Justice Department. Look it up:  50 U.S. Code § 841.

As president, Trump never enforced it either.

My organization is facing an unprecedented assault on its financial viability and existence, but communist groups are free to operate without any oversight by federal law enforcement agencies and they enjoy financial support from Big Tech and major American corporations, which make their platforms possible and censor mine.

Sadly, most of the communists I observed at that March 18 rally were young people. They are products of our educational system. They were trained to be communists in college and then Biden tried to accommodate them by cancelling their student loans.

Other communist groups, such as the Party for Socialism & Liberation, turn out in the streets for various causes, such as demanding “justice” for Jordan Neely, the career criminal who threatened the lives of people on the New York City subway and then died in the arms of the former Marine, Daniel Penny, after he tried to restrain him. Penny has been charged with manslaughter.

In America today, the communists and criminals are given the advantage. Those who want law and order and seek to preserve the American way of life are persecuted.

The communist groups at the March 18 rally claimed to be peaceful but some pledge allegiance to Moscow, Beijing, North Korea and Cuba. These groups are the potential breeding ground for people like Lee Harvey Oswald, who murdered President Kennedy and was associated with the “Fair Play for Cuba” committee and the Socialist Workers Party.

Like Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn, RCP chairman Bob Avakian is a white communist who came out of Students for a Democratic Society (SDS), the group that laid siege to college campuses before turning into the terrorist Weather Underground.

Declassified intelligence documents show that Weather Underground member Kathy Boudin traveled to the old Soviet Union.   Her father, Leonard Boudin, was a member of the Communist Party and registered Cuban agent. Other members of the group underwent guerrilla warfare training in Cuba.

Referred to by his followers as “Chairman Bob,” Avakian is devoted to “the struggle for a communist world” and wrote a memoir, From Ike to Mao and Beyond: My Journey from Mainstream America to Revolutionary Communist.

One of his big fans is Princeton University’s Cornel West, who has declared, “Bob Avakian is a long-distance runner in the freedom struggle against imperialism, racism, and capitalism. His voice and witness are indispensable in our efforts to enhance the wretched of the earth.” West is honorary chair of Democratic Socialists of America (DSA).

You may have noticed that Cornel West is running for president and has become a Fox News star. I have counted 6 different references or appearances by West on Fox News this year. West uses the channel to spew socialist propaganda and make Biden look like a moderate. This works to Biden’s benefit.

At our June 27, 2011, conference, “Traitors, Spies and Terrorists: America’s Internal Security Crisis,” we documented how congressional liberals abolished congressional committees investigating internal security and un-American activities. FBI directors such as James Comey and Robert S. Mueller were incapable of or unwilling to effectively investigating communist networks in America.

But the video of that conference was deleted by YouTube.

The RCP book shop known as Revolution Books in New York City hosted a party and celebration for a 91-page book called Constitution for the New Socialist Republic in North America. A used book sale included regular communist literature, as well as Bernie Sanders’ book, Our Revolution.

Sanders went on his honeymoon to the former USSR and was a supporter of the communist Sandinista regime in Nicaragua. He was a collaborator with the U.S. Peace Council — a Communist Party front — against the Reagan military build-up. He worked with the Venezuelan regime of Hugo Chavez to distribute Venezuelan oil in the U.S.

My group, America’s Survival, Inc., has a proven track record of exposing the communists. We released evidence proving that President Barack Hussein Obama was raised and influenced by a black communist, Frank Marshall Davis.

Upon my request, the FBI released a 600-page file on Davis’s communist affiliations, revealing that he had been under surveillance for 19 years and may have committed espionage against the United States. We held a Washington news conference to release it to the media. But liberal reporters ignored what we had uncovered. They accused us of “red-baiting.”

The video of that news conference has also been deleted by YouTube.

In the same manner, the media ignore communist groups marching under their noses in Washington, D.C.

If the media had taken our information seriously and Congress had investigated Obama’s communist connections, we might have been spared 8 years of the Obama presidency and more than two years of Joe Biden’s presidency.

Going back in time, when I interviewed former FBI agent Max Noel, who handled the Weather Underground and Unabomber cases, I remember that he told me the Bureau used to investigate candidates for federal employment — but not federal office —  by analyzing Character, Associates, Reputation, and Loyalty to the United States. The first letters in those words make up the acronym CARL.

Noel said Barack Hussein Obama could not have been elected president if he had been subjected to the CARL test.

We are paying the price.

Today, while President Trump is suffering under a “gag order,” as a result of the legal terrorism unleashed against him, Obama is spouting off, with his latest comments on the threat to “democracy” and the need to save the illegal aliens. His “Permanent Revolution” has made the America of 1776 into a distant memory no longer taught or even celebrated.

Until we understand and address this communist revolution in our midst, America cannot be saved. It’s going to take more than a flag hanging in our front yards.  And don’t expect the Supreme Court to save us, either. It is up to us.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Independence Day & the Second Amendment

By: Devvy Kidd

July 3, 2023

June 5, 2023, “During a Monday conversation with Elon Musk, Democrat presidential hopeful Robert F. Kennedy Jr. said the Second Amendment is settled and that a Kennedy administration will not be trying to take away guns.”

RFK Jr. Says He Would Sign ‘Assault Weapons’ Ban if it Reached His Desk, June 29, 2023 – “Democratic presidential hopeful Robert F. Kennedy Jr. told a NewsNation town hall on Wednesday night he would sign an “assault weapons” ban if it reached his desk.”

I assume Kennedy means his pipe dream administration would include frying pans, baseball bats and anything else used to assault and kill someone.   Rifle models like AR-15, AK-47 and handguns like a Glock are inanimate objects that cannot shoot by themselves.  A person has to pull the trigger.  Just like frying pans, baseball bats or a 2 x 4 requires a person take a swing.

Of course, that doesn’t matter to Illinois’ governor, a truly repulsive pile of dung who reeks of totalitarian control over the people of Illinois:  Illinois Gov. JB Pritzker signs assault weapons ban as lawmakers shore up abortion rights, Jan. 11, 2023.  AR-15 at the top of the list in the ban.  Then again, allegedly the people of Illinois reelected him for a second term.  Useful fools.

But, perhaps Kennedy is word-parsing.  Not going to take away guns but would sign an “assault” weapon ban of which the AR-15 and AK-47 rifles have been targeted for decades.  No doubt in my mind that’s what Kennedy is referring to.  There is a big difference between a gun and a rifle.

Tomorrow is Independence Day commonly referred to as 4th of July.  Below is a ten-year old column of mine and as you’ll see, nothing has changed because tens of millions of gun owners refuse to demand the solution, but instead seem content with lawsuits.

Blame for gun grab? Gun owners look in the mirror, January 13, 2013:

Once again, following yet another school massacre, the rabid dogs in the controlled media, NYC Mayor Fascist Michael Bloomberg and the usual vermin in the Outlaw Congress are pushing for something the global elite have wanted since this republic was founded: disarm everyone except police, military.

Those calling for their own destruction are so mentally unstable they can’t even comprehend their own stupidity:

We’ll ‘pry guns from cold, dead fingers’

“For 50 years, the left-leaning columnist Donald Kaul has raged against guns, but after the Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre, he says, it’s time for “anger,” killing gun owners and dragging legislators who disagree with gun control behind pickup trucks until they get the message. The Pulitzer Prize-nominated columnist penned an alarming screed published in the Des Moines Register in which he further suggested the Second Amendment be repealed and the National Rifle Association be declared a terrorist organization.”

Had I penned such a piece, jackbooted thugs at the Department of Fatherland Security who have sold their soul for a paycheck would have kicked down my door, probably shot my dogs and thrown me in some federal jail.

Unfortunately, even individuals who supported the Second Amendment in the past, once again demonstrate complete and total ignorance regarding the Second Amendment. Former Congressional Band Aid pusher, Joe Scarborough, on another obscure cable network (MSNBC) with dismal ratings and dominated by sexual deviants, socialists and Marxists, ranted against gun manufacturers and the NRA after Sandy Hook: “I say, good luck to the gun lobbyist. Good luck to the Hollywood lawyer who tries to blunt the righteous anger of millions of parents, by hiding behind twisted readings of our Bill of Rights.”

Twisted readings of our Bill of Rights? We should not waste our time over useful fools like Joe Scarborough or any of the other idiots out there who have zero understanding of the Second Amendment. Old Joe has had too much coffee or he would stand up like a real man and tell his cronies and listening audience what Bob Greenslade wrote in his excellent piece: Repeal of the 2nd Amendment would not Abolish any Right

Illegitimate VP, Joe Biden, has taken the spotlight to demonstrate “leadership” with his usual and profound ignorance about the Second Amendment. Egged on by the impostor squatting in the White House, Biden is basking in the glow of stupidity. He’s not the one to be concerned with despite all the rhetoric. As for the usurper, Barry Soetoro, using an Executive Order to ban any gun, well, I can only say go for it because before the ink is dry, the lawsuits will fly. And, yes, EOs have been over turned by the courts.

There is a lot of dangerous talk out there about this latest effort to ban AR-15’s as setting off the next American Revolution. Americans armed to the teeth and lines in the sand while everyone continues to ignore the only solution.  Not a good idea and unnecessary.

Crank up those petitions

The First Amendment gives all Americans the right to petition and folks are busy doing it by the dozens every day with zero results. A rash of them have grown since the media frenzy about banning guns – primarily the AR-15. Here is one example:

“SIGN our petition, and we will add your voice to thousands of others when we deliver our petition directly to Congress, saying we demand Congress Protect the 2nd Amendment to the Constitution.”

Demand the Outlaw Congress protect the Second Amendment? Please. Can anyone still be so naive?

While I don’t doubt the sincerity of the folks behind it, nothing will come of it and it is the wrong message. As I wrote in a recent column, no one likes to be called stupid. There is ignorance because you don’t have the facts and then there is willful ignorance – you refuse to get educated about the issue because you know all the answers or the solution might be harmful for drumming up donations.

Those who think the Dick Act is the “Trump Card” making the Second Amendment untouchable simply have no understanding of the Second Amendment or the constitutional militia. And, I say this as I always do because no one except God is perfect: I have always supported the Second Amendment my entire life, but I never really understood the actual meaning of that amendment until I began studying what Dr. Edwin Vieira has written about it since 2005.

I can’t tell you how many rude emails I’ve received from men who belong to militia groups who get mad when I tell them they are not the constitutional militia and they have no legal authority to do anything. While I applaud them for the work they do, they simply have no legal teeth. I have respectfully urged them to read Dr. Vieira’s columns on the Second Amendment.

The only solution which scares the shadow government

The National Guard is not the constitutional militia. Local militia are not the constitutional militia. Do take the time to read: True Vs. False Militia & Why the Difference Matters.

Piece meal efforts are NOT going to stop the assault on the Second Amendment.

Gun-rights groups: Our ‘backs are against the wall‘ – “Our backs are against the wall,” said Scott Wilson, president of the Connecticut Citizens Defense League, a pro-gun rights group. “We are in for the fight of our lives. I have never seen anything like it.”

Your back is against the wall because you have allowed this to fester over the decades instead of pursuing the only solution.

Let me put it this way: Gun owners (who by the way, voted in droves for the impostor president, Barry Soetoro and are now squealing like pigs) possess roughly 100 MILLION guns and rifles. The gun grabbers in the U.S. Congress and even state capitols know they are out gunned. This really is a stupid fight for them to pick, but it’s necessary to appease the ignorant. To make matters worse, gun owners are being egged on by irresponsible, splashy headlines on the Internet about “martial law to be declared in weeks” making the climate even more volatile. How many even know the legal basis for declaring martial law? Few, including me until I read this column: A Primer on Martial Law several years ago.

The only solution is for states to pass a bill to reconstitute the constitutional militia and demand their governor sign it into law. THAT will stop the tyrants in Washington, DC., once and for all. Yet, the NRA and too many gun groups all across this country ignore the only solution. Why? What is their problem? Yeah, the word militia has been demonized by hate groups like the Southern Poverty Law Center, but that’s not an excuse to ignore the real solution. I understand groups need donations to stay afloat, but what good is a pro-Second Amendment organization if they chase more Band Aids instead of going after the cure?

I covered the militia bill Arizona passed last year that was correctly vetoed by Gov. Jan Brewer in another column. It wasn’t a good bill; hopefully, a new one will be forthcoming in that state. I wrote a column about what we are doing here in Texas. The working paper I wrote and all exhibits were given to certain members of our state legislature to reconstitute the constitutional militia.

Once committee assignments have been finished, we intend to go after the members on the Homeland Security Committee to push to get a bill written so we can put the heat on Gov. Perry to sign it into law.  (Of course, all of it was a waste of my time back then.  Those GOP reps and senators were cowards.  Militia? Run for the hills because the media will chew you up with all kinds of BS labels.)

Forget petitions to the Red House (formerly known as the White House) and to the gutless cowards in the U.S. Congress who have been selling you down the road on the Second Amendment for decades. Knowledge is no good if not followed by action. If you do nothing, nothing gets done.

Have you had enough of this fight that should never even be an issue? Are you ready for a sensible, cold revolution by getting boots on the ground at your state capitols? Haven’t you sent enough money to gun groups to fight for the Second Amendment and look where we are?

Sad to say, since Dr. Vieira has been relentless on this issue going on eight years, seeing is believing. All I see is more of the same. Oh, and don’t forget to send your donation for someone else to fight for your Second Amendment rights! Send it today!

Dr. Vieira has put out his latest scholarly work on a CD for those who want to learn what I have about the real meaning of the Second Amendment and the solution:

The Sword and Sovereignty – The Constitutional Principles of “The Militia of the Several States“.  You cannot solve a problem until you know how it started and where things went wrong:

“The Sword and Sovereignty: The Constitutional Principles of “the Militia of the several States” is a comprehensive study – 2,304 pages in length, with 6,544 footnotes and endnotes-of the constitutional and statutory history of America’s Militia, which gives special emphasis to the unique and indispensable role of the Militia as the institutions through which WE THE PEOPLE themselves ultimately provide, or withhold, “the consent of the governed” upon which this country’s form of government depends for its legitimacy.

“The Sword and Sovereignty derives the basic legal and practical principles of the Militia from a detailed study of the pre-constitutional Militia statutes of Rhode Island and Virginia (selected, for reasons the book makes clear, as exemplars of what happened throughout America in that era). It explains how these principles are embodied in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, and how they should be applied in the operation of America’s true “federal” system of government – indeed, why it is Congress’s and every State’s duty to see to the organization of, and every American’s personal duty to participate in, the Militia, more imperatively now than ever before. It exposes the dangerous fallacy in the contemporary “individual-rights” misinterpretation of the Second Amendment, and explains how the Supreme Court’s Heller decision reduced Americans’ “right * * * to keep and bear Arms” to a level far below what their forebears enjoyed when the Constitution and Bill of Rights were ratified.

“And it examines ways in which revitalized “Militia of the several States” could, should, and if they were properly revitalized would deal with many of the most pressing contemporary problems this country faces-such as the correction of rogue public officials; the supervision of the “the military-industrial complex”; the conduct of honest elections; the provision of an alternative currency, etc.”

The other big problem I see are gun owners themselves. Edwin wrote a column about homeland security and our individual responsibility. That doesn’t sit well with too many men. I get emails: “I don’t have time, Devvy.” I guess that’s why gun owners send their money to the NRA, but they haven’t stopped more and more gun “laws” over the years. If you’re too busy to protect your homeland from foreign and domestic enemies, how do you call yourself a patriot? Fair question, I think. Let me repeat: The ONLY thing the power elite in Washington, District of Criminals fear is a bunch of states reconstituting the constitutional militia.

Am I just wasting my time again or are you ready to take the lead in your state? Honestly, I’m sick and tired of all the whining about “taking our guns”, yet few are working towards the only solution that will get rid of the gun grabbers once and for all.  (End of my column.)

2023:  I am adding this one published on Gun Owners of America’s web site as it is a very, important read:  The Constitutional Militia, Slavery, And Contemporary “Gun Control” by Dr. Edwin Vieira Jr., Ph.D., J.D., June 6, 2005.

Gun owners focus must be on electing reps and senators to your state legislature, as well as governors who will reconstitute the constitutional militia – the ONLY way to stop this relentless assault on the Second Amendment.  Or, keep making donations for endless lawsuits that do not SOLVE the problem.  BTW:  How’s that worked out over the decades?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2




Stealth Camping: The Good, The Bad, and The Ugly

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 3, 2023

Many young world touring bicycle riders live their lives on a wing and a prayer.  That’s how I started out!  Cheap tent, frazzled sleeping bag and a blow-up air mattress that gave me a headache from huffing and puffing for 10 minutes. Either that or the hard ground all night!  Food?  Oatmeal and raisins to start the day.  Peanut butter and jam sandwich for lunch.  Rice and beans, peanuts, apples, bananas and oranges for dinner.

(One of many waterfalls on the Road Going to the Sun, Glacier National Park, Montana)

My best dinners came on a Saturday night when night fell on a church social.  I waltzed into the place…paid $3.00 and ate my brains out on some of the finest home cooking known to humanity. Those church ladies loved to feature their finest efforts as to main courses, potato salads and pies…oh yes, banana cream, lemon méringue, apple, chocolate cream, blue berry and raspberry…brownies…to name a few.

Walking out of those mouth-watering culinary adventures, I looked five months pregnant.  There’s something about bicycle touring that gives a person an insatiable hunger…thus, when we hit an all-you-can-eat joint, no rules!  Thank you, Lord, for church socials and thank you ladies for putting me in ‘food heaven’.

With that ‘wing and a prayer’ financial situation, forget going to a KOA with extravagant prices.  I packed a shower bag and took a shower to keep my body from sweat rashes, fungus infections and B.O. that would knock down a buffalo out if it got too close.

The Good

Camped at the top of Independence Pass, Colorado at 12,100 feet once. Starry night.  No moon.  Shooting stars. Cool air.  We pitched our tents on the edge of the canyon to see thousands of feet below us and millions of miles above us.  Orion, Big Dipper, Little Dipper, Saturn and all the rest shined into our camping spot.

My friend Doug said, “Glad you decided to camp at this elevation…it’s almost like the entire universe awaits our grand entry…at least visually.”

“Yup,” I said. “It’s like a dream and we’re sitting in the middle of it.”

The Bad

Riding out of La Paz, Bolivia, on the  El Camino all-rock highway, we reached 15,500 feet of elevation on the crest of the Andes.  We portaged the bikes and gear on our backs across rivers with no bridges. If it rained, we waited a day for the raging waters to subside.

One evening, as we approached the crest, it happened that we watched a rain squall racing toward us. Lightning crackled all over the sky.

“Better get our butts as low as we can on this alti-Plano or we’re going to eat some electricity,” my buddy Bryan said. “That stuff is coming at us pretty fast.”

“You don’t have to say that twice,” Doug said.

As a veteran rider of all seven continents, he had camped in places like Africa where he had a hippo walk out of the water…snorted as he approached…which got Doug out of his tent…and then, the hippo walked up to the flaps opening and blew snot all over the inside of the tent.  Scared the living hell out of Doug and his buddy. Nothing like cleaning hippo snot from your nylon and gear.

We camped that evening reasonably safely as the storm ripped at our tents, rains drenched us, and the temps fell quickly. After it passed, the sky filled with a magical silver haze that I remember to this day.  And of course, as the sunset created a stunning rainbow over the valley…all was good in the world.

But the next day, as we reached the border of Chile at 15,500 feet, a snowstorm raged toward us.  The temps dropped into the 20’s.  The rocky road started to get slippery with snowflakes.

“We better pitch tents if we want to stop from freezing,” Doug said.

“I second that,” I said.

“Third,” said Bryan.

We pitched tents fast. Cooked up dinner. Ate our fill and then, curled into our sleeping bags. Next morning, we had to clear 10 inches of snow from our tents.  With our mountain expedition touring bikes, after breakfast, we plowed through the freshly fallen snow. Several trucks passed by us to create tire tracks for us to follow.  Still, a bitch to ride that high-elevation highway.

The Ugly

Where should I start? I’ve experienced some really “ugly” camping spots. Sometimes touring on the cheap costs more than money.  It can cost you your life. I’ve been face to face with a grizzly bear right outside my tent. (That’s another story to be told)  I’ve ridden with an Emu in the Outback of Australia.  (Yet another story)  I’ve camped in a junk yard.

One evening on the Lewis & Clark Trail in eastern Washington State, we ran into twilight without finding a reasonable spit of land to camp.  Fences, pastures and cows pretty much wouldn’t let up.  At one point, it was either find camp or ride in the dark.  I hate riding in the dark.  So, we found a dirt road about 100 feet indented into a pasture with a gate at the end.

“Looks like home,” I said to Sandi.

“I’m too tired to eat,” she said. “Let’s do it.”

In that slot, we pitched the tent.  We pulled our gear and quickly dove into our bags. But not before a Guernsey cow came over to inspect us.  We saw another 50 cows out in the field. Quickly, we heard all sorts of racket from cows milling about, bawling, peeing, farting and plopping.

“Good grief,” I said after sticking my head out of the tent. “We’ve got at least 50 cows looking at us.”

“Just dig your ear plugs in deeper,” Sandi said.

All night long, those cows subjected us to endless mini-Niagara Falls raining down right next to our tent. Cows can pee up to six gallons in a day.  They can poop 14 gallons in a day.  Then, they cut loose with their version of “plop-plop-plop-fizz-fizz-fizz” that splattered in all directions.  Then, long bellowing farts that lifted into the air like faulty jet engines.  Later, they got into hoof-wrestling matches where their hooves clacked together minute after minute. Have you ever heard a cow sing? Well, they sang love songs all night….that curled our ears inwards.

Around 3 a.m., Sandi woke nudged me, “Tell me why we love this stealth camping so much,” she said.

We woke with the sun, and cleared camp while the 50 cows spread out across the pasture in search of grass on their breakfast runs.

We pedaled down the highway half awake, half asleep, headache, irritable, ornery, sleep-deprived, hungry and dazed.  THAT was an UGLY night of stealth camping.

Frosty Wooldridge, on the road to adventure…or mis-adventures depending on the day. Summer, 2023

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Alternative Energy Is Not The Answer, Part 1

By Pastor Roger Anghis

July 2, 2023

I do not know if you have been paying attention to the conversations about what alternative energy as of late but it is kind of scary. These supposedly educated people  have yet to figure out that our alternative sources, solar and wind is simply not enough to reliably replace fossil flues.  One thing you must keep in mind is the fact that fossil fuels are stored energy wind and solar are not. They are something that must be used when available. They can be stored for short periods of time in batteries but they will lose their efficiency over time. No alternative has been found that can effectively replace fossil fuels that is as efficient nor has the bang for the buck.

[Sweden Abandons ‘Unstable’ Green Energy, Returns to Nuclear Power]

Solar is great when the sun is shining. No sun, no energy. The same goes for wind. When the wind is blowing, we are in businesses. Fossil fuels work when neither wind or sunshine are available. That is the main advantage of fossil fuels. There are pros and cons to all energy sources,

Just this year alone we have seen several whales die after a development of several wind farms.   The earliest report of this incident found by Carbon Brief was published by the Ipswich Star, late on Saturday, 20 May. It says one carcass is “believed to be an adult minke whale” and a second is believed to be a “baby calf”.

The following day, the Ipswich Star published an updated version of its story, including an interview with a coastguard at the scene of one stranding, who said: “I can’t comment on how the animal has died, we’re not aware of that at the moment”.

On Sunday morning, ITV News also reported the news. Its story said that the death of three whales on the Suffolk coast was being investigated, after their carcasses were first sighted on Saturday afternoon.

It said volunteers from Felixstowe Volunteer Coast Patrol Rescue Service believed one of the whales may have been hit by a large ship. It also briefly quoted the service’s John Cresswell, calling it a “very sad day for marine mammals”.[1] Not to be rude but when something of this nature happens it takes a while for the truth to filter the news.

The effects of vibration cannot be overemphasized when it comes to generating energy via wind turbine. Vibration is one of the major challenges faced by the wind turbine, due to the complexity of the structure and the area of installation. This research work focuses on a compressive review of the effects of vibration occurrence on wind turbine during energy generation operations and its economical challenges’. Therefore, this research paper has reviewed various aspects of vibration effects in horizontal wind turbine such as the blades region, tower structure, nacelles compartment, and condition monitoring along with fault diagnosis models. The result from this study has shown that, there are needs to develop and implement a good reliability model, fatigue assessment process, and a well-developed monitoring model for wind turbine during operation.[2]

The United States isn’t the only nation that is having this problem, Between January 9 and February 4 this year, 29 sperm whales got stranded and died on English, German and Dutch beaches. Environmentalists and the news media offered multiple explanations – except the most obvious and likely one: offshore wind farms.

Indeed, that area has the world’s biggest concentration of offshore wind turbines, and there is ample evidence that their acoustic pollution can interfere with whale communication and navigation.

However, Britain’s Guardian looked for answers everywhere but in the right place. That’s not surprising, as it tends to support wind energy no matter the cost to people or the environment. After consulting with a marine environmental group, the paper concluded: “The North Sea acts as a trap.… It’s virtually impossible for [whales] to find their way out through the narrow English Channel.”

No it’s not. These intelligent animals would naturally have found their way to and through the Channel by simply following the coast of England or continental Europe. But the author seems determined to pursue his “explanation,” even when it becomes increasingly illogical. “The [trapped] whales become dehydrated because they obtain their water from squid,” he argues, before acknowledging that “the dead Dutch and German animals were well-fed,” and that the North Sea’s squid population has increased in recent years.[3]

There is no doubt that man’s influence on the environment has not been the best nor the most productive. The negative side effects have not just been just against the animals. On land, although the wind industry continues to deny any culpability, evidence is mounting that low frequency and particularly infrasound waves emitted by wind turbines have significant adverse effects on local residents, including sleep deprivation, headaches, tachycardia (abnormally rapid heart rates) and a dozen other ailments. Underwater, a milieu where sound waves travel much farther, it would be irresponsible and unscientific to argue that whales are not affected by operating wind turbines, all the more because cetaceans use their sonar to “see” what’s around them

As scientists have pointed out, “It is likely that acoustic masking by anthropogenic sounds is having an increasingly prevalent impact on animals’ access to acoustic information that is essential for communication and other important activities, such as navigation and prey/predator detection.”

“Blinded” by this masking, whales and dolphins could seek refuge in shallow waters, away from big ships and killer whales. There, low tides could surprise them, as large pelagic species have limited experience with tidal flows.

In September 2012, 19 pilot whales, a minke whale and a large sei whale beached on the coast of Scotland opposite an area where air guns were being used by ships surveying the ocean floor, as a prelude to installing offshore wind farms. “A second pod of 24 pilot whales was spotted in shallow water by Cellardyke around the same time, but [it] returned to sea without beaching,” the article noted.

Offshore turbines were also associated with “many” stillborn baby seals washing up onshore near the UK’s Scroby Sands wind farm in June 2005. “It’s hard not to conclude the wind farm is responsible,” the author concluded.[4]

What we see here is one political party comes up with what they consider a good idea and without ‘counting the cost’ on the environment, initiates that policy. Not understanding the cost of the infrastructure or the long-term effects of their decision. Democrats have done this with their Green New Deal, Electric vehicles and many other things.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.carbonbrief.org/factcheck-whale-strandings-offshore-windfarms/
  2. Comprehensive Review of the Effects of Vibrations on Wind Turbine During Energy Generation Operation Its Structural Challenges
  3. Comprehensive Review of the Effects of Vibrations on Wind Turbine During Energy Generation Operation Its Structural Challenges
  4. Vibrations from offshore wind turbine farms are killing whales



Praise God With Reverence and Awe

By Rob Pue

July 2, 2023

We’re living in days of great uncertainty, and as a reader recently reminded me, many people — including many church-goers — are filled with fear, doubt and trembling.  This earth, and perhaps especially this country — is under the judgment of God.  Of course, God has the last word on everything.  He’s patient and longsuffering, not willing that any should perish.  Yet He does judge the wicked and pronounce a righteous sentence upon them. We’re seeing that now and many, who’ve been apathetic toward the things of God, too caught up in their own personal pursuits to bother with God or His Word — even those who claim to be “Christians,” sense that something big and bad is about to happen.  Even unbelievers, professing atheists and pagans report a feeling of impending doom and dread.

Things have changed rapidly over the past couple of years and those who serve as watchmen have been sounding the warning to “repent!” “Seek God.” “Choose who you will serve and if it be God, then get serious about your service to Him and the commission He’s called you to.”  But few have listened.  I sometimes wonder if all the information and warnings I, myself give, are simply falling on deaf ears too.  What will it take for Godly men and women to rise up, stand up, speak up and understand the urgency, and lateness of the hour?

I think we’ve become so accustomed to hearing “bad news” about what’s going on in our country, we just sort of tune it out now.  We feel powerless to effect any kind of change, and we’re doubtful about preparing for the trials and tribulations to come.  Maybe it’s because we’ve been warned for so long — yet for most of us, our lives have just slowly adjusted to a “new normal.”  So when people like me warn of serious danger ahead, or grave injustices going on right now, or treason in high places and the righteous judgment of God upon a wicked nation, we’re just seen as “fear mongers” and “conspiracy theorists.”

If it’s not on the TV news, then it’s not happening, right?  Just another right-wing conspiracy. Even my local newspaper, which “prides” itself on being “independent and non-partisan” publishes some of the most Leftist-slanted articles you could dream up — completely discounting verifiable proof of malfeasance, treason, and serious crimes.  Evil is called “good” and good is called “evil” and if you dare say or think otherwise, you’re now a “radical, right-wing conspiracy theorist,” a “Christian nationalist” — and a “domestic terrorist.”

Today, many have been given over to strong delusion. I could cite many examples, from the “climate change crisis” to “free and fair elections.”  But perhaps the strongest delusion from those who constantly want us to “follow the science” is that there are more than two genders — an infinite number of genders, in fact, and we must all not only acknowledge that in order to be good citizens, but we must also celebrate that delusion pridefully as well.  If we don’t, we’re hateful bigots. What insanity.  The acceptance, now, of “transgenderism” and “an infinite number of gender identities” is probably the greatest proof that most of America has fallen prey to strong delusion.”

The word “delusion” means: “A misleading of the mind…false representation, error or mistake proceeding from false views.”  Never before have so many been so confused and I dare say never before have so many been so forcefully coerced into accepting, believing, and then pridefully celebrating so many obvious delusions.  But some still have consciences that haven’t been totally seared yet — and so they instinctively know things are worse than just “not right.” And this has brought about an atmosphere of fear, depression, great anxiety, and madness that not even Pfizer can fix with their pharmakea.

For thousands of years, followers of God have turned to the biblical Psalms for comfort.  One of my study Bibles describes the book of Psalms like this: “The feelings of joy and pain, fear and security, triumph and tragedy, confidence and doubt, hope and despair are expressed with reverence — honestly and boldly.”

My study Bible goes on: “The reader is sometimes taken aback by the blunt and powerful words that the psalmists used.  But these folk were often in life-and-death situations, attacked by ruthless and cruel enemies, betrayed by friends, or in natural dangers as they traveled the land.  Because there was no lasting peace and no sense of security, life was a daily challenge.  Yet they were convinced that the Lord reigned over the affairs of men, and so they rejoiced over the law of God as their guide.”

It also informs us: “Whenever the Lord demonstrated His sovereignty by direct intervention in their affairs, they praised Him.  When God’s intervention did not seem to be forthcoming, they lamented over their dilemmas and prayed more earnestly.  When the affairs of life seemed unfair, they analyzed the wisdom of God’s decisions.  But in every case, they reaffirmed their hope in His loyal love and their commitment to serving Him.”

The book of Psalms is a collection of poems that were originally set to music and sung in worship to God.  The Psalms were written by at least six different men over the course of several centuries.  For example, Moses is said to have written Psalm 90.  Others are attributed to King Solomon, and many to David.  All flawed and sinful men, but used by God to do many great exploits — because through all of their faults, their faith remained strong and they knew Who their Creator was and Who they were ultimately accountable to.  In faith, they cried out to Him in their times of need, in their times of fear.  Whether they encountered persecution and defeat or justice and victory, they praised God.  We could learn from these Psalm writers — and from the Psalms themselves.  Indeed, in days like these, they can bring comfort and peace to our troubled and fearful souls.

Psalm 23: “The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.  He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: He leadeth me beside the still waters. He restoreth my soul: He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for His name’s sake. Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff they comfort me.

 “Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies: Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

Many of us have this Psalm committed to memory.  Often it’s recited corporately in church.  But do we really understand what it means and what we’re saying?

First of all, this is not for everyone. The carnal, worldly, pagan unbeliever cannot claim any of these promises of God.  This is only for those whose Shepherd is the Lord — only for those who submit to and serve God Almighty.  This is for God’s children, bought by the blood of the Lamb, Jesus, who have the Holy Spirit of God within them.

God’s children will not lack anything they truly need.  And instead of fear and trembling, their hearts are led to green pastures and still waters.  When one’s soul is weary and defeated by this world, the Lord restores it.  The Holy Spirit guides and directs us in the paths of righteousness. And we need never fear, even though we face death, because God — as He has promised over and over again — will never leave us.

God also uses his “rod and staff,” not only as tools for direction and guidance, but also as tools of discipline and correction.  Knowing our Lord is watching over us carefully and lovingly keeping us on the path to life brings us comfort.

As Christ-followers, the world hates us.  We have many enemies.  But again, the Lord cares for us abundantly.  It may not seem like it when we’re facing lions, giants and evil armies of demons, but even in the midst of all this, we can “sit down” at the “table” God’s prepared for us with abundant and lavish goodness — such goodness that our cups are filled to overflowing.

And we may not see “goodness and mercy” as we’re unfairly persecuted and as it appears the devil and his demons win every battle.  But that’s not what the Psalm says, is it?  It says, “Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me, all the days of my life.”  This implies something a little different that you may not have considered.  As children of God, as His remnant people on this earth, we are to be His ambassadors to a wicked, fallen, demented world.  And if we represent Him properly, then everywhere we go, we should be leaving, in our wake, a wave of goodness and mercy.  Goodness and mercy follows us — but it’s not just for us — it’s for those who don’t yet know Jesus Christ as their Savior and His Father as their Maker.

And then, in the end, when our time on this earth is over and our souls outgrow these bodies, then — we will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.

This should be a great encouragement to us all.  Don’t just “recite” Psalm 23 with vain words.  Meditate upon it.  Understand it.  Know what it truly means. Praise God and commune with Him as you pray those words to Him.  The world needs hope.  Christians need to stop living cowardly lives, filled with fear.  Trust in the only one Who can always be counted on to be faithful.  And count your blessings, because all who truly follow Christ are truly blessed beyond measure.

Let me close with the words from Psalm 91 and I pray that today — and in the worst of the days that are soon to come — you’ll learn to meditate, understand, and know Who your God truly is and why you need never have anything other than total peace that passes all understanding:

“He who dwells in the secret place of the Most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty. I will say of the Lord, ‘He is my refuge and my fortress; My God, in Him I will trust.’  Surely, He shall deliver you from the snare of the fowler and from the perilous pestilence.

 “He shall cover you with His feathers, and under His wings you shall take refuge; His truth shall be your shield and buckler. You shall not be afraid of the terror by night, nor of the arrow that flies by day, nor of the pestilence that walks in darkness, nor of the destruction that lays waste at noonday.

 “A thousand may fall at your side, and ten thousand at your right hand; But it shall not come near you. Only with your eyes shall you look and see the reward of the wicked.  Because you have made the Lord, who is my refuge, even the Most High, your dwelling place, no evil shall befall you, nor shall any plague come near your dwelling; For He shall give His angels charge over you, to keep you in all your ways. In their hands they shall bear you up, lest you dash your foot against a stone.  You shall tread upon the lion and the cobra; The young lion and the serpent you shall trample underfoot. ‘Because he has set his love upon Me, therefore I will deliver him; I will set him on high, because he has known My name.

“He shall call upon Me, and I will answer him; I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him and honor him.  With long life I will satisfy him and show him My salvation.”

Meditate on these areas of Scripture. Praise the Lord with them and reverence Him with them.  And as Psalm 91 ends, call upon the Lord in your times of trouble and He will answer you, deliver you and honor you.  Though we are going to face persecution, we can be bold, courageous, thankful, grateful, and powerful, even if our enemies take our earthly lives.  Those who stand strong ‘til the end will be saved, and you will see God’s salvation.  Fear not.

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 398.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Stargates: Portals of the Nephilim & Seraphim

By Lewis Brackett

July 2, 2023

Across the Earth are stargates / portals used by spirit creatures to access the Earth. This has been the case since the beginning. Of course, while many believers have noticed this in the Bible, various other ancient secular histories note these portals across the Earth. The most famous in recent history has been in the oral history of the Amerindian descendants of the Anasazi. This group today consists of the Apache, Pueblo people of the four corners area of our. Southwest.

The Anasazi portal was and still is by all accounts centered on Mount Graham in Arizona. The Vatican has actually built a observatory to monitor the demonic comings and goings on at this sacred mountain despite the objections of the native American elders. So yes this is an ongoing thing. The author Tom Horn was invited by a native elder to sit down with him to hear their actual oral history on this subject.

These fallen angels, serpent type seraphim and nephilim hounded the Anasazi, terrorizing them and soon started eating them. This of course caused these native peoples to first build their high cliff face cave dwellings, then to flee in terror. The Anasazi had been doing satanic religious rituals in their underground meeting places which had attracted these creatures. Apparently they found this out the hard way. The UFO community had so convoluted and distorted the natives experiences that this native elder wanted to set the story straight.

Tom then wrote his book “On the path of the immortals” which can be found through “prophecy watchers.com” site. Also see his other books on the Vatican and Rome.

The story of Gilmagesh as well as the ancient Hindus books also talk about these violent inter-dimensional beings who came here. Other gateway portals have thought to have existed on Mount Hermon and the Mount of Olives in Israel. The tower of Babel in Iraq was likely located on a portal site. The city of Babylon no doubt had and still has a portal site as the local pagan people frequently see these supernatural creatures among the rebuilt ruins of Babylon at night.

Perhaps that is why Babylon was recently rebuilt? One notable ancient portal site is where the Europeans built the large Hadron Collider in Cern Switzerland. These insane deluded people are hoping to reopen this ancient portal despite its dangers. Some biblical notes on ancient portals Isaiah 13 and Rev 9 under the river Euphrates. See this interview above.

© 2023 Lewis Brackett – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lewis Brackett: Lewishb@yahoo.com




One Health, Another Tool in the Cancel Culture Arsenal to Control Your Health

By Kathleen Marquardt

July 1, 2023

We are facing many fronts in the war to save America and Christianity, one we never expected comes from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the World Health Organization (WHO) working together. WHO was established in 1948 to “promote health and safety while helping the vulnerable worldwide.” A vague mandate from the WHO, a body that has not been in the forefront of news until very recently, called for proposals to the International Health Regulations in regard to handling pandemics and other global health threats. Numerous proposals entered so far would set up a global digital health certification network (like the Chinese digital tracking system). One Health is another body recently put together to add other factors to what CDC and WHO have control over. Here are the official definitions of One Health, straight from their websites:

One Health is a collaborative, multisectoral, and transdisciplinary approach—working at the local, regional, national, and global levels—with the goal of achieving optimal health outcomes recognizing the interconnection between people, animals, plants, and their shared environment.”[1]

One Health was introduced to the world in 2009 and housed in the National Center for Emerging & Zoonotic Infectious diseases at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Their website says “One Health is an integrated, unifying approach that aims to sustainably balance and optimize the health of people, animals and ecosystems. It recognizes the health of humans, domestic and wild animals, plant, and the wider environment (including ecosystems) are closely linked and inter-dependent. The approach mobilizes multiple sectors, disciplines and communities of varying levels of society to work together to foster well-being and tackle threats to health and ecosystems, while addressing the collective need for clean water, energy and air, safe and nutritious food, taking action on clime changes and contributing to sustainable development.”[2]

The OH JPA adopts a broad perspective of One Health integrating a system-based approach to support the health of humans, animals, plants and the environment, while identifying and addressing the underlying factors to disease emergence, spread and persistence, and the complex economic, social and environmental determinants of health.[3]

It may sound innocuous or even practical, but only until you dig below the verbiage and get to the roots and the results. This scheme is small, but becoming one of the key, tools of Cancel Culture/Great Reset/Agenda 2030. This one was supposed to remain seemingly dormant until too late. How many more of those are there waiting to be brought out?

One-Health tells us that because we must live with pets and livestock, we not only can catch diseases from them, but we can pass diseases on to animals:

  • The earth has experienced changes in climate and land use, such as deforestation and intensive farming practices. Disruptions in environmental conditions and habitats can provide new opportunities for diseases to pass to animals.
  • The movement of people, animals, and animal products has increased from international travel and trade. As a result, diseases can spread quickly across borders and around the globe.

These changes have led to the spread of existing or known (endemic) and new or emerging  zoonotic diseases, which are diseases that can spread between animals and people.[4]

As to the degradation, deforestation, intensive farming practices, it has been a live and learn situation – just like all of life! Man has learned, governments not so much. Private lands are far more healthy than so-called public lands; and farmers have learned ecologically healthy practices, otherwise, their property would soon be worth nothing.

And as people and animals have moved about through international travel and trade, we have seen in the past cases where unheard of diseases wiped out countless people. So do volcanos, hurricanes, and wars. That same travel and trade has brought health care, medicines, and machines that enhance and extend lives of the impoverished. As per the climate, all people of reason and learning know that the climate has changed dramatically over the millennia. Man is not in control of that, but, again, governments are trying.

Successful public health interventions require the cooperation of human, animal, and environmental health partners. Professionals in human health (doctors, nurses, public health practitioners, epidemiologists) animal health (veterinarians, paraprofessionals, agricultural workers), environment (ecologists, wildlife experts), and other areas of expertise need to communicate, collaborate on, and coordinate activities. Other relevant players in a One Health approach could include law enforcement, policymakers, agriculture, communities, and even pet owners. No one person, organization, or sector can address issues at the animal-human-environment interface alone.[5] Only God can do that, but we have the Global Elite (GE) who think they have all the answers.

Again, according to the CDC, Climate change threatens the access to clean air, safe drinking water, nutritious food and safe shelter of humans and animals alike. Notice how the GE, Greens, and other Marxist/Socialists always bring it around to Global Warming (the biggest lie ever told).

Now we have it; Climate Change is the monstrous evil. It (not governmental shenanigans) threatens, literally, the survival of everything on earth. “Climate is a key determinant of health. Climate constrains the range of infectious diseases, while weather affects the timing and intensity of outbreaks. A long-term warm trend is encouraging the geographic expansion of several important infections, while extreme weather events are spawning “cluster” of disease outbreaks and sparking a series of ‘surprises’.”[6] According to a former Associate Director of the Center for Health and Global Environment at Harvard Medical School, Paul Epstein claims that it is necessary to reduce vulnerabilities to climate to mitigate the effects of climate change and minimize the damage to human health.

Or as Carolina Alves (the “Joan Robinson Research Fellow in Heterodox Economics at the University of Cambridge, UK. She has a ‘PhD in Economics from SOAS and specialises in macroeconomics, international political economy and Marxian Economics’ (so you know from which horse’s mouth this comes ), says in her article “Preventing new diseases by tackling Climate Change” (CC), Climate Change is a result of decades of countries pursuing their own interests, disregarding they are part of a larger system, the depletion of the ozone layer, the increasing air pollution, the biodiversity loss, all those problems relate to individual actions performed by States, with consequences that affect more than those State citizens, since they unbalance all ecosystems.“[7]

It’s all our fault; we humans have destroyed the earth by using conservation, not preservation, practices. All because of a non-existent, yet catastrophic, condition on the earth. How can something that doesn’t exist be catastrophic? Yet, just about every government in the world (and way too many eleemosynary institutions) have long ago jumped onto that bandwagon. But are they doing it to save the world or to stuff their pockets with filthy lucre from both selling the world on ineffective, and worse, earth, air, and water destroying energy systems?

“In addition, the social determinants of health (e.g. SES, education, neighborhood and built environment, social and community context) play a critical role in health and thus, there’s a strong social and environmental justice aspect to One Health.” (Emphasis mine)[8]

To achieve their goal of controlling the entire earth, the GE and UN have set up the One Health Join Plan of Action. “The OH JPA adopts a broad perspective of One Health integrating a system-based approach to support the health of humans, animals, plants and the environment, while identifying and addressing the underlying factors to disease emergence, spread and persistence, and the complex economic, social and environmental determinants of health.”[9]

With this, the Global Elite will fix everything we have messed up. Or so they say. Several of their fixes include: the Wildlands Project, 30×30 land grab, the Sustainable Development Goals, Smart Cities, Conservation Easements, Regionalism, Alternative Energy, Eminent Domain, and – literally – hundreds if not thousands of other weapons of asymmetrical warfare. Under One Health the World Organization for Animal health and Food & Agriculture organization (FAO) of the UN will add to those weapons.

As their One Health website so aptly puts it: “Our vision is to stimulate and support action for SDGs-based food systems transformations towards the acceleration of the 2030 Agenda.” That is the truth; they are going for the gold – a one-world government. And One Health tagged on to the WHO’s International Health Regulations amendments and the Pandemic “treaty”, will be the enforcement arm.

The new health regulations amendments, literally, turn control of the entire globe over to the WHO. But Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, the General Director, will not be running the show. The Global Elites will be in charge of all our lives, and everything else on the planet. Are your willing to believe that those who devised the scheme to set up a non-existent global disaster really have any plan to “restore” the earth to an almost-Edenic garden? They’ve been in control for decades now, and the trend I see coming from their actions is pure ruination of everything they’ve touched with their edicts, treaties, and regulations.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

  1. https://www.cdc.gov/onehealth/basics/index.html
  2. https://www.onehealthcommission.org/en/why_one_health/what_is_one_health/
  3. https://www.woah.org/app/uploads/2022/04/oh-joint-plan-of-action-summary.pdf
  4. ibid
  5. ibid
  6. Epstein, P. R., 2001. Climate change and emerging infectious diseases. Microbes and Infection, Volume 3, pp. 747- 754.  Accessing: 27th July 2021. Available at: http://www.geo.umass.edu/courses/geo458/Readings/Epstein_2001.pdf
  7. Alves, C. (2021). Preventing new diseases by tackling Climate Change
  8. https://www.onehealthcommission.org/en/why_one_health/what_is_one_health/
  9. https://www.woah.org/app/uploads/2022/04/oh-joint-plan-of-action-summary.pdf



Islamic Subversion in America

By Amil Imani

July 1, 2023

“Abraham Lincoln said, “America will never be defeated from outside. If we falter and lose our freedom, it will come from the inside.”

Introduction

Never in my wildest dreams did I envision that our very modern and beautiful country, Iran, would fall into the hands of Muslim extremists who did not possess one iota of humanity. Never in my wildest dream did I envision that I would likely never see the country of my birth again. My teenage years in Iran were full of joy, excitement, and happiness. Iran was a developing country. Despite its rapid growth and obstacles, almost all Iranians lived in a fairy tale. Life was beautiful, and dreams were real. Many of us were living in an absolute Iranian dream until the resurrection of the evil ideology of Islam by the vile men of Allah. In 1979, the Iranian dream turned into four decades of Islamic nightmares.

From that young age, I deeply despised Islam and everything that came with it. I never saw it as a divine religion or a spiritual path. I had enough sense in me to do my research. I found more than I was looking for. I first learned that Islam was an invader and the enemy of humanity. Violence and blood were at the core of this ideology of hate. I just could not understand how people could go to mosques and pray to an Arab God who had murdered millions of them. Then I promised myself that once I grew up, I would do everything I could to expose this fraud of religion. When the revolution began, I was one of the lucky ones who was accepted and moved to the United States to continue my education, far away from Islam. Little I knew that Islam would follow me here!

The American dream has always been a staple of American culture simply because everyone could have the American dream with a little hard work.  Nowadays, when people speak of it, they often refer to the first half of the 20th century. Despite this, the American dream is just as relevant to American culture today as it was in the last century. Politicians are notorious for overusing this phrase during their campaigns.  Realistically, both countries’ dreams are just a distant memory.

Leaving Iran

Once I left Iran, my battle with this dogma of hate and violence began. I decided to raise the clarion call about the imminent and present danger of expansionist, theocratic Islam throughout the civilized world. Having witnessed firsthand the horrors and indignity that Islamic doctrine visits on people it subjugates, I was determined to take it upon myself to do my part in defeating this ideology of oppression, hate, and violence.

Put it simply, if I let Islam be, Islam doesn’t let me be. Islam doesn’t live by the same rules of reciprocity. Islam doesn’t recognize my rights and the rights of all non-Muslims. The punishment for leaving Islam is death.

“Kill whoever changes his religion.” Shaikh al-Bukhari 9:84:57

US Officials’ Silence Is Deafening

American people have always been kind and generous to foreigners from other countries. They haven’t a clue that they opened the gate to the greatest enemy in their land. Islam is on the march, aiming to destroy anyone standing in its way. Sounding the clarion call is not Islamophobia, as many Muslims and their apologists claim. A phobia is a baseless irrational fear. Warning of the danger of Islam is based on irrefutable facts, and it is not only rational, it is ethically imperative.

With the arrival of massive numbers of Muslims to America, our culture and way of life are forever transformed.  By now, most Americans know that Islam is incompatible with our laws and the US Constitution. Again, nothing is being done officially to combat that.

By sheer numbers, Islamists will eventually be able to vote out democracy in many countries. They will elect Muslims to all positions of local influence, creating and enforcing policy according to the Quran.  Once they have control over a town, they will begin to establish informal Sharia, and there’s nothing the government can (or will want to) do about it.

Oddly enough, our elected officials have completely ignored the Islamization of European cities. Many European elected officials, acting out of tremendous fear, have granted Muslims the right to establish their own shadow governments within the borders of countries like Sweden, England, the Netherlands, France, and Belgium, where they control their own population via Sharia Law without any accountability.

Islamic Subversion

Muslims in the West realize it is easier to change America through subversion (Stealth Jihad) rather than violent jihad.

In a nutshell, subversion is “seeking or intending to subvert an established system or institution.”  Islamic ideology, for example, in its entirety is a subversive element whose goal is to defeat, obliterate or destabilize an established or existing system, especially a legally constituted government or a set of beliefs.

Across the country, schoolchildren are being indoctrinated and taught propaganda that praises Islam while Christianity and other religions are being put down.

Andrew Bostom, in a powerful commentary, “American Subversion: From Communism to Islam,” beautifully, through a truthful exposé and historical comparison, expressed Subversion in America.

Presently, Islam is making inroads in traditionally non-Muslim lands, where it is beginning to run deep roots and vie with the laws and cultures of its hosts. Muslims are taking advantage of the freedom that democracies provide. They use the provisions of the law intended to protect and enhance liberty to subvert democracy and freedom.  Today, our country faces a formidable enemy in the Trojan Horse called Islam. This clear danger makes it imperative to revisit the U.S. Constitution and see if freedom of religion allows Muslims to break other American laws.

Islamic subversion is not limited to liberal States. Texas, the most conservative state in the Union, is utterly undefended before Islamic subversion. I have witnessed politicians on both sides being either silent or openly appeasing Muslims for fear of being characterized as Islamophobes or racist. We, the people, elect our leaders, holding them accountable to be honorable. But they refuse to stand by their oath of office and defend the Constitution they swore on.

Sadly, vast ignorance prevails in this sphere. Academic pundits, leftist journalists, and hired Islamic apologists, better known as “Useful Idiots,” proclaim that Islam is a religion of peace and that most Muslims are not a party to any plans and actions of radicals. So how do we stop this sequence of events? How can our government, which has so effectively protected the rights of peaceful religions, protect us from an aggressive one? Good question.

I believe the jihadist ideology in the 21st century represents a far greater threat to Western democracies than the communist ideology expressed in the 20th century.  The link between the two ideologies is that both are totalitarian and subversive.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Wheat Among Tares

By Ms. Smallback

July 1, 2023

I’ve been spending a lot of time the past year or more, reevaluating my convictions and beliefs.  The old adage, “the more you learn the less you know” has resonated through my core.   I won’t bore you with all the categories I’ve revisited, or even all the things I’ve reevaluated and changed some of my thinking on.  I’ll just let you know where I am now.

I know nothing completely.  I only know in part, and am fumbling my way to learning more.  Let the record state.

You know how President Reagan said, “It isn’t so much that liberals are ignorant. It’s just that they know so many things that aren’t so.”?  I just don’t want to be THAT.  I need the little parts I do know to be truth.

Watching the systematic dismantling of our nation has been grueling.  There are no less than a hundred serious issues in America, (and most of them have been assessed prolifically in the public square).  As I found myself more and more burdened by the seeming growing darkness, I sought all the harder to find the Light.  It’s been almost two years of this pursuit, and this is where I find myself today…

I’ve been looking at it all wrong.

The Ancient of Days cannot be defeated, minimized, or subdued.  However dark the days are becoming is irrelevant to the Kingdom of God, which cannot be destroyed, defeated, or even altered.

The Spirit keeps leading me back to Daniel 7, the vision of the coming beasts in Daniel’s day.  Do you recall that when the Son of Man is presented in Daniel’s vision, that He was given dominion, glory and a kingdom that is everlasting and cannot be destroyed?  (vs. 14)  But wait!  It gets better!  That kingdom that Christ takes dominion of is given to the saints of God who will possess it “for all ages to come.”  (vs. 18 and again in 27)

(I realize there will be some theological differences here of when that occurs, but I don’t have space to get into that right now.  Let me just say, I am thoroughly convinced that kingdom has been given to Christ upon His victory over the devil and death; He now possesses it, as do the saints of God.)

This means try as the darkness may, it cannot achieve the takeover of the earth.  It can only take what it is given.  [And let’s be clear about this, it accomplishes this through deceit.  Yes, people yield to the darkness because they are blind, ignorant and/or deceived.  But we are children of the Light, and we merely have to resist the darkness and it has to flee.]  (James 4:7)

[Sidebar:  Before you contact me to inform me how wrong I am about the timing on this, please spend some time in Daniel 2.  Recall the statue of Nebuchadnezzar’s dream.  We know that the statue is relegated in the end of an era as inferior kingdoms of mixture represented by the final state of the Roman empire.  We also know that the final state of the Roman empire is the beginning of the Church of Christ/Kingdom of God.  (not a denomination, but the actual followers of Christ)  According to Daniel, Christ’s kingdom is set up in those days, the days the Roman empire fractures and fails.  He even uses the imagery of a stone cut from a mountain, and we know Christ to be the cornerstone of the Kingdom of God.  Eventually that kingdom established by the rock cut from the mountain will crush all other kingdoms and remain the only enduring kingdom.  THAT kingdom (Christ’s) only grows, only gets stronger and bigger.]

There is no contingency.  That is the only plan and it is a plan that cannot fail.

The only thing darkness can do to children of light is deceive.

Our position in the Kingdom of God is superior to anything the kingdoms of this world can offer.  We have to stop straddling between two kingdoms.  Darkness can only take from light what light gives it.

We must stop giving anything to darkness.

We are not victims of bad people.  We are more than conquerors in Christ.  (Romans 8:37)

Refuse to participate with the works of darkness.

It’s really that simple.  (and by simple I don’t mean necessarily easy)

I’m in a women’s group that meets monthly, and we were meeting in 2020.  The obvious current events dominated many of our discussions.  (masks, mandates, vaccines, etc.)  At one point I told the group that Bill and I weren’t participating in the pandemic.  They seemed taken aback and asked what I meant.  I mean that we don’t wear masks, don’t stay home, we do our own shopping, still gather with friends and family, keep our blood untainted by untested poisons, etc.  To us, the “pandemic” was a setting on another stage, but was not our stage, not our reality.  (and yes, Bill got covid twice and was treated and recovered fine with the nonpoisonous treatments available and without the medical industry’s input)

I don’t adhere to the systems of the world.  They don’t dictate my actions, and if they get in my way, I find a way around or through.  This is the responsibility of freedom (both as a Christian, but also as a free American).  It may get dicey in the days to come here in America.  The determined and desperate powers of darkness operating through humans may attempt to force conditions, and we may be forced to take some hard stands that may cost us.  But let’s not just give it to them.  Let’s not go along to get along.  What does light have to do with darkness?

The Kingdom of God cannot be defeated, and as Christ told us in Matthew 13, though the kingdom of God started small (like a mustard seed), it will grow full size to the point it will become a tree that houses much life.  That tree cannot be cut down, and it will not be thwarted.

Christ went on to say the Kingdom of God is like leaven which though hidden in just three small parts of flour went on to leaven all of the dough.  The dynamic character of yeast is that once the process begins, it cannot be thwarted.  The kingdom of God cannot be stopped.

And then THIS is where God led me in a sort of full circle:

A bearded darnel is also called a tare, and in broader language, a weed.  The tare (darnel) also looks like wheat at first glance.  Christ told us the wheat and tares will grow up together.  Tearing out the tares will damage the wheat, and so they must co-exist until the harvest, so as to not damage the wheat.

Their roots get intertwined.  God’s children are in a world system where at first glance we might look like the children of the world.  But upon closer look, we’re clearly not.  It would seem we must co-exist in this world, each of us reaching fruition of our character, whether for good or evil.  To try to tear out the weeds among the wheat (the bad among the good) before full fruition can damage the good as well.  Both must be left to reach full harvest, and only at the harvest will they be separated.

The harvest is the end of the age.  (Matthew 13:24-30)

Pragmateuomai…. It’s only used one time in the Bible.  Occupy.  “To busy oneself with; to trade.”    It comes from the (Greek) root word “pragma” which means a deed, business, practice.  The New American Standard says, “do business” and the English says, “engage in business”.  It’s the only place in the Bible the word is used.

It’s in the parable of the nobleman who went to get his kingdom and gathered his servants to give them instructions until his return.  Luke 19:13, “…and he said to them, occupy until I come.”  Busy yourself with the resources I’ve given you; do business, practice, engage in business…. “until I come.”

This is our solution.  This should be our focus.

“The darkness is not dark to You, the night is as bright as the day.  Darkness and light are alike to You.”  (Psalm 139:12)

The solution to the rising darkness is increasing our light.  We occupy.  We co-exist with the darkness, in but not of, and we busy ourselves with what God has given us in this territory we’ve been given – in our homes, our jobs, our cities, our country.

Remember that fear is darkness, and our culture, society, and world operate out of fear.  Media, government officials, even church leaders motivate by fear.  Begin to evaluate all information coming at you and recognize anything that promotes fear or stimulates a fear reaction in you.  Once your recognize it, break alignment with it.  Do not be in step with it.  Fear is used to control and paralyze.  It is paramount for the works of darkness.  The opposite of fear is love, and the countermove of fear is faith.  Look for the God solution to the “problem” being promoted and walk toward that until you are in it.

It’s not dark to God anyway.  His Kingdom isn’t going anywhere; it can’t be defeated or destroyed or even thwarted.  We’re of His Kingdom.  We stand.

We have the solutions to the darkness.  If we don’t, we must find them.

The food supply is threatened.  Grow your own.  The meat supply is threatened.  Buy from your local farmer.  The water supply is increasingly toxic.  Set up a home water filtration system, dig a well, harvest rain water.

The medical industry is killing us and making us sicker.  It’s controlled by Pharma and only prescribes toxins.  Study natural healing, homeopathy, and/or put yourself in the care of experts in such areas.

There’s an increasing surveillance state.  Get off every surveillance thing you can (Google, YouTube and Facebook are the biggest surveillance watchers in the world).  Don’t employ them.  There are alternative phone options, computer options, etc.  If you don’t know where, seek.

We’re tired and sick.  Eat healthier.  Exercise more.  Get in the sunlight.  Turn off your wi-fi and hardwire your electronics to lower your exposure to EMFs.  Learn how to deflect damaging 5G waves.  Get off highly toxic prescriptions and learn how to heal your afflictions naturally and/or spiritually.

The economy is imploding and I have to work harder to keep less.  Start co-ops with friends and family.  Buy in bulk with others if necessary and split costs.  Ride a bicycle when possible to strengthen your body and offset gas.  Downsize if necessary, reinforce infrastructure if possible to minimize energy costs, etc.

The public schools are indoctrinating my children and grandchildren.  Remove them.  Homeschool.  Set up a homeschool co-op if you need to and share teaching responsibilities with other parents if schedules are hard to optimize.  Find a private or charter school if that suits you better.  Start a private or charter school.  Vet every single influencer in your child’s life.

The entertainment industry and public arena is full of depravity.  REFUSE TO PARTICIPATE.  Set up alternatives to everything that violates your convictions.  Shut off the TV or find wholesome activities.  Strengthen your family so the world doesn’t destroy it.

Corey’s Digs has a series of interviews called The Solution Series that right now feature 25 different experts in their field.  They have solutions to the darkness in fields like technology, food supply, finance, health, self-reliance, and even the political realm.  I have a notebook full of notes from it that I’m working through at implementing real time and real world solutions to tyranny, depravity, and other works of darkness attempting to occupy my energy.

We must be creators of light in our spheres of influence.  We’ll be side by side with workers of darkness, but we are from the superior kingdom.  We’re from the kingdom that can’t lose, can’t be destroyed, can’t be diminished, that ultimately cannot fail.  Once we wrap our heads around that, occupying until He comes becomes clearer.  We can focus better. [See Tares Among the Wheat DVD]

The world may indeed get darker, but if we’re doing our jobs, our lives will be the lights those in the darkness need, and will further the unshakeable Kingdom of God.  A long time ago I learned the phrase, “What you behold you become.”  Behold the Light; become the light.

© 2023 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net